Skip to main content

Full text of "Mosquito or man? : The conquest of the tropical world"

See other formats


s<- 


- 


I 


s* 


0 


MOSQUITO    OR    MAN  ? 


OTHER   WORKS   BY   THE  SAME   AUTHOR 

A  TEXT-BOOK   OF  MORBID   HISTOLOGY,   1892 
ANTI-MALARIA    MEASURES  AT   ISMAILIA,    1904 

REPORT  ON  THE  SANITATION  AND  ANTI- 
MALARIA  MEASURES  IN  BATHURST, 
CONAKRY  AND  FREETOWN,  1905 

YELLOW  FEVER  PROPHYLAXIS  IN  NEW 
ORLEANS,  1905 

REPORT    ON    YELLOW    FEVER    OUTBREAK, 
BRITISH   HONDURAS,    1905 

HEALTH  PROGRESS  AND  ORGANISATION  IN 
THE   WEST   INDIES.    In  the  Press. 


§§ 


•§  * 

^ 


.MOSQUITO   OR   MAN?' 

t* —  | 

THE    CONQUEST    OF    THE    TROPICAL    WORLD 

BY  SIR  RUBERT  W.  BOYCE,  M.B.,  F.R.S. 

HOLT  PROFESSOR  OF  PATHOLOGY,  UNIVERSITY  OF  LIVERPOOL  J  DEAN  OF  THE  LIVERPOOL  SCHOOL 

OF  TROPICAL  MEDICINE;  COMMANDER  OF  THE  ORDER  OF  LEOPOLD  n.  ;  FELLOW  OF  UNIVERSITY 
COLLEGE,  LONDON;  ONE  OF  THE  PUBLIC  ANALYSTS  FOR  THE  CITY  OF  LIVERPOOL 

WITH   ILLUSTRATIONS 


"  Stagnation,  the  great  enemy  of  life  " 


LONDON 
JOHN    MURRAY,   ALBEMARLE   STREET,   W. 

1909 


Pi 


PRINTED  BY 

HAZELL,   WATSON  AND  VINEY,   LD., 
LONDON  AND  AYLESBDEY. 


TO 

HER   ROYAL  HIGHNESS   PRINCESS   CHRISTIAN  OF 
SCHLESWIG-HOLSTEIN 

HONORARY  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  LIVERPOOL  SCHOOL  OF  TROPICAL  MEDICINE 
WHOSE    GRACIOUS    SYMPATHY    AND    ENCOURAGEMENT 

HAVE   DONE   MUCH 
TO    PROMOTE    MEDICAL    ORGANISATION 

IN   THE   TROPICS 
THIS    SMALL    WORK    IS    RESPECTFULLY   DEDICATED    BY   THE    AUTHOR 


PREFACE 

I  HAVE  purposely  selected  the  title  "  Mosquito  or 
Man  ? "  or,  "  Conquest  of  the  Tropical  World  "  for  this 
small  volume.  I  have  endeavoured  in  it  to  epitomise 
the  Tropical  Medical  movement,  which,  initiated  in 
this  country  by  the  sympathetic  encouragement  of 
the  then  Secretary  of  State  for  the  Colonies — 
Mr.  Joseph  Chamberlain — and  energetically  supported 
by  the  liberality  of  Sir  Alfred  Jones,  K.C.M.G.,  and 
merchants  interested  in  the  health  progress  of  tropical 
countries,  has  now  spread  all  over  the  civilised  world. 
From  whatever  standpoint  the  movement  is  regarded, 
the  reader  cannot  fail  to  be  impressed  with  the 
immense  success  which  has  been  obtained. 

Large  numbers  of  better-equipped  medical  men 
have  been  sent  to  the  tropics,  vast  quantities  of  up- 
to-date  literature,  dealing  with  tropical  diseases,  have 
been  distributed  ;  the  public  are  being  steadily  educated 
to  understand  that  it  is  by  no  means  an  impossible  task 
to  make  the  tropics  healthy.  In  the  field  of  scientific 

research  some  of  the  most  important  discoveries  of 

vii 


viii  PREFACE 

century  have  been  made — discoveries  not  only  brilliant 
in  themselves  scientifically,  but,  on  account  of  their 
eminently  practical  bearing,  of  immense  importance  to 
the  prevention  of  suffering.  The  movement  moreover 
has  demonstrated  time  and  time  again  the  heroic 
devotion  of  those  who  embark  upon  it.  Many  have 
lost  their  lives  and  many  have  been  injured.  It  can 
truly  be  said  that  no  movement  of  modern  times  has 
called  forth  such  devotion  and  such  enthusiasm. 
Finally,  if  results  are  looked  for,  it  can  be  said  without 
exaggeration  that  the  tropical  world  is  to-day  being 
steadily  and  surely  conquered.  The  narration  of  the 
numerous  campaigns  against  the  mosquito  which  I  have 
here  recorded  is  signal  proof  of  this.  The  campaigns 
show  that  the  three  great  insect-carried  scourges  of  the 
tropics — the  greatest  enemies  that  mankind  has  ever 
had  to  contend  with,  namely  Malaria,  Yellow  Fever  and 
Sleeping  Sickness — are  now  fully  in  hand  and  giving 
way,  and  with  their  conquest  disappears  the  awful  and 
grinding  depression  which  seems  to  have  gripped  our 
forefathers.  Now  the  situation  is  full  of  hope.  The 
mosquito  is  no  longer  a  nightmare ;  it  can  be  got  rid  of. 
The  tropical  world  is  unfolding  once  again  to  the 
pioneers  of  commerce,  who  now  do  not  dread  the 
unseen  hand  of  death  as  did  of  old  the  Spanish  Con- 
quistadores  of  Columbus  and  Cortes.  The  British 
public  has  and  must  always  have  a  paramount  interest 
in  this  practical  conquest,  which  is  destined  to  add  a 


PREFACE  ix 

vast  slice  of  the  globe,  of  undreamt-of  productiveness, 
to  their  dominions  and  activities,  and  as  a  contribution 
to  the  history  of  the  conquest  this  small  volume  is 
launched  by  one  who  has  been  privileged  to  take  a 
humble  part  in  the  movement  and  in  not  a  few  of 
its  successful  campaigns. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  LIVERPOOL, 
July,  1909 


CONTENTS 

PART   I 

CHAPTER   I 

PAGE 

FOUNDATION    OF    THE    TROPICAL    MEDICINE    MOVEMENT    IN 

ENGLAND 1 

CHAPTER  II 

GROWTH  OF    GENERAL    AND    APPLIED    SANITATION    IN    THE 

TROPICS 12 

CHAPTER   III 

Mi  ASM,  TRADITION,  AND  PREJUDICE      .         .         .         .         .17 

CHAPTER   IV 

THE   FORERUNNERS   OF   THE   DISCOVERIES  OF  THE  MOSQUITO 

ORIGIN  OF  DISEASES 22 

CHAPTER   V 

FlLARIA    AND    THE    MOSQUITO  :    MANSON^S    DISCOVERY        .  .          32 

CHAPTER   VI 

THE  DISCOVERY  OF  THE  PARASITE  OF  MALARIA  IN  THE  BLOOD 
OF  MAN  BY  LAVERAN,  AND  OF  ITS  FURTHER  DEVELOP- 
MENT AND  PASSAGE  THROUGH  THE  MOSQUITO  BY  RoSS  .  38 


xii  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER   VII 

PACK 

THE  PLAN  OF  CAMPAIGN  AGAINST  THE  MOSQUITO          .         .       49 

CHAPTER   VIII 

SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS        .         .         .       61 

CHAPTER   IX 

NOTES  ON  THE  RELATIONSHIP   OF  PLANTATIONS  AND  BOTANIC 

GARDENS  TO  THE  MOSQUITO  QUESTION  .         .         .         .92 

CHAPTER   X 

YELLOW  FEVER — DR.  BEAUPERTHUY  ON  TRADITION  IN  MEDI- 
CINE AND  HIS  VIEW  OF  THE  MODE  OF  TRANSMISSION  OF 

YELLOW  FEVER.     HARRISON  AND  MOXLEY  ON  THE  NATURE 

OF  THE  VIRUS  OF  YELLOW  FEVER          ....       97 

CHAPTER  XI 

HISTORICAL  SURVEY  OF  YELLOW  FEVER:  ITS  DESTRUCTIVE 
SPREAD  AND  MORTALITY  DURING  THE  SEVENTEENTH  AND 
EIGHTEENTH  CENTURIES Ill 

CHAPTER   XII 

DISCOVERY  OF  THE  MODE  OF  TRANSMISSION  OF  YELLOW  FEVER, 

AND  PLAN  OF  CAMPAIGN  AGAINST  THE  MOSQUITO  .         .126 

CHAPTER   XIII 

THE  BREEDING  PLACES  OF  STEGOMYIA.     STEGOMYIA  SURVEY 

AND  INDEX .         .         .     146 

CHAPTER   XIV 

THE  YELLOW  FEVER  CAMPAIGNS  IN  HAVANA,  CUBA,  NEW 
ORLEANS,  HONDURAS,  Rio  JANEIRO,  SANTOS,  PANAMA 
CANAL  ZONE,  THE  WEST  INDIES,  THE  AMAZON  .  .153 


CONTENTS  xiii 

PART   II 
CHAPTER   XV 

PAGE 

SLEEPING  SICKNESS  ;  FLIES  AND  DISEASE      .         .         .         .194 

CHAPTER   XVI 

ANKYLOSTOMIASIS  :   DIRT  CONTAMINATION       .         .         .         .210 

CHAPTER    XVII 

MALTA  FEVER  AND  GOATS'  MILK 215 

CHAPTER   XVIII 

THE  RISE   AND   FALL   OF   DISEASE,   PLAGUE,   TICK   FEVER, 

LEPROSY  AND  TUBERCULOSIS  ......     220 

APPENDIX 

(1)  ORDINANCES,  REGULATIONS,  AND  BYE-LAWS   RELATING   TO 

STAGNANT  WATER,  MOSQUITO  LARV.E,  YELLOW   FEVER, 
RATS,  ETC 231 

(2)  TROPICAL  EXPEDITIONS  AND  COMMISSIONS  OF  THE  ROYAL 

SOCIETY,   THE   COLONIAL   OFFICE,  AND  THE  SCHOOLS  OF 
TROPICAL  MEDICINE  OF  LONDON  AND  LIVERPOOL  .         .     257 

INDEX  261 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 

no.  IA.  "  WIGGLE- WAGGLE,"  LARVA  OF  STEGOMYIA  CALOPUS  ^     „ 
„     IB.  STEGOMYIA  OALOPUS £>}    **»***" 

FIO.  PAOINQ  PAGE 

2.  A    WELL-CONSTRUCTED    DRAIN    AND    STANDPIPE,    THE    AGENTS 

WHICH  HAVE  CAUSED  THE  DIMINUTION  OF  MOSQUITOS,  TRINIDAD  .       12 

3.  A  WELL-MADE  ROAD  WITH  CONCRETE  SlDE-DRAINS,  TRINIDAD     .       14 

4.  A  LARGE  CONCRETE  DRAIN  TO  CARRY  OFF  STORM  WATER,  TRINIDAD       16 
6.    A  SO-CALLED  YELLOW  FEVER  HOUSE,  BARBADOS       .        .        .18 

6.  CULEX.     ATTITUDE  AT  BEST  (AFTER  Ross).     ONE  OF  THE  CARRIERS 

OF    FILARIA 34 

7.  ANOPHELES  MOSQUITO.     OBSERVE  SPOTTED  WINGS       ...  38 

8.  RAFTS  OF  EGGS  OF  AN  ANOPHELINE  FLOATING  ON  WATER    .         .  38 

9.  CHARACTERISTIC  ATTITUDE   OF  AN   ANOPHELINE,  THE  MOSQUITO 

WHICH  TRANSMITS  MALARIA 40 

10.  ANOPHELINE  BREEDING  POOLS,  AFTER  RAIN,  SIERRA  LEONE       .  42 

11.  ANOPHELINE  BREEDING  POOLS,  SIERRA  LEONE     ....  42 

12.  STREET  IN  BELIZE  SHOWING  GRASS- GROWN  AND  WATER-HOLDING 

SIDE-DRAIN.     ANOPHELINE  BREEDING  PLACE    ....      44 

13.  STREET  IN  BELIZE  SHOWING  GRASS-GROWN  AND  WATER-HOLDING 

SIDE-DRAIN.     TYPICAL  BREEDING  PLACE  OF  ANOPHELINES          .      46 

14.  WATER-LOGGED  ANOPHELINE  BREEDING  LAND,  BELIZE  ...       62 

15.  HOUSE    STANDING    IN    STAGNANT    WATER,     BELIZE.     OBSERVE 

WATER-BARRELS  AND   CANOE 66 

16.  ROAD   POOLS,   VILLAGE,   WEST   AFRICA.     BREEDING  PLACES   OF 

ANOPHELINES 76 

17.  ANOPHELINE  BREEDING  POOLS,  SIERRA  LEONE     .        .        .        .76 

18.  ROADSIDE    DITCH    CONTAINING    STAGNANT    WATER,    BREEDING 

ANOPHELINES.     WEST  AFRICA 78 

19.  ROAD  POOLS,  WEST  AFRICA 78 

xv 


xvi  LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

no.  FACING  PAGE 

20.  SAMAN  TREE  COVERED  WITH  WATER-HOLDING  MOSQUITO-BREEDING 

EPIPHYTES  (BROMELIACE^E),  TRINIDAD 92 

21.  Too  MUCH  BUSH,  GEORGETOWN,  DEMERARA.     THE  EFFECT  is  TO 

OBSCURE  SUNLIGHT  AND  FRESH  AIR 94 

22.  COLLECTING  CRAB-HOLE  MOSQUITOS,  BRIDGETOWN,  BARBADOS      .  96 

23.  A  PROPERLY  SCREENED  CISTERN,  NEW  ORLEANS  ....  126 

24.  A    PROPERLY  SCREENED  WATER-BARREL   ON  PLANTATION  DIA- 

MOND, BRITISH  GUIANA 130 

25.  A  TEMPORARY  SCREENED  WARD  IN  ST.  LUCY'S  ALMSHOUSE,  BAR- 

BADOS.    OBSERVE  THE  DOUBLE  DOORS 138 

26.  PAPER-SCREENING  AN  ARCHWAY  PREVIOUS  TO  FUMIGATION,  NEW 

ORLEANS       .  140 

27  &  28.    PAPERING  OUTHOUSES  PREVIOUS  TO  SULPHUR  FUMIGATION, 

NEW  ORLEANS 142 

29.  A  Row  OF  WATER-BARRELS  AND  KEROSENE  TINS,  TYPICAL  BREED- 

ING PLACES  OF  THE  STEGOMYIA,  BELIZE 146 

30.  A  COOLIE  "  RANGE,"  SHOWING  THE  WATER-BARRELS — THEY  ARE 

AT.T.  SCREENED — SUGAR  PLANTATION  DIAMOND,  DEMERARA      .     148 
31   &   32.    EXAMPLES  OF    POSTERS    DURING  NEW  ORLEANS  YELLOW 

FEVER  EPIDEMIC,  1905 160 

33.  AN  OILING  AND  CISTERN-SCREENING  GANG,  NEW  ORLEANS,  1905  .     166 

34.  SCREENING  GANG  AT  WORK.    SCREENING  THE  WATER  CISTERNS, 

NEW  ORLEANS,  1905 166 

35.  THE  ANTIMOSQUITO  BRIGADE,  BRIDGETOWN,  BARBADOS,  1909     .  186 

36.  THE  RUBBISH-CART  BRIGADE,  BRIDGETOWN,  BARBADOS,  1909      .  188 

37.  COLLECTION  OF  ODD  WATER  RECEPTACLES,  THE  WORK  OF  A  FEW 

DAYS.     BRIDGETOWN,   BARBADOS 190 

38.  CULEX  FATIGANS  (MALE  AND  FEMALE)  ..*...  192 

39.  GLOSSINA  PALPALIS,  THE  CARRIER  OF  SLEEPING  SICKNESS    .        .196 

40.  GLOSSINA  FUSCA,  IN  RESTING  POSITION 196 

41.  NATURAL  SIZE  OF  TSETSE  FLY 196 

42.  MASS  OF  FLY  LARVJE  IN  STABLE  MANURE.     (NATURAL  SIZE)           .  204 

43.  PLAGUE  FLEA   (LCEMOPSYLLA   CHEOPIS,  Roths.).     (GREATLY   EN- 

LARGED)         220 

44  ORNITHODOROS  MOUBATA,  THE  INTERMEDIARY  HOST  OF  THE 
PARASITE  WHICH  CONVEYS  AFRICAN  RELAPSING  FEVER. 
(NATURAL  SIZE) 220 


Mosquito   or   Man? 


PART   I 
CHAPTER   I 

FOUNDATION     OF    THE     TROPICAL    MEDICINE 
MOVEMENT   IN   ENGLAND 

UNDOUBTEDLY  it  is  to  the  genius  of  Pasteur  and  to 
his  discoveries  in  Bacteriology  and  Epidemiology 
that  we  must  ascribe  the  foundation  of  the  present 
investigations  in  animal  Parasitology  and  their  applica- 
tion to  the  cure  and  prevention  of  tropical  diseases. 
The  genius  of  Pasteur  lay  in  its  comprehensive  grasp, 
in  its  faculty  of  being  equally  able  to  direct  scientific 
research  to  the  advantage  of  both  commerce  and  indus- 
try, as  well  as  to  the  alleviation  of  suffering.  In  effect, 
the  great  movement  which  he  initiated  and  the  great 
store  of  thought  which  he  called  into  existence  in  the 
seventies  has  proved  to  be  one  of  the  great  sources  of 
supply  associated  for  all  time  with  the  cause  of  humanity 
and  the  world's  progress. 

The  advent  of  the  experimental  method  so  closely 
identified  with  Pasteur  and  his  school  pushed  traditional 
medicine  to  one  side  and  allowed  scope  for  a  freer  and 

1 


2    TROPICAL  MEDICINE  MOVEMENT  IN  ENGLAND 

more  comprehensive  treatment  of  disease.  This  is 
abundantly  proved  by  the  nature  and  range  of  the  in- 
vestigations which  he  himself  undertook  and  stimulated 
others  to  take  up,  and  also  by  the  type  of  investigators 
which  he  attracted  to  Paris.  It  mattered  not  whether 
the  disease  to  be  investigated  was  confined  to  man  or 
to  animals. 

He  demonstrated  that  equally  brilliant,  equally  use- 
ful and  beneficial  results  would  accrue  from  the  study 
of  either.  The  investigators,  drawn  from  all  parts  of 
the  world  with  whom  he  surrounded  himself,  displayed 
the  same  comprehensive  spirit  in  the  treatment  of  their 
special  lines  of  research ;  this  is  notably  seen,  for  example, 
in  Metchnikoffs  handling  of  the  subject  of  inflamma- 
tion and  infection.  Nor  were  the  researches  of  the 
great  Institute  associated  with  his  name  only  intended 
for  his  countrymen,  for  when  he  had  discovered  the 
cure  of  Rabies,  to  Paris  repaired  the  afflicted  of  all 
nations  in  order  to  be  subjected  to  his  treatment.  Then 
there  came  the  period  when  other  countries  established 
similar  Institutes  of  their  own,  in  order  that  the  same 
spirit  of  investigation,  with  the  same  beneficial  results, 
might  be  planted  in  their  midst. 

Moreover  Pasteur  had  always  at  hand  trained  men 
ready  to  proceed  to  investigate  on  the  spot  diseases 
which  afflicted  tropical  countries.  His  pupils  spread 
far  afield,  and,  fired  with  the  enthusiasm  and  spirit  of 
their  master,  they  were  not  slow  in  reaping  a  rich 
harvest  in  a  hitherto  almost  unknown  field  of  research. 
Thus,  we  find  Laveran  working  at  Malaria  in  North 
Africa ;  Yersin  with  Plague  in  the  Far  East,  followed 


PASTEUR'S   WORK  3 

later  by  Haffkine  in  India.  Roux  and  a  group  of 
colleagues  investigated  Cholera  in  Egypt,  and  in  the 
present  successful  movement  in  the  field  of  animal 
Parasitology  and  Epidemiology  we  can  clearly  see 
the  direct  continuation  and  amplification  of  the  like 
comprehensive  method  of  treatment,  the  same  de- 
termination to  extend  the  field  of  medical  research 
and  to  give  the  benefits  of  these  researches  to  less 
favoured  peoples, — just  as  much  to  the  coloured  man 
as  to  the  white,  whether  in  temperate  or  tropical  zones, 
and  thereby  to  extend  the  benefits  of  civilisation  and 
commercial  prosperity. 

Just  as  Louis  Pasteur  and  his  disciples,  Lord  Lister 
and  Koch,  gave  a  new  insight  into  the  cause  and  means 
of  prevention  of  the  infectious  diseases,  and  freed  the 
world  in  consequence  of  many  of  its  most  devastating 
scourges,  so  tropical  medicine,  in  carrying  us  still  further 
afield,  has  shown  us  how  to  combat  other  and  vastly 
more  devastating  classes  of  disease,  such  as  Malaria, 
Yellow  Fever,  Plague,  Malta  Fever,  Sleeping  Sickness, 
and  Tropical  Anaemia.  In  these  diseases  it  is  now  only 
a  question  of  efficient  administration  and  organisation  in 
order  to  bring  about  their  total  abolition.  The  result 
is  a  triumph  of  the  advancement  of  medical  knowledge, 
and  it  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  the  twentieth 
century  will  be  known  in  the  annals  of  medicine  by 
the  immense  progress  which  medical  science  has  made 
into  the  causes  and  prevention  of  tropical  diseases, 
discoveries  which  show  clearly  the  role  of  insect  life 
in  the  transmission  of  disease,  and,  in  consequence,  the 
most  effective  way  of  stopping  disease. 


4      TROPICAL  MEDICINE  MOVEMENT  IN  ENGLAND 

But  not  only  has  the  study  of  tropical  diseases 
conferred  an  increased  benefit  upon  the  science  of 
medicine,  it  has  given  new  and  undreamt-of  advantages 
to  commerce,  to  civilisation,  and  to  administration  in 
tropical  countries.  To-day  we  receive  regular  reports 
from  all  parts  of  the  tropical  world  showing  what  is 
being  accomplished — the  new  areas  and  territories 
wrested  from  decay  and  handed  over  to  civilisation. 
We  are  furnished  with  regular  monthly  reports  from 
the  Panama  Canal  zone,  Cuba,  the  Philippines,  and 
from  a  host  of  other  places,  just  as  if  they  were  as 
old-established  as  Manchester  or  Liverpool,  and  had 
always  known  what  a  medical  officer  and  his  elaborate 
staff  were. 

But  not  only  has  tropical  medicine  added  new 
territories  to  civilisation,  it  has  quite  recently  taken 
a  speculative  turn,  and,  in  the  light  of  what  is  taking 
place  in  Africa  to-day,  surveys  what  may  have  occurred 
in  America  and  in  Europe  in  past  ages.  Recently 
Major  Ross,  Mr.  Jones,  and  Dr.  Withington  have 
brought  forward  evidence  to  show  that  Malaria  in 
Greece  may  have  taken  no  small  share  in  helping  to 
wipe  out  the  old  Greek  civilisation.  What  may  not 
have  occurred  in  other  countries  also  ?  It  is  even 
surmised,  and  not  without  reason,  that  the  tsetse  fly 
has  either  cleared  the  white  man  out  of  Africa  or  kept 
him  out,  the  fly  having  proved,  until  recent  times, 
unconquerable. 

Again,  in  its  far-reaching  and  world-wide  investiga- 
tions, tropical  medicine  has  directed  our  attention  more 
and  more  to  the  role  which  insects  play  in  the  trans- 


INSECTS   AND   DISEASE  5 

mission  of  disease,  and,  naturally,  this  role  is 
not  confined  to  the  tropics,  our  own  familiar  housefly, 
flea,  bug,  etc.,  being  equally  dangerous  in  their 
spheres.  It  has  also,  thanks  to  our  knowledge  of 
the  blood  in  malaria  and  sleeping  sickness,  drawn 
our  attention  to  the  striking  fact  that  not  every 
one  harbouring  parasites  shows  obvious  symptoms 
of  the  disease ;  that  there  are,  in  fact,  quite  as 
many  ambulatory  reservoirs,  or  apparently  healthy 
carriers  of  these  diseases,  as  there  are  well-recognisable 
cases. 

I  have  said  that  the  foundations  of  tropical  medicine 
were  laid  upon  those  upon  which  Bacteriology  itself 
had  been  reared,  but  the  commencement  of  the 
movement  which  had  for  its  immediate  end  the 
building  up  of  the  great  subject  of  Tropical  Medicine 
in  our  midst,  would  not  perhaps  yet  have  made  a 
start  had  it  not  been  for  the  practical  and  far-seeing 
Minister  who  was  in  1898  at  the  head  of  the  Colonial 
Office,  the  Right  Hon.  Joseph  Chamberlain. 

The  following  is  proof  of  this,  and  the  history  of 
the  movement  recorded  here  is  of  great  interest, 
because  it  shows  how  the  layman  sees  the  practical 
advantage  which  can  be  gained  by  the  study  of  a 
subject  before  even  those  devoting  their  lives  to  it 
can  shake  off  tradition  and  branch  out  anew. 

Already  in  October  1897,  Sir  Patrick  Manson  in  an 
address  to  the  students  assembled  in  St.  George's 
Hospital,  London,  had  urged  the  necessity  for  special 
education  in  tropical  medicine  in  the  medical  schools  of 
this  country. 


6    TROPICAL  MEDICINE  MOVEMENT  IN  ENGLAND 

Mr.  Chamberlain,  in  a  Report  dated  May  1903  upon 
the  subject  of  Tropical  Medicine,  wrote  that — 

"  It  was  largely  through  the  interest  taken  in  this  matter 
by  Dr.  Manson  that  my  attention  was  more  definitely 
directed  to  the  importance  of  scientific  inquiry  into 
the  causes  of  malaria,  and  of  special  education  in 
tropical  medicine  for  the  medical  officers  of  the  Crown 
Colonies." 

He  then  went  on  to  state  that— 

"  In  pursuance  of  the  second  of  these  two  objects  it  was 
clearly  advisable  (a)  that  a  special  training  school  in 
tropical  medicine  should  be  established,  where  officers, 
newly  appointed  to  the  medical  services  of  the  Colonies 
and  Protectorates,  might  be  given  systematic  instruction 
with  special  facilities  for  clinical  study,  before  leaving 
England  to  take  up  their  appointments,  and  where 
doctors  already  in  the  service  might,  when  on  leave, 
have  opportunities  of  bringing  their  professional  know- 
ledge up  to  date ;  (b)  that  all  the  leading  medical 
schools  in  the  United  Kingdom  should  be  invited  to 
give  greater  prominence  than  hitherto  in  their  schemes 
of  study,  to  tropical  medicine. 

"  (c)  That  the  medical  reports  periodically  sent  from 
the  tropical  Colonies  and  Protectorates  should  be  recast 
on  one  uniform  type,  designed  to  throw  light  on  the 
diseases  which  are  prevalent  in  tropical  countries,  and 
to  indicate  the  methods  likely  to  be  most  successful  in 
preventing  or  curing  such  disease." 

Previously,  on  March  11,  1898,  Mr.  Chamberlain 
had  addressed  a  circular  letter  to  the  General  Medical 


MR.   CHAMBERLAINS  ACTION  7 

Council  and  the  leading  medical  schools  of  the  United 
Kingdom  pointing  out — 

"  The  importance  of  ensuring  that  all  medical  officers 
selected  for  appointment  in  the  tropics  should  enter 
on  their  careers  with  the  expert  knowledge  requisite  for 
dealing  with  such  diseases  as  are  prevalent  in  tropical 
climates,  and  that  it  was  very  desirable  that,  before 
undergoing  such  special  training,  the  future  medical 
officers  of  the  Colonies  should  be  given  facilities  in  the 
various  medical  schools  for  obtaining  some  preliminary 
knowledge  of  the  subject."  ..."  I  would  be  prepared," 
he  added,  "  to  give  preference,  in  filling  up  medical 
appointments  in  the  Colonies,  to  those  candidates  who 
could  show  that  they  had  studied  this  branch  of 
medicine,  especially  if  some  certificate  or  diploma  to 
that  effect  were  forthcoming." 

As  the  result  of  this  letter  the  General  Medical 
Council  replied  as  follows  : 

"  That,  while  the  Council  is  not  prepared  to  re- 
commend that  tropical  medicine  should  be  made  an 
obligatory  subject  of  the  medical  curriculum,  it  deems 
it  highly  advisable,  in  the  public  interest,  that  arrange- 
ments should  forthwith  be  made  by  the  Government  for 
the  special  instruction  in  tropical  medicine,  hygiene,  and 
climatology  of  duly  qualified  medical  practitioners,  who 
are  selected  for  the  Colonial  medical  service,  or  who 
otherwise  propose  to  practise  in  tropical  countries." 

Two  great  ports  in  Great  Britain  having  medical 
facilities  also  replied  favourably,  and  proceeded  at  once 
to  found  schools  of  tropical  medicine. 


8    TROPICAL  MEDICINE  MOVEMENT  IN  ENGLAND 

In  the  autumn  of  1898  the  London  and  Liverpool 
Schools  were  founded,  so  that  commendable  promptitude 
was  taken  in  these  two  cities  to  give  practical  effect  to 
Mr.  Chamberlain's  wishes. 

The  founder  of  the  Liverpool  School  was  Sir  Alfred 
Jones,  K.C.M.G.,  who  then  became  the  first  chairman 
of  the  school.  By  thus  placing  at  the  head  of  tropical 
medicine  in  Liverpool  a  great  and  distinguished  busi- 
ness man  having  large  interests  in  the  tropics,  the 
school  was  at  once  drawn  into  close  relationship  with 
the  mercantile  community  of  Liverpool,  especially  with 
that  portion  more  directly  interested  in  the  trade 
of  our  tropical  possessions.  The  interest  in  the  local 
movement  was,  however,  not  confined  to  the  mercantile 
community ;  the  late  Earl  Derby  and  the  Countess  of 
Derby,  the  Duke  of  Northumberland,  Earl  Cromer, 
and  many  others  took  a  keen  interest  in  the  movement. 
Expeditions  were  organised  and  dispatched  to  all  parts 
of  the  tropical  world  to  study  the  diseases  on  the  spot, 
a  necessity  which  Mr.  Chamberlain  had  already  insisted 
upon.  The  gain  of  this  has  been,  that  not  only  has  our 
knowledge  of  the  diseases  been  immensely  increased, 
but  the  way  has  been  pointed  out  of  preventing  their 
spreading  or  suppressing  them  altogether. 

Both  schools  entered  into  friendly  rivalry  with  one 
another  in  equipping  and  sending  out  investigators,  and 
both  at  the  same  time  started  courses  of  instruction  for 
medical  officers  proceeding  to  the  tropics.  Nor  were 
the  services  of  the  schools  confined  to  British  pos- 
sessions ;  they  were  freely  consulted  by  foreign  Govern- 
ments, and,  thanks  to  the  fact  that  Sir  Patrick  Manson, 


EXPEDITIONS  TO  THE  TROPICS  9 

K.C.M.G.,  was  the  head  of  the  London  School,  and 
Major  Ross,  C.B.,  the  Professor  of  Tropical  Medicine 
in  the  Liverpool  School,  the  keenest  intellects  from 
all  over  the  world  were  attracted  both  to  Liverpool 
and  to  London  for  the  purpose  of  study  and  research. 

In  the  Appendix  will  be  seen  the  number  of  expedi- 
tions dispatched  under  the  auspices  of  the  Colonial 
Office,  the  Royal  Society,  and  the  London  and  Liver- 
pool Schools  respectively.  Of  course  these  investiga- 
tions into  tropical  diseases  could  not  be  carried  out 
without  very  considerable  risk.  Indeed  several  of  the 
investigators  have  sacrificed  their  lives  in  this  endeavour 
to  advance  the  cause  of  medicine  and  humanity.  The 
Liverpool  School  of  Tropical  Medicine  has  lost  two 
brilliant  investigators,  Dr.  Walter  Myers,  who  died  of 
yellow  fever  whilst  investigating  that  disease  at  Para, 
and  Dr.  Everett  Dutton,  who  died  of  relapsing  fever  in 
Central  Africa  whilst  investigating  sleeping  sickness. 
The  London  School  lost  the  son  of  Sir  Patrick  Manson 
— a  young  medical  man  of  great  promise  who  died 
through  accident  whilst  on  an  expedition.  He  had 
previously  submitted  himself  to  be  inoculated  by  in- 
fected malaria  mosquitos  and  had  contracted  the  disease, 
thus  proving  in  his  own  person  conclusively  what  Ross 
had  previously  proved  in  birds,  that  the  infected 
Anopheles  was  the  carrier  of  the  parasite  of  malaria. 

Mr.  Chamberlain  did  not  rest  satisfied  with  seeing 
the  foundation  of  these  schools,  for  in  a  letter  to  Lord 
Lister  he  states :  "I  am  not  satisfied  to  rest  at  this 
point,  and  wish  to  invite  the  co-operation  of  the  Royal 
Society  in  taking  further  steps." 


10     TROPICAL  MEDICINE  MOVEMENT  IN  ENGLAND 

He  went  on  to  suggest  that  a  thorough  investiga- 
tion should  be  undertaken  by  scientific  experts 
on  the  spot,  into  "  the  origin,  the  transmission,  and 
the  possible  prevention  and  remedies  of  tropical 
diseases,  especially  of  such  deadly  forms  of  sickness 
as  the  malarial  and  blackwater  fevers  prevalent  on  the 
West  African  Coast,"  and  that  the  inquirers  should 
be  appointed  by  and  take  instructions  from  the  Royal 
Society.  The  Royal  Society  immediately  appointed 
a  small  committee  as  proposed,  and  dispatched,  in 
1898,  an  expedition  to  investigate  malaria  upon  the 
lines  of  Major  Ross's  discoveries. 

This  committee  has  continued  its  work,  and  has 
embraced  the  investigation  of  other  tropical  diseases 
(see  Appendix).  The  foundation  of  the  Schools  of 
Tropical  Medicine,  and  the  increased  importance 
attached  to  tropical  research  by  the  Royal  Society, 
soon  began  to  react  both  at  home  and  abroad.  Under 
the  guidance  of  Sir  David  Bruce  many  investigations 
were  set  on  foot  in  the  Army  Medical  Department, 
which  have  resulted  in  most  fruitful  work,  especially 
that  of  Sir  Charles  Leishman.  Abroad,  the  question 
of  establishing  tropical  schools  was  soon  taken  up,  and 
tropical  schools  were  established  at  Hamburg,  Paris, 
and  Bordeaux. 

In  the  United  States  also,  pari  passu  with  this 
development,  increased  attention  was  directed  to  tropical 
medicine,  and  Washington  has  become  the  head  centre 
of  tropical  entomology  and  parasitology. 

Finally,  India  and  the  Colonies  have  realised  the 
necessity  of  doing  something,  and  great  progress  has 


EXPANSION   OF  MOVEMENT  11 

been  made  in  the  way  of  establishing  laboratories  under 
the  direction  of  experts  for  the  study  of  the  diseases 
peculiar  to  the  particular  colony.  Quite  recently  a 
Tropical  School  has  been  founded  in  Australia,  under 
the  directorship  of  Dr.  Anton  Breinl;  splendid  work 
has  also  been  accomplished  by  the  Wellcome  Research 
Laboratories  at  Khartoum,  under  Dr.  Balfour. 

I  will  in  the  following  pages  bring  forward  the 
bed-rock  facts  upon  which  1  base  my  assertion  that 
in  the  study  of  tropical  medicine — that  is  to  say,  by 
the  study  of  a  wider  medicine  as  distinguished  from 
the  parochial,  local,  or  older  form — nations  possess  a 
force  which  above  all  others  can  wrest  vast  provinces 
from  the  sway  of  the  insect  pests  which,  though  minute 
in  size,  yet  in  their  aggregate  mass  have  defied  and 
hurled  back  man  when  he  has  ventured  into  their 
domain,  or  completely  wiped  out  those  who  tried  to 
gain  a  foothold.  The  narrative  would  appear  more 
like  a  fairy  tale  were  it  not  based  upon  easily  accessible 
reports  and  figures. 


CHAPTER   II 

GROWTH    OF   GENERAL    AND    APPLIED    SANITATION    IN 
THE   TROPICS 

BEFORE  proceeding  to  describe  in  detail  the  fight 
against  the  mosquito,  I  will  in  the  following  chapters 
deal  with  those  factors  which  prepared  the  way  for 
the  successful  anti-mosquito  campaign  of  to-day. 

In  the  first  place,  I  deal  in  this  chapter  with  the 
growth  of  general  sanitation.  It  stands  to  reason  that 
our  tropical  possessions  have  not  stood  still  as  regards 
general  sanitary  progress.  Just  as  hygiene  and  sanitation 
have  made  great  strides  in  the  older  countries,  and 
better  means  of  water  supply  and  sewage  disposal  have 
been  devised,  as  well  as  regulations  formulated  for 
dealing  with  the  construction  of  more  healthy  houses, 
town  planning,  slaughter  houses,  isolation  hospitals, 
milk  and  food  supply,  and  the  numerous  other  improve- 
ments which  are  naturally  grouped  under  sanitary 
reforms,  so  in  the  tropics  steady  progress  has  also 
been  made.  There  are  in  many  colonies  building 
regulations,  excellent  isolation  and  general  hospitals, 
nursing  arrangements,  slaughter  houses,  arrangements 
for  scavenging,  sewage  and  night  soil  disposal,  storm 

12 


FlG.     2.—  A     WELL-CONSTRUCTED     DRAIN     AND     STANDPIPE,     THE     AGENTS 
WHICH   HAVE   CAUSED   THE   DIMINUTION   OF   MOSQUITOS,   TRINIDAD. 


DRAINAGE   AND   WATER   SUPPLY  13 

water  drainage,  water  supply,  etc.  The  result  has  been, 
as  in  Europe,  that  many  of  the  tropical  towns  are  vastly 
more  healthy  than  fifty  years  ago.  By  the  segregation 
of  infectious  diseases  there  has  been  a  very  great 
saving  in  life.  Cases  of  leprosy  are  now  housed  in 
excellent  lazarettos,  and  are  removed  from  the  possi- 
bility of  communicating  that  disease  to  others ;  so 
also  with  smallpox  and  other  diseases. 

The  growth  and  extension  of  tropical  towns  has, 
of  course,  brought  with  it  the  drainage  of  the  soil  and 
the  swamp  lands  which  usually  existed  in  the  earlier 
days  of  colonisation.  The  necessity  for  providing  for 
the  removal  of  storm  water,  and  therefore  the  necessity 
of  making  properly  macadamised  roads,  with  suitable 
surfaces  and  concrete  side  drains,  have  freed  many 
towns  of  the  puddles  which  formerly  were  the  rule  in 
the  rainy  reason,  and  which  are  still  to  be  found  in 
outlying  villages  or  in  the  small  towns  of  backward 
colonies  where  hygiene  has  made  little  progress. 
Therefore,  with  the  improved  drainage  there  has  been 
a  progressive  diminution  of  the  breeding  places  of 
mosquitos,  and,  in  consequence,  mosquitos  are  becom- 
ing less  numerous  in  the  towns. 

Another  most  important  factor  which  has  tended 
in  the  same  direction  has  been  the  introduction  of 
pipe-borne  water  to  the  houses  and  to  stand-pipes 
along  the  roads.  This  has  naturally  brought  about 
the  closing  of  the  old-time  wells,  the  common  cause 
of  typhoid,  dysentery,  and  cholera  in  the  'fifties  in  all 
tropical  towns.  One  can  say  that  with  the  introduction 
oj  pipe-borne  water  cholera  has  vanished,  and  that  a 


14     GROWTH   OF   SANITATION   IN   THE  TROPICS 

great  diminution  took  place  in  the  cases  of  typhoid 
and  dysentery.  But  further,  with  the  comfort  of  a 
constant  water  supply  either  in  the  house  or  close  at 
hand  by  the  roadside,  the  necessity  for  storing  water 
in  cisterns  was  abolished.  In  consequence,  the  storage 
of  rain-water  is  not  now  the  absolute  necessity  it  was 
before  the  introduction  of  pipe  water.  It  is  true  that 
the  inhabitants  of  cities  still  collect  it  for  washing 
purposes,  but  this  will  disappear  in  time.  Now  in  the 
old  days  it  was  the  storage  of  rain-water  in  the  wooden 
vats  or  in  the  innumerable  barrels  which  furnished  the 
ideal  breeding  grounds  of  the  house  mosquitos.  There- 
fore to  the  new  water  supplies  must  be  ascribed  the 
remarkable  diminution  of  yellow  fever  throughout  the 
West  Indies — that  is,  when  we  compare  to-day  with 
the  condition  of  affairs  fifty  years  ago.  But  this  is  a 
matter  to  which  I  will  again  refer  in  detail.  The 
significance  of  the  relationship  of  the  diminution  of 
yellow  fever  to  the  introduction  of  pipe-borne  water 
is  due  entirely  to  the  fact  that  there  has  been  of 
necessity  a  diminution  of  the  common  breeding  places 
of  the  house  mosquito — the  Stegomyia  calopus — the 
sole  carrier  of  yellow  fever. 

Again,  with  the  inculcation  of  the  principles  of 
cleanliness,  and  with  the  appointment  of  sanitary 
inspectors  to  see  that  yards  and  gardens  are  kept  clean, 
there  has  been  a  very  general  cleaning  up  of  the  larger 
towns,  so  that  now  there  are  fewer  odd  tins  and  bottles 
for  water  to  collect  in.  This,  again,  has  still  further 
reduced  the  breeding  places  of  domestic  mosquitos. 

Therefore  it  is  not  to  be  wondered  at  that  in  many 


APPLIED   SANITATION  15 

of  the  larger  towns  in  the  tropical  and  subtropical 
countries  there  has  been  a  very  real  diminution  of 
mosquito-carried  diseases.  For  instance,  New  Orleans 
was  once  notorious  for  its  malaria.  Endemic  malaria 
now  no  longer  exists  in  the  town.  The  malaria-carrying 
mosquito  has  been  driven  further  and  further  out,  until 
to-day  he  only  survives  along  the  fringes  of  the  marsh 
lands  outside  the  city. 

But  whilst  to  general  sanitation  we  must  ascribe 
increased  healthiness  and  a  diminution  of  death  and 
sickness  rates  and  of  malaria,  nevertheless  there  is  one 
disease — namely,  yellow  fever — which  persisted,  in  spite 
of  sanitary  reform  carried  out  on  the  general  lines  such 
as   are  employed   in  Europe.     The   town   of  Rio   de 
Janeiro  was  an  example  of  this.    In  spite  of  the  fact  that 
Rio  had  made  immense  strides  in  general  sanitation,  as 
disclosed  by  the  annual  health  returns  furnished  regu- 
larly by  the  medical  officer  of  health,  nevertheless   it 
soon  became  apparent  that  there  was  one  disease  which 
did  not  disappear,  in  spite  of  the  general  hygiene — this 
disease  was   yellow  fever.      It  was  not  until   special 
sanitary  measures  were  specifically  directed  to  it  that 
the  disease  was  stopped.      Small-pox   has  furnished  a 
similar  example.      By  means  of  isolation  and  general 
sanitation  and  disinfection  small-pox  can  be  decreased. 
But  the  specific  method  of  attack  is  vaccination.    Then, 
given  this  specific  method  of  prophylaxis,  coupled  with 
provision    for  isolation   and    general   sanitary   reform, 
the  disease  disappears.     So  with  yellow  fever,  general 
sanitary   reform,    coupled   with   the   only   direct   form 
of    attack    known    to    medical    science— namely,    the 


16     GROWTH   OF  SANITATION   IN   THE  TROPICS 

destruction  of  the  yellow  fever  mosquito, — and  yellow 
fever  disappears  in  toto.  So  that  by  the  term  "  applied 
hygiene,"  I  wish  the  reader  to  understand  the  adoption 
of  measures  specifically  directed  to  the  destruction  of 
those  insects  or  parasites  which  are  directly  concerned 
with  spreading  infectious  diseases,  and  to  bear  in  mind 
that  the  measures  necessary  against  one  disease  are  not 
necessarily  those  suitable  for  other  diseases.  That,  in 
other  words,  each  disease,  like  malaria,  yellow  fever, 
Malta  fever,  sleeping  sickness,  ankylostomiasis,  etc.,  etc., 
requires  the  application  of  its  own  special  prophylactic 
measures. 

In  subsequent  chapters  I  will  deal  in  detail  with 
these  specific  measures,  and  will  be  able  to  show  the 
astonishing  improvement  in  tropical  sanitation  which 
has  taken  place  as  the  result  of  specially  applied 
hygienic  measures,  results,  moreover,  which  would  in 
all  probability  have  never  been  achieved  if  reliance 
had  been  placed  solely  on  general  sanitation. 


CHAPTER   III 

MIASM,    TBADITION    AND    PREJUDICE 

IT  is  only  those  who  have  been  practically  engaged 
in  anti-malarial  and  anti-yellow  fever  prophylaxis  who 
have  any  idea  of  the  depth  to  which  the  old  doctrine 
of  the  miasmatic  origin  of  these  diseases  has  sunk  into 
the  minds  of  men. 

On  account  of  this  deep-seated  belief  in  man,  the 
pioneer  finds  it  far  more  easy  to  overthrow  the  strong- 
holds of  the  disease-carrying  mosquito  than  to  over- 
throw this  deep-seated  prejudice,  which  begets  apathy 
and  indifference,  characteristic  of  the  tropical  countries 
where  these  diseases  are  so  prevalent.  I  suppose  it 
is  not  to  be  wondered  at,  considering  in  the  first  place 
the  enormous  mass  of  literature  which  has  been  written 
upon  the  so-called  deadly  miasm,  the  veritable  night- 
mare of  the  tropics,  which  surrounds  you  on  all  sides, 
which  you  encounter  at  its  worst  in  the  cool  eventide 
or  early  morning.  It  was  especially  bad  over  the 
marsh  and  in  the  mangrove  swamp,  and  if  any  colony 
was  so  foolhardy  as  to  engage  in  dredging  the  harbour 
or  the  river  bar  or  in  constructing  a  new  road,  or  so 
rash  as  to  disturb  an  old  and  disused  cemetery,  then  the 

17  2 


18  MIASM,  TRADITION   AND  PREJUDICE 

wise  men  of  the  colony  foretold  that  an  epidemic 
would  without  fail  arise  in  consequence ;  of  course, 
in  those  days  it  often  did,  but  as  we  shall  see,  not  from 
the  miasm  but  from  causes  now  as  clearly  proven  as  the 
law  of  gravitation. 

By  the  word  "  miasm "  is  implied  an  exhalation 
or  emanation  from  the  soil,  especially  that  of  warm, 
moist  climates  where  there  must  always  be  an  abund- 
ance of  decaying  vegetable  humus.  In  the  name 
"  Malaria,"  or  bad  air,  given  to  one  of  the  largest  groups 
of  miasmatic  diseases,  we  see  clearly  what  was  implied 
by  miasm,  and  we  can  also  understand  why  people  were 
so  frightened  at  disturbing  the  soil.  As  tropical 
countries  must,  owing  to  the  luxuriance  of  vegetation, 
have  always  a  vast  amount  of  fermenting  vegetable 
matter,  it  was  clear  then  that  miasm  came  to  be 
regarded  as  the  necessary  evil  of  tropical  countries,  and 
thus  it  came  about  that  this  nightmare  theory  of 
disease  was  accepted  as  inevitable — it  did  not  matter, 
every  one  had  to  suffer  alike  from  it ;  they  had  to 
get  the  "acclimatisation  fever,"  and  then  they  were 
"  salted"  and  regarded  as  immune.  Malaria  and  yellow 
fever  were  the  "  diseases  of  the  new-comers " ;  after 
an  apprenticeship  to  the  tropics  they  would  recover. 
The  miasm  was  not  peculiar  to  swamps  or  churchyards 
or  mud- banks  ;  it  could  equally  well  be  incubated  on 
board  ship,  from  bilge  water,  ballast,  and  certain  forms 
of  cargo.  Learned  works  were  written,  in  which  the 
kinds  of  cargo  are  specified  which  are  most  prone  to 
engender  deadly  miasm. 

So    bad   has   this   nightmare   been   at  times,   that 


p.  18] 


FlG    5. A    SO-CALLED    YELLOW    FEVER    HOUSE,    BARBADOS. 


YELLOW  FEVER  HOUSES  19 

granite  sets  and  gravel  ballast  have  been  consigned  to 
the  deep,  lest  an  epidemic  should  break  out  were  they 
landed.  It  is  almost  impossible  to  realise  to-day  the 
incubus  which  this  nightmare  has  been  upon  the  world's 
progress.  In  the  old  days,  the  young  man,  be  he 
soldier,  sailor,  or  young  merchant,  went  to  what  was 
known  as  the  "  white  man's  grave."  The  result  was  that 
in  many  instances  only  the  wilder  ones  who  could  not 
succeed  at  home  went  to  what  was  regarded  as  almost 
certain  death  ;  and  indeed  it  often  was,  when  one 
recollects,  as  shown  in  the  mortality  statistics  of  fifty 
years  ago,  that  amongst  the  British  garrisons  69  per 
cent,  was  not  an  infrequent  mortality  rate  1 

Further,  the  nightmare  even  spread  to  houses  and 
barracks,  and  men  spoke  of  "  yellow  fever  houses  "  with 
bated  breath,  just  as  children  do  of  haunted  houses. 
It  does  seem  strange  that  in  this  the  twentieth  century 
similar  superstitions  still  survive  ;  nevertheless  they  do, 
as  those  whose  duty  it  is  to  teach  the  present-day 
methods  of  health  preservation  only  too  well  know.  I 
reproduce  a  picture  of  a  so-called  yellow  fever  house. 
It  was  supposed  that  if  any  one  was  so  foolhardy  as 
to  sleep  in  one,  yellow  fever  was  certain  to  result.  No 
words  of  mine  could  describe  the  loss  of  life  and  goods 
and  the  curtailment  of  civilisation  which  this  night- 
mare of  the  tropics  has  brought  about. 

But  is  there  any  foundation  for  this  belief,  which 
has  so  deeply  grafted  itself  upon  mankind  ?  None 
whatever.  The  damp  vapour  or  the  small  quantity  of 
marsh  gas  or  sulphuretted  hydrogen  which  could  come 
from  a  tropical  marsh  is  absolutely  unable  to  give 


20  MIASM,  TRADITION   AND   PREJUDICE 

diseases  like  malaria  and  yellow  fever.  Could  they  do 
so  we  would  naturally  expect  yellow  fever  and  malaria 
in  colder  climes  where  there  are  certainly  marshes  and 
offensive  smells,  but  where,  nevertheless,  there  is  no 
malaria  nor  yellow  fever. 

At  the  present  time  the  world  is  seeing  the  spectacle 
of  the  refutation  of  the  miasm  nightmare  in  the 
Isthmus  of  Panama.  Here  there  are  some  48,000 
workmen  employed  digging  the  canal  in  what  was 
formerly  a  notorious  yellow-fever  and  malarial  country. 
Notwithstanding  this  and  the  fact  that  the  graves  of 
the  50,000  workmen  who  perished  of  these  very 
diseases  in  the  time  of  De  Lesseps  must  have  been 
turned  up  over  and  over  again,  no  cases  of  yellow 
fever  have  occurred  there  during  the  last  three  years, 
and  malaria  has  been  reduced  to  a  very  low  figure, 
so  that  the  total  death  rate  compares  favourably  with 
any  town  in  Europe.  Surely  mankind  does  not  want 
stronger  proof.  Yes,  certain  individuals  do.  I  know 
of  more  than  one  learned  medical  man,  judge,  and 
prosperous  merchant  who  still  argue  in  favour  of  the 
nightmare — miasm. 

With  the  knowledge  which  we  possess  to-day  we 
can  of  course  understand  why  the  marsh  should  have 
been  regarded  with  dread.  It  is,  however,  not  on 
account  of  any  miasm,  but  because  disease-carrying 
mosquitos  bred  there, — two  very  different  things. 
Experiments  were  already  made,  as  we  shall  see  when 
we  deal  with  the  subject  of  yellow  fever,  to  ascertain 
by  inoculation  whether  the  soil  of  graves  in  which 
patients  who  had  died  of  yellow  fever  had  been  buried 


MOSQUITO    VERSUS  MIASM  21 

was  infectious  or  not.     These  observations  showed  that 
yellow  fever  could  not  be  communicated  in  that  way. 

We  are  wiser  now  that  we  have  the  true  facts 
before  us  ;  but  we  must  freely  confess  that  the  medical 
men  of  those  days  must  have  been  both  puzzled  and 
awestruck  to  find  strong  men  struck  down  by  the 
fever  at  the  rate  of  69  per  cent.  It  was  not  from 
want  of  good  food  or  water,  or  accommodation. 
No,  they  were  struck  down  by  some  unseen  hand, 
and  medicine  said  that  that  hand  was  the  miasm.  To- 
day we  know  it  to  be  the  mosquito ;  and  whereas 
formerly,  acting  on  the  miasm  theory,  not  one  life  was 
ever  saved,  to-day,  armed  with  the  new  knowledge, 
we  visit  the  miasmatic  countries  with  the  same  feeling 
of  security  that  we  do  when  we  pay  a  visit  to  the 
Continent.  But  did  no  one  in  the  days  gone  by  stand 
forth  and  try  to  stem  the  tide  of  prejudice  and  tradi- 
tion ?  Were  there  philosophers  who  saw  something 
dangerous  in  the  common  mosquito  ?  Yes,  there  were 
such,  as  I  will  endeavour  to  show  in  the  next 
chapter. 


CHAPTER   IV 

THE    FORERUNNERS    OF    THE    DISCOVERIES    OF   THE 
MOSQUITO    ORIGIN    OF   DISEASES 

IT  is  the  rule  that  all  great  movements  and  discoveries 
are  heralded  in  by  premonitory  signs.  In  other  words, 
there  are  always  "  John  the  Baptists  "  who  go  before. 
It  is  so  with  the  discovery  of  mosquito-borne  diseases. 
In  the  last  chapter  I  traced  the  theories  that  were  held 
about  malaria  and  yellow  fever,  how  malaria  or  marsh 
fevers  and  yellow  fever  were  attributed  to  miasms. 
In  this  chapter  I  wish  to  record  the  opinions  of  those 
who  doubted  this  view,  and  thereby  demonstrated 
how  far  ahead  of  their  time  they  really  were.  Viewed 
in  the  light  of  what  we  know  to-day,  they  were  true 
prophets.  There  appears  strong  evidence  that  the 
danger  of  flies  and  mosquitos  was  known  in  very  early 
times.  Thus  Sir  Henry  Blake,  in  speaking  at  a  banquet 
in  connection  with  the  Liverpool  School  of  Tropical 
Medicine  in  1908,  mentioned  how,  when  he  was 
Governor  of  Ceylon,  he  had  been  shown  a  medical  work 
written  fourteen  hundred  years  ago,  in  which  the 
mosquito  was  stated  to  be  a  carrier  of  disease,  and 
malaria  was  described  as  being  transmitted  by  flies 

22 


DR.   BEAUPERTHUY  23 

or  mosquitos.  It  will  also  be  remembered  that  Hero- 
dotus spoke  of  winged  serpents.  Beauperthuy  argues 
that  this  term  is  very  applicable  to  mosquitos,  whose 
poisonous  bite  he  compares  in  its  effects  on  the  human 
body  to  that  of  the  serpent's  bite.  The  use  of 
mechanical  protection  against  mosquitos  also  appears 
to  be  a  very  ancient  practice,  the  means  adopted 
consisting  of  either  smearing  the  exposed  parts  with 
pungent  fats  and  oils,  or  more  commonly  by  the  use  of 
netting ;  this  is  seen  in  the  use  of  our  common  word 
"  canopy  "  (KCOVCOIJ/  =  gnat). 

Not  until  the  nineteenth  century,  however,  do  we 
find  medical  men  directing  their  attention  to  the 
mosquito,  the  common  biting  insect  of  the  tropics. 
We  read  that  in  1848  Dr.  Nott,  of  Mobile,  Alabama, 
published  a  work  on  yellow  fever  in  which  he  upholds 
the  mosquito  origin  of  yellow  fever,  and  also  surmises 
that  the  mosquito  of  the  lowlands  may  be  the  origin 
of  malarial  fever.  But  it  is  Dr.  Beauperthuy  whom  we 
must  regard  as  the  father  of  the  doctrine  of  insect- 
borne  disease. 

"  Louis  Daniel  Beauperthuy,  Docteur  en  Medecine 
des  Facultes  de  Paris  et  de  Caracas,  naturaliste  fra^ais 
et  micrographe,"  was  born  in  Guadeloupe  in  1803, 
studied  medicine  in  Paris,  and  graduated  with  dis- 
tinction. He  was  a  medical  man  with  a  very  strong 
biological  trend,  and  was  devoted  to  the  use  of  the 
microscope.  In  order  to  study  a  disease  he  would 
follow  it  up,  no  matter  in  what  country  it  broke  out. 
It  was  thus  with  yellow  fever  ;  wherever  an  epidemic 
of  it  occurred  in  the  West  Indian  group,  he  set  off  to 


24  THE   MOSQUITO   ORIGIN   OF  DISEASES 

study  it  on  the  spot.  We  thus  find  him  at  Cumana 
in  Venezuela,  where  a  virulent  epidemic  had  broken 
out.  In  Cumana  he  appears  to  have  been  made  a 
health  officer  by  the  then  Government,  and  in  1853 
we  find  him  contributing  a  paper  to  the  Gaceta  Official 
de  Cumand,  in  which  he  says  : 

"  To  the  work  I  undertook  I  brought  the  knowledge 
gained  during  fourteen  years'  microscopic  observation  of 
the  blood  and  secretions  in  every  type  of  fever.  These 
observations  were  of  great  service  to  me  in  recognising 
the  cause  of  yellow  fever  and  the  fitting  methods  of 
combating  this  terrible  malady.  With  regard  to  my 
investigations  on  the  aetiology  of  yellow  fever,  I  must 
abstain  for  the  present  from  making  them  public. 
They  form  a  part  of  a  prolonged  study,  the  results  of 
which  are  facts  so  novel,  and  so  far  removed  from  all 
hitherto  accepted  doctrines,  that  I  ought  not  to  publish 
them  without  adducing  fuller  evidence  in  support. 
Moreover,  I  am  sending  to  the  Academic  des  Sciences 
de  Paris  a  communication  which  contains  a  summary 
of  the  observations  I  have  made  up  to  the  present, 
the  object  of  which  is  to  secure  the  priority  of  my 
discoveries  concerning  the  cause  of  fevers  in  general. 

"  The  affection  known  as  yellow  fever,  or  black 
vomit,  is  due  to  the  same  cause  as  that  producing 
intermittent  fever. 

"  Yellow  fever  is  in  no  way  to  be  regarded  as  a 
contagious  disease. 

"  The  disease  develops  itself  under  conditions  which 
favour  the  development  of  mosquitos. 

"  The  mosquito  plunges  its  proboscis  into  the 
skin  .  .  .  and  introduces  a  poison  which  has  properties 
akin  to  that  of  snake  venom.  It  softens  the  red  blood 


BEAUPERTHUY'S   OBSERVATIONS  25 

corpuscles,  causes  their  rupture  .  .  .  and  facilitates  the 
mixing  of  the  colouring  matter  with  the  serum. 

"  The  agents  of  this  yellow-fever  infection  are  of  a 
considerable  number  of  species,  not  all  being  of  equally 
lethal  character.  The  zancudo  bobo  with  legs  striped 
with  white,  may  be  regarded  as  more  or  less  the  house- 
haunting  kind. 

"  Remittent,  intermittent,  and  pernicious  fevers, 
just  like  yellow  fever,  have  as  their  cause  an  animal 
or  vegeto-animal  virus,  the  introduction  of  which  into 
the  human  body  is  brought  about  by  inoculation. 

"  Intermittent  fevers  are  grave  in  proportion  to  the 
prevalence  of  mosquitos,  and  disappear  or  lose  much 
of  their  severity  in  places  which,  by  reason  of  their 
elevation,  have  few  of  these  insects. 

"  The  expression  *  Winged  Snakes '  employed  by 
Herodotus  is  peculiarly  applicable  to  the  mosquito, 
and  the  result  of  its  bite  on  the  human  organism. 

"  Marshes  do  not  communicate  to  the  atmosphere 
anything  more  than  humidity,  and  the  small  amount 
of  hydrogen  they  give  off  does  not  cause  in  man  the 
slightest  indisposition  in  equatorial  and  inter-tropical 
regions  renowned  for  their  unhealthiness.  Nor  is  it 
the  putrescence  of  the  water  that  makes  it  unhealthy,  but 
the  presence  of  mosquitos." 

Readers  will  agree  that  perhaps  never  in  the  history 
of  medicine  has  such  a  carefully-thought-out  prognosti- 
cation received  such  remarkable  scientific  confirmation. 
Beauperthuy  made  other  communications  both  to  the 
Gaceta  Oficial  de  Cumand  and  to  the  Academic  des 
Sciences. 

He  studied,  amongst  other  diseases,  Leprosy.     For 


26  THE   MOSQUITO   ORIGIN  OF  DISEASES 

this  purpose,  acting  upon  his  usual  plan  of  investigation, 
he  removed  into  British  Guiana,  and  it  was  whilst 
engaged  upon  this  study  that  he  died  at  the  Penal 
Settlement,  Mosaruni  River,  British  Guiana. 

The  inscription  on  his  tomb,  for  which  I  am  in- 
debted to  the  courtesy  of  Professor  Harrison  of 
Demerara,  reads  as  follows : 

LOUIS   DANIEL  BEAUPERTHUY, 

M.D.,    OF    PARIS, 

Born  at  Guadeloupe, 

Died  Sept.  3,  1871, 

Aged  64  years. 

After  his  death  his  papers  were  collected  together 
and  published  in  book  form  by  his  brother,  Pierre 
Daniel  Beauperthuy,  at  Bordeaux  in  the  year  1891. 
I  am  indebted  to  Dr.  de  Vertheuil,  of  Trinidad,  for 
having  placed  in  my  hands  a  copy  of  this  work.  It 
is  written  in  French. 

In  my  opinion,  Beauperthuy  wished  to  publish  a 
treatise  on  insect-borne  diseases.  There  is  little  doubt 
also  that  he  regarded  the  mosquito  or  "  tipulaire "  as 
the  cause  of  very  many  diseases.  Where  he  failed  in 
his  argument  was  to  account  for  the  source  of  the 
virus  with  which  the  mosquito  infected  man.  He 
believed  that  the  mosquito  introduced  some  poison 
into  man  which  it  obtained  from  the  decomposing 
matter  on  which  it  fed  (matieres  pelagiques],  or 
perhaps  from  decomposing  phosphorescent  animal  sub- 
stances, as  fish.  In  support  of  this  he  mentions  that 


BLAIITS   OBSERVATIONS  27 

M.  Magendie  demonstrated  that  a  few  drops  of  putrid 
fish  inoculated  into  animals  produce  very  severe  intoxi- 
cation. Then  he  says,  "  N'est-ce  pas,  en  effet,  une 
instillation  de  poisson  en  putrefaction  cfue  versent  ces 
insectes  sous  la  peau  et  dans  le  tissu  cellulaire  de 
1'homme  ? " 

Thus  Beauperthuy  was  clear  as  to  the  transmitting 
agent,  but  fell  into  error  in  supposing  that  the  poison 
was  taken  from  extraneous  decomposing  matter,  and 
not  from  the  infected  man.  In  other  words,  he 
believed  that  the  poison  was  telluric,  that  it  did  not, 
however,  come  off  in  the  form  of  a  gas  or  miasm, 
but  was  carried  and  inoculated  into  man  through  the 
instrumentality  of  a  mosquito. 

Another  investigator  of  high  repute,  and  also  of 
British  Guiana,  viz.  Surgeon- General  Daniel  Blair, 
writes  in  1852,  in  his  "Report  on  the  First  Eighteen 
Months  of  the  Fourth  Yellow  Fever  Epidemic  of 
British  Guiana,"  that — 

"  it  would  appear  from  the  observation  of  the  present 
epidemic  that  though,  as  is  well  established,  a  certain 
high  average  temperature  is  required  for  the  generation 
and  continued  existence  of  the  efficient  cause  of  yellow 
fever,  it  has  not  its  genesis  from  any  known  combina- 
tion of  meteorological  elements,  and  may  appear  at 
a  time  when  they  are  highly  favourable  to  general 
health  and  comfort ;  that  the  laws  of  its  diffusion  differ 
from  those  of  gases  ;  that  it  is  impelled  by  atmospheric 
currents,  but  seems  to  possess  some  power  of  spon- 
taneous motion  ;  that  though  intense  energy  of  vegeta- 
tive power  characterised  the  seasons  antecedent  to  and 


28  THE   MOSQUITO   ORIGIN   OF   DISEASES 

during  the  epidemic  invasion,  its  shifting  lines  of  infec- 
tion and  gyratory  movements  suggest  to  the  imagination 
the  attributes  of  insect  life" 

Then  in  still  more  recent  times  we  find  King *  in  1882 
tabulating  the  facts  in  support  of  the  mosquito  origin 
of  malarial  disease,  showing  how  the  word  "Miasm" 
can  in  all  cases  be  replaced  by  the  word  "  Mosquito." 

Again,  later,  the  name  of  Dr.  Charles  Finlay2  is 
linked  up  with  the  mosquito  origin  of  yellow  fever.  He 
did  much  to  direct  the  recent  researches  on  yellow  fever 
to  the  Stegomyia  as  the  transmitting  agent  in  that 
disease. 

Working  in  a  totally  different  direction,  in  a  direc- 
tion which  had  already  been  followed  up  and  was  well 
known  to  the  scientific  world,  namely,  the  relationship 
of  the  lower  animals  to  man  in  the  transmission  of 
human  disease,  conclusions  were  arrived  at  which 
demonstrated  that  it  was  possible  that  even  a  small 
insect  like  the  mosquito  could  act  as  an  intermediate 
host  or  carrier  of  disease  organisms. 

It  had  already  been  proved  that  improperly  cooked 
meat  containing  the  encysted  larvae  of  the  Trichina 
spiralis  was  capable  of  producing  a  very  severe  disease 
in  man  known  as  Trichiniasis.  Thanks  to  the  re- 
searches of  Virchow  and  others  this  disease,  which  at 
one  time  caused  considerable  mortality,  was  finally 
banished  by  instituting  a  proper  system  of  meat  inspec- 

1  King.  "  Mosquitoes  and  Malaria/'  The  Popular  Science  Monthly,  New 
York,  1883. 

*  Finlay,  "El  mosquito  hypoteticamente  considerado  como  agente  de 
transmisidn  de  la  fibre  amarilla,"  Havana,  1881. 


TRANSMISSION  OF  DISEASE  FROM  ANIMALS    29 

tion.     The  main  points  in  connection  with  trichiniasis 
are : — 

1.  The  persistence  in  a  living  form   of  the  larvae 
of  the  parasite  for  considerable  periods   in  the   flesh 
of  the  affected  animals,  like  swine. 

2.  When   such   meat    is    ingested    the    larvee    are 
liberated    in    the    intestines    and   then   commence  to 
multiply  and   migrate,  and   the   disturbance  produced 
in   the   body  of  man   by  their   activity  gives   rise   to 
the   symptoms   characteristic    of   trichiniasis,   such   as 
fever,  etc.,  etc. 

3.  The  pig  infected  man,  man  infected  the  rat,  and 
the  rat  infected  the  pig. 

During  the  same  period  our  knowledge  of  the 
other  intestinal-worm  diseases  advanced,  and  the  re- 
lationship of  the  phases  of  the  parasites  living  in  the 
animal  to  those  living  in  man  was  worked  out.  For 
example,  Tcenia  echinococcus  inhabits  the  dog,  the  dog 
infects  man  through  the  eggs  of  the  taenia  infecting 
the  food  of  man  ;  the  eggs,  when  swallowed,  develop 
in  man  into  the  scolex  or  hydatid  phase,  and  there  are 
many  more  examples. 

The  next  great  step  was  made  when  the  relationship 
of  the  guinea  worm  to  man,  and  to  the  minute 
crustacean  Cyclops  was  demonstrated  by  Fedschenko 
and  Leuckart.  It  was  proved  that  the  larvas  of  the 
mature  guinea  worm  upon  reaching  water  were  taken 
up  by  the  cy clops.  Now  if  water  containing  these 
infected  cyclops  was  consumed  by  man,  the  parasites 
were  liberated  in  the  stomach  of  man  and  from  thence 
migrated  to  the  subcutaneous  tissues  where  the  adult 


30  THE  MOSQUITO  ORIGIN  OF  DISEASES 

stage  was  passed,  and  so  the  cycle  repeated  itself: 
man—  cy  clops— man. 

A  further  step  was  made  when,  about  1883,  it  was 
shown  that  the  intermediate  host  of  the  blood  parasite 
Filaria  was  the  female  mosquito,  and  the  suggestion 
made  that  man  might  become  infected  through  the 
bite  of  that  insect.  To  Sir  Patrick  Manson  we  owe 
most  of  our  knowledge  upon  this  point.  By  this  time 
observers  all  over  the  world  were  beginning  to  inquire : 
How  is  a  disease  like  malaria  carried  and  spread  ? 
The  parasite  was  known,  but  how  did  it  enter  man  ?  I 
need  hardly  remind  the  reader  of  the  shelves  of  books 
which  have  been  written  containing  all  kinds  of  fantastic 
theories.  They  nearly  all  centred  on  the  deadly  miasm 
— the  malaria  or  bad  pestilential  air  which,  as  we  have 
seen,  was  supposed  to  arise,  carrying  the  parasites  and 
infecting  every  one  coming  in  contact  with  the  vapour. 
There  were  others,  however,  as  we  have  seen,  who  held 
that  possibly  the  ubiquitous  gnats  or  mosquitos  might 
have  some  share  in  the  transmission :  for  instance, 
observers  like  Beauperthuy,  King,  Finlay,  etc. 

Indeed,  with  the  perfection  of  our  knowledge  of 
the  nature  of  infectious  diseases,  it  was  becoming 
clearer  every  day  that  the  "  domestic "  insects  which 
infested  and  pestered  man  and  animals,  such  as  fleas, 
bugs,  ticks,  gnats,  and  flies,  could  act  as  disseminators 
of  disease.  Already,  in  the  case  of  red-water  in  cattle, 
observers  in  the  States  had  demonstrated  how  that 
disease  was  carried  from  animal  to  animal  by  the  tick, 
which  acted  as  host  and  carrier. 

However,  returning  to  the  diseases  of  man,  it  was 


THE   MOSQUITO  AND  MALARIA  31 

left  to  Major  Ross  to  demonstrate  in  a  most  convincing 
manner  that  the  mosquito  was  the  cause  of  the  spread 
of  malaria.  Thus  a  situation  which  at  one  time  appeared 
hopeless  is  now,  on  the  contrary,  full  of  hope,  and  the 
tropics  are  rapidly  becoming  possible  for  Europeans. 

Ross  showed,  as  we  shall  see  presently,  that  when 
anopheline  mosquitos,  not  all  mosquitos,  sucked  blood 
from  a  person  suffering  from  malaria,  that  the  parasites 
which  they  sucked  up  in  their  meal  of  blood  developed 
in  their  stomach,  and,  after  certain  developmental 
stages,  reached  the  salivary  glands,  from  whence  they 
were  transmitted  to  man  again. 

In  other  words,  the  anopheline  plays  the  part  of 
intermediate  host,  just  like  the  dog  does  in  some  forms 
of  tapeworm  disease,  and  the  cyclops  in  the  case  of 
the  guinea-worm  disease.  It  is  most  important  to 
recollect  this,  for  it  proves  that  the  mosquito  is 
necessary  to  the  complete  life-cycle  of  the  malarial 
parasite,  and  that  the  former  does  not  merely  mechani- 
cally carry  the  parasite  from  man  to  man  like  the 
common  house-fly  does.  The  latter  picks  up  on  its 
body  or  mouth  parts  the  infected  material,  and  trans- 
fers it  on  to  the  first  object  it  alights  upon.  We  can 
state  the  case  for  the  mosquito  thus : 

For  the  complete  life-cycle  of  the  malaria  parasite, 
the  special  mosquito — the  anopheline — is  as  necessary 
as  man.  The  date  when  the  parasite  was  discovered 
in  the  blood  of  man,  and  how  Ross  proved  that  it 
passed  part  of  its  life-cycle  in  the  body  of  the  anopheline, 
will  be  set  forth  in  a  subsequent  chapter. 


CHAPTER   V 

FILARIA  AND  THE  MOSQUITO 
HANSON'S  DISCOVERY 

UNDER  the  term  " Filar iasis "  are  grouped  several 
diseased  states  of  the  body  which  have  received  different 
names,  according  to  their  leading  features,  such,  for 
example,  as  "  Fever  and  Ague,"  "  Chyluria,"  "  Elephan- 
tiasis," "  Barbados  Leg,"  "  Rose,"  etc.  These  morbid 
conditions  are  due  to  the  presence  of  a  worm  which 
in  its  immature  or  larval  form  is  known  as  Microfilaria 
Bancrofti,  and  in  its  adult  form  as  Filaria  Bancrofti. 

The  larval  form  was  first  discovered  by  Demarquay 
in  1863,  and  in  1872  Lewis  of  India  found  that  it  was 
very  frequently  present  in  the  blood  of  Indian  natives. 
To  Bancroft  belongs  the  credit  of  having  discovered 
the  adult  form. 

The  parasite,  and  therefore  the  morbid  conditions 
which  it  gives  rise  to,  are  widely  distributed  over  the 
globe.  It  is  abundant  in  China  and  India,  the  per- 
centage reaching  as  high  as  50  per  cent,  in  the  former 
country.  It  is  found  in  the  South  Sea  Islands,  and 
has  been  observed  in  the  Southern  States  of  the  United 
States,  and  also  in  Southern  Europe.  It  is  therefore 

32 


THE  FILARIA   SANGUINIS   HOMINIS  33 

a  very  widespread  condition,  and  is  of  very  special 
interest  because  mosquitos  which  had  previously 
sucked  the  blood  of  persons  harbouring  the  larval 
forms  were  found  later  to  contain  them  in  a  further 
state  of  development,  man  thus  acting  as  the  definitive 
host  and  the  mosquito  as  the  intermediary  host.  The 
discovery  of  this  inter-relationship  paved  the  way,  as 
we  shall  see,  to  the  discovery  of  the  mode  of  the 
transference  of  the  virus  of  malaria  and  yellow  fever. 
Therefore,  as  very  great  interest  attaches  to  this 
discovery,  I  reproduce  here  the  account  which  its 
discoverer,  Sir  Patrick  Manson,  gave  early  this  year 
(1909)  at  a  meeting  of  the  Authors'  Club.  He  said : 

"  Let  me  go  back  to  my  early  years  of  tropical 
experience.  I  was  then  in  the  island  of  Formosa.  I 
took  a  great  interest  in  the  diseases  of  the  people.  One 
disease  had  a  special  fascination  for  me — Elephantiasis. 
I  puzzled  over  what  might  be  the  cause  of  this  disease, 
but  without  finding  a  satisfactory  solution.  Later  I 
went  to  Amoy,  a  large  town  on  the  coast  of  China, 
where  I  saw  many  more  cases  and  many  more  forms 
of  the  same  disease.  Still  I  failed  to  find  an  ex- 
planation. 

"  In  1874  I  came  to  London,  and  there  for  the  first 
time  I  heard  that  Timothy  Lewis,  who  had  done  so 
much  in  the  study  of  tropical  diseases,  had  discovered 
that  in  the  blood  of  a  proportion  of  the  inhabitants  in 
certain  districts  of  India  there  was  to  be  found  an 
organism  which  he  called  the  Filaria  sanguinis  hominis. 
This  is  a  microscopic  animalcule,  eel-shaped,  and 
enclosed  in  a  loose  sac,  or  sheath,  within  which  it 
wriggles  about  in  the  blood  very  actively.  It  is  some- 

3 


34  FILARIA   AND  THE   MOSQUITO 

times  present  in  enormous  numbers — hundreds  in  every 
drop  of  blood.  These  parasites  Lewis  had  found  in 
more  than  one  instance  in  association  with  elephantiasis 
or  elephantoid  diseases.  On  my  return  to  China  in 
1876  I  endeavoured  to  ascertain  if  these  parasites 
occurred  also  in  China.  I  discovered  that  they  were 
present  in  some  districts  in  10  per  cent,  of  the  popula- 
tion ;  in  other  districts  they  were  present  in  50  per 
cent. ;  while  in  other  places  they  were  not  found  at 
all.  One  thing  was  certain — that  this  little  organism 
was  not  a  mature  animal.  It  showed  no  evidence  of 
growth  while  in  the  blood,  or  of  any  organs  such  as 
would  lead  one  to  suppose  that  it  was  capable  of 
reproducing  itself.  The  inference  was  therefore  that 
it  was  the  young  of  some  other  animal.  For  this  I 
searched  many  times,  and  at  last  found  such  to  be  the 
case,  although  my  discovery  had  been  anticipated  by 
Bancroft,  and  by  Lewis  himself. 

"  The  parental  worm  was  quite  a  big  animal,  from 
about  3  in.  to  4  in.  in  length,  of  a  thickness  of  a  strand 
of  fishing-gut.  It  lay  in  the  lymphatic  vessels.  But 
between  this  mature  animal  and  its  young,  actively 
wriggling  progeny  in  the  blood  no  intermediate  form 
could  be  discovered.  The  problem  naturally  suggested 
itself — How  does  this  parasite  contrive  to  pass  from 
one  human  being  to  another  ? 

"  Now  it  occurred  to  me  that  if  it  could  not  pass 
by  virtue  of  its  own  effort  from  one  human  body  to 
another,  and  if  such  a  passage  were  necessary,  as  it 
obviously  is,  some  other  agent  must  intervene,  and  that 
that  other  agent  must  be  one  which  is  capable  of 
piercing  the  skin  of  the  human  body,  and  also  one 
which  absorbed  the  blood  of  the  human  body,  and 
with  the  blood  the  little  wriggling  parasite  which  it 


FIG.  0.- 


-ATTITUDE    AT    REST    (AFTER    ROSS). 
CARRIERS  OF   FILARIA. 


ONE    OF    THE 


MANSON'S  EXPERIMENT  35 

contains.  Such  translation  was,  in  my  opinion,  a  first 
and  necessary  step  for  the  parasite  to  take  when  it 
would  quit  one  human  body  and  get  into  another. 
Now,  the  agent  which  occurred  to  me  as  being  the 
most  likely  to  effect  the  necessary  step  in  the  translation 
of  the  filar ia  was  the  mosquito." 

Manson's  suspicion  that  the  mosquito  was  the 
transmitting  agent  was  soon  strengthened  by  the  dis- 
covery that  the  filariee  increased  in  the  blood  during 
the  night — this  fact  he  discovered  himself  after  the 
examination  of  the  blood  of  1,000  Chinamen  whilst 
in  Amoy.  He  argued,  was  this  great  development  of 
the  parasite  in  the  blood  during  the  night  in  any  way 
an  adaptation  to  the  nocturnal  habits  of  the  mosquito  ? 
Stimulated,  as  he  says,  by  this  further  coincidence,  he 
determined  to  make  a  practical  test — just  as,  later,  Ross 
did  in  the  case  of  malaria,  and  Reed,  Carroll,  Agra- 
monte  and  Lazear  in  the  case  of  yellow  fever.  For 
this  purpose  Manson  placed  a  Chinaman  who  had  the 
parasites  in  his  blood  under  a  mosquito  net  with  hungry 
mosquitos.  The  latter  took  their  usual  meal  of  blood, 
and  then  Manson  set  about  dissecting  them. 

"  I  shall  not  easily  forget  the  first  mosquito  I 
dissected  so  charged.  I  tore  off  its  abdomen,  and  by 
rolling  a  pen-holder  from  the  free  end  of  the  abdomen 
to  the  severed  end,  I  succeeded  in  expressing  the  blood 
the  stomach  contained.  Placing  this  under  the  micro- 
scope, I  was  gratified  to  find  that,  so  far  from  killing 
the  filaria,  the  digestive  juices  of  the  mosquito  seemed 
to  have  stimulated  it  to  fresh  activity." 


36  MANSOX'S   DISCOVERY 

Having  thus  proved  that  the  filariae  were  taken 
up  by  the  mosquito  in  its  meal  of  blood  and  that  they 
were  not  killed,  he  next  set  to  work  to  find  out  whether 
they  underwent  any  changes  in  the  body  of  the 
mosquito  ;  this  he  succeeded  in  doing. 

Manson  observed  that  when  the  human  blood 
entered  the  stomach  of  the  mosquito,  it  became 
thickened  in  consequence  of  the  water  which  it  con- 
tained becoming  absorbed.  The  filariae  which  found 
themselves  imprisoned  in  the  stomach  of  the  mosquito 
became  actively  motile.  After  a  series  of  patient 
dissections  Manson  was  able  to  trace  them  through  the 
stomach  wall  into  the  abdominal  cavity,  and  then  into 
the  thoracic  muscles  of  the  mosquito.  More  than  that, 
"I  ascertained,"  adds  Manson,  "that  during  the 
passage  the  little  parasite  increased  enormously  in  size. 
From  measuring  about  Tjy^  of  an  inch  in  length  it  grew 
to  about  y^  of  an  inch,  and  it  was  now  just  visible  to 
the  naked  eye.  It  developed  a  mouth,  an  alimentary 
canal.  Manifestly,  it  was  on  the  road  to  a  new  human 
host." 

When  this  state  of  development  was  reached  in  the 
mosquito,  Manson  supposed  that  the  latter  in  all  proba- 
bility died,  and  that  the  developed  filaria  escaped  into 
and  infected  the  drinking  water.  He  supposed  that 
the  infected  drinking  water  infected  man.  Later, 
however,  he  succeeded  in  tracing  the  filaria  a  further 
stage  in  the  mosquito.  From  the  thoracic  muscles 
he  found  that  the  parasite  wandered  towards  the  pro- 
boscis of  the  insect,  and  could  be  found  in  the  sheath 
of  that  organ,  where  it  remained  to  await  an  opportunity 


CULEX  AND  FILARIASIS  31 

to  escape.  And  this  was  in  all  probability  given  it 
when  the  mosquito  sought  a  fresh  victim  to  get  its 
meal  of  blood.  During  this  act  it  is  supposed  that 
the  parasite  escapes  into  the  tissues  of  the  victim. 
From  these  observations  it  seems  highly  probable  that 
filaria  disease  is  transmitted  from  a  person  in  whose 
blood  the  parasites  are  present  by  the  intermediate 
host,  the  mosquito,  which  in  its  turn  infects  man 
when  it  bites  him.  Man  harbouring  the  parasite  is  the 
reservoir,  the  mosquito  is  the  carrier.  It  will  be  ob- 
served that  the  carrier  is  the  "  mosquito  " — often  a 
species  of  Culcx.  But  this  function  does  not  appear 
to  be  limited,  as  is  malaria,  to  the  Anophelines,  or, 
as  in  yellow  fever,  to  the  Stegomyia,  probably  several 
species  of  mosquito  being  able  to  act  as  hosts.  But  as 
in  the  case  of  malarial  parasites,  so  in  the  case  of  the 
filaria,  the  parasite  passes  part  of  its  existence  in  man 
and  part  in  the  mosquito  ;  both  man  and  the  mosquito 
are  necessary  for  the  complete  development  of  the 
parasite. 

Therefore,  if  the  mosquito  is  destroyed,  the  life- 
cycle  of  the  parasite  is  destroyed  and  the  disease  must 
of  necessity  cease.  This  constitutes,  as  we  said  in  a 
former  chapter,  the  fundamental  principle  of  prophylaxis 
in  all  the  mosquito-borne  diseases. 


CHAPTER   VI 

THE  DISCOVERY  OF  THE  PARASITE  OF  MALARIA  IN 
THE  BLOOD  OF  MAN  BY  LAVERAN,  AND  OF  ITS 
FURTHER  DEVELOPMENT  AND  PASSAGE  THROUGH 
THE  MOSQUITO  BY  ROSS 

HAVING  in  the  preceding  chapters  traced  how  men's 
minds  were  gradually  being  turned  to  the  possible 
danger  of  the  mosquito  in  relationship  to  disease,  and 
thus  in  some  measure  preparing  the  way  to  the  great 
discovery  of  Ross  that  one  particular  genus  of  mosquito 
could  alone  communicate  malaria  from  man  to  man, 
I  will  in  this  chapter  refer  first  to  the  discovery  of  the 
malarial  parasite  in  the  blood  of  man  by  Laveran  and 
others,  and  then  I  will  deal  fully  with  the  discovery 
of  Ross. 

Whilst,  as  we  have  already  seen  in  the  preceding 
pages,  the  marsh  fevers  or  malaria  were  attributed 
to  emanations  or  miasms  from  swamps,  investigators 
following  other  lines  had  searched  the  blood  of  man 
by  means  of  the  microscope  to  try  to  find  something 
in  the  blood-stream — some  organism  to  which  the  very 
characteristic  febrile  symptoms  of  malaria  might  be 
definitely  ascribed.  This  quest  was  but  natural,  and 

38 


[R.  Xeiostead,  del. 
FlG.    7. ANOPHELES  MOSQUITO.       OBSERVE  SPOTTED  WINGS. 


FlG.    8. BAFTS  OF  EGGS  OF  AN  ANOPHELINE  FLOATING  ON  WATER. 

P.  38 


LAVERAN'S  DISCOVERY  39 

in  conformity  with  the  spirit  of  investigation  of  the 
age.  It  had  already,  in  the  hands  of  the  bacterio- 
logists, led  to  the  discovery  of  the  anthrax  bacillus 
as  the  cause  of  the  disease  anthrax,  the  tubercle 
bacillus  as  the  cause  of  tuberculosis,  the  typhoid 
bacillus  as  the  cause  of  typhoid  fever,  the  cholera 
bacillus  as  the  cause  of  cholera,  etc.  Considerations 
like  these  no  doubt  stimulated  one  of  Pasteur's  dis- 
ciples to  patiently  investigate  the  blood  of  patients 
suffering  from  malaria,  for  Laveran  succeeded  in  1880 
in  discovering  the  parasite  in  the  blood  of  all  cases 
of  malaria.  His  researches  were  published  in  his 
well-known  work  "  La  Paludisme,"  a  work  based 
upon  extensive  observations  made  in  Algeria.  After 
these  observations,  which  were  soon  confirmed  by  dis- 
tinguished observers  all  over  the  world,  there  remained 
no  possible  doubt  that  the  only  cause  of  the  disease 
known  as  malarial  fever  was  a  microscopic  parasite 
which  multiplied  in  enormous  numbers  in  the  blood  of 
the  infected  patient.  Then,  as  invariably  happens, 
it  was  soon  proved  that  related  organisms  could  be 
found  in  numerous  species  of  animals ;  in  other  words, 
that  this  parasite  was  a  widely  distributed  blood 
parasite  both  in  the  blood  of  man  and  animals. 

This  discovery  was  an  immense  advance.  The  para- 
site which  caused  all  the  characteristic  symptoms  was 
now  seen,  and  for  the  first  time  described  and  classified. 
But  whence  did  it  come  ?  How  did  it  get  into  the 
blood  of  men  ?  Did  it  gain  access  to  the  body  of 
man  in  some  finely  divided  form  in  miasm  or  vapours 
from  the  marsh  ?  You  will  recollect  that  Dr.  Beau- 


40    DISCOVERY   OF  THE   PARASITE   OF  MALARIA 

perthuy  imagined  that  the  marsh  mosquito  absorbed 
some  telluric  poison  derived  from  decaying  animal  or 
vegetable  matter,  and  in  its  bite  communicated  this 
poison  to  man.  Laveran's  discovery  showed  at  once 
that  the  virus  was  not  a  poison  or  ptomaine  such  as 
would  be  obtained  from  decaying  matter,  but  was 
indeed  a  comparatively  highly  organised  living  body, 
actively  motile,  at  certain  stages  in  the  blood.  Then 
the  great  question  arose  in  men's  minds,  how  did 
Laveran's  parasite  get  into  the  blood  ?  My  colleague 
— Professor  Major  Ross — answered  the  question,  and 
we  can  with  truth  say  that,  side  by  side  with  the 
discovery  of  the  bacterial  origin  of  the  infective 
diseases  by  Pasteur,  this  will  remain  one  of  the 
epoch-making  discoveries  in  medical  science,  which 
will  prevent  an  immense  amount  of  suffering  through 
sickness  and  death  and  will  advance  civilisation  and 
commerce  in  hitherto  almost  inaccessible  regions  in 
a  manner  previously  undreamt  of.  The  discovery  was 
only  made  in  1897,  and  consisted  in  Ross  being  able 
to  infect  certain  mosquitos,  the  Anophelince,  with  the 
malarial  parasite.  And  then,  as  if  by  magic,  the  true 
story  of  malarial  infection,  about  which  countless 
books  had  been  written  containing  an  equal  number 
of  hypotheses,  theories,  warnings,  and  surmises,  was 
made  as  clear  as  daylight.  A  water-breeding  mosquito 
sucked,  not  decomposed  vegetable  or  animal  matter 
at  the  marsh,  but  the  blood  of  a  man  suffering  from 
malaria,  and  in  which  there  were  parasites  in  abundance. 
The  parasites  sucked  in  with  the  meal  of  blood 
underwent  further  development  in  the  mosquito,  i.e. 


FlG.     9.— CHARACTERISTIC  ATTITUDE    OF    AN    ANOPHELINE    (AFTER    BOSS). 
THE    MOSQUITO    WHICH   TRANSMITS    MALARIA. 

I'-  40] 


ROSS'S  DISCOVERY  41 

infected  the  mosquito ;  and  then  when  the  infected 
mosquito,  which  had  now  become  the  carrier,  bit 
man,  it  infected  him. 

As  the  history  of  this  epoch-making  discovery  is 
of  great  scientific  and  practical  interest,  J  cannot  do 
better  than  give  it  in  Professor  Ross's  own  words. 

Professor  Ross  had  returned  to  his  regimental 
duties  in  India ;  before  setting  out,  however,  he  had 
a  conversation  with  Dr.  Manson  (now  Sir  Patrick 
Manson)  on  the  best  method  of  experiment  to  test 
whether,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Filaria  Bcuicrofti  dis- 
covered in  the  mosquito  by  Manson,  a  mosquito  might 
likewise  act  as  host  to  the  malarial  parasite.  Ross  says  : 

"  We  agreed  that  the  proper  course  would  be  to 
select  patients  whose  blood  was  rich  in  gametocytes 
(the  name  now  given  to  those  forms  of  the  parasite 
of  which  some  produce  motile  filaments),  and  to 
attempt  to  trace  in  the  tissues  of  these  insects  the 
development  of  the  said  motile  filaments  which  we 
thought  were  flagellate  spores.  In  fact  it  was  pro- 
posed that  I  should  adopt  exactly  the  procedure 
employed  by  Manson  in  regard  to  Filaria  Bancrofti." 

After  innumerable  failures  to  find  anything  definite 
in  the  bodies  of  the  mosquitos  which  he  examined  for 
the  purpose  of  trying  to  trace  out  the  further  life 
history  of  Laveran's  parasites  in  the  mosquito,  Ross, 
being  now  at  Secunderabad  (1907),  says: 

"  I  commenced  work  by  making  a  careful  survey 
of  the  various  kinds  of  mosquitos  which  were  to  be 
found  in  the  officers'  quarters,  in  the  regimental 


42     DISCOVERY   OF  THE   PARASITE   OF   MALARIA 

hospital,  and  in  the  numerous  little  houses  of  the 
native  soldiers  which  constituted  the  barracks,  or 
'  lines,'  as  they  were  called.  I  found,  first,  the  insects 
with  which  I  was  familiar  during  my  previous  studies 
here  in  1895,  namely,  (a)  several  species  of  brindled 
mosquito,  and  (b)  two  species  of  grey  mosquito.  But 
at  the  same  time  I  was  astonished  at  observing  that  the 
whole  place  was  overrun  by  swarms  of  (c)  a  small  and 
delicate  variety  of  mosquito  which  were  at  once 
observed  to  rest  with  the  body-axis  at  an  angle  to 
the  wall,  and  which  had  spotted  wings.  In  fact  they 
were  evidently  of  the  same  genus  (though  not  of  the 
same  species)  as  the  mosquito  which  had  been  previously 
found  in  the  Sigur  Ghat — a  genus,  or  perhaps  family, 
quite  distinct  from  those  of  the  grey  and  brindled 
mosquitos  with  which  I  had  hitherto  been  working. 

"  In  the  spotted- winged  mosquito  which  I  now  found 
at  Secunderabad  I  noticed  at  once  the  general  difference 
of  shape,  the  peculiar  attitude  of  the  insects  when  at 
rest,  the  marks  on  the  wings,  and  the  appearance  of 
the  eggs  (as  seen  within  the  body  of  the  female  when 
dissected) ;  but  the  larvae  could  not  be  studied  until 
later.  The  adults  were  very  delicate,  pale  brown 
creatures,  which  by  common  consent  seemed  scarcely 
to  bite  man,  though  they  were  numerous  enough  to 
have  caused  much  irritation  had  they  done  so.  They 
swarmed  in  my  own  quarters,  but  seldom  bit  me. 
They  abounded  also  in  the  houses  of  the  other  officers 
of  the  regiment  who,  with  their  families,  had  remained 
quite  free  from  malarial  fever.  Consequently  I  was 
not  disposed  to  think  that  they  had  anything  to  do 
with  the  disease.  On  the  other  hand,  the  grey  mos- 
quitos swarmed  in  the  barracks,  but  were  much  less 
numerous  in  the  officers'  quarters'  (situated  some 


[Logan-Taylor. 
FlG.     10. ANOPHELINE    BREEDING    POOLS,    AFTER    RAIN,    SIERRA    LEONE. 


FlG.     11. ANOPHELINE    BREEDING    POOLS,    SIERRA    LEONE. 


[Logan-Taylor. 


ROSS'S  EXPERIMENTS   WITH  ANOPHELINES     43 

hundreds  of  yards  to  leeward  of  the  barracks).    Suspicion 
therefore  first  attached  to  the  latter  variety. 

"  I  determined,  however,  not  to  be  swayed  by  such 
considerations,   but   to    make    a    most    complete    and 
exhaustive    test    of   all    the   varieties   which   I    could 
procure — even  at  the  cost  of  repeating  much  of  my 
old  negative  work,  during  which,  laborious  as  it  was, 
I  may  have  overlooked  the  object  I  was  in  search  of. 
A  number  of  natives  were  employed  to  collect  larvae 
from  far  and  wide  round  the  barracks.      These  larvae 
were   kept   in   separate   bottles,   and   when   the   adult 
insects  appeared  they  were  released  within   mosquito 
nets  in  which  the  patients  were  placed.     The  insects 
were  applied  sometimes  during  the  day  in  a  darkened 
room,    and    were    sometimes    fed     at    night.      After 
feeding,   the   gorged   insects   were    collected   in   small 
bottles  containing  a  little  water,    and   were   kept   for 
several  days  before  being  dissected.      The   procedure 
was  therefore  the  same  as  before.     But  now,  in  order  to 
ensure  at  least  definite  negative  results,  redoubled  care 
was  taken ;  almost  every  cell  was  examined,  even  the 
integument  and  legs  were  not  neglected  ;  the  evacua- 
tions  of   the   insects   found    in    the   bottles,   and   the 
contents  of  the  intestine,  were  scrupulously  searched  ; 
at  the  end  of  the  first  examination   staining  reagents 
were  often  run   through  the   preparation  and   it  was 
searched    again    with    care.      The    work,   which    was 
continued  from  8  a.m.  to  3  or  4  p.m.,  with  a  short 
interval   for   breakfast,  was  most   exhausting,    and   so 
blinding  that  I  could  scarcely  see  afterwards,  and  the 
difficulty  was  increased  by  the  fact  that  my  microscope 
was   almost   worn  out,  the   screws    being  rusted  with 
sweat   from   my   hands    and   forehead,    and    my   only 
remaining   eye-piece   being   cracked,  while   swarms  of 


44     DISCOVERY   OF  THE   PARASITE   OF   MALARIA 

flies  persecuted  me  at  their  pleasure  as  I  sat  with  both 
hands  engaged  at  the  instrument.  As  the  year  had 
been  almost  rainless  (it  was  the  first  year  of  plague 
and  famine)  the  heat  was  almost  intolerable,  and  a 
punkah  could  not  be  used  for  fear  of  injuring  the 
delicate  dissections.  Fortunately  my  invaluable  oil- 
immersion  object-glass  remained  good. 

"  Towards  the  middle  of  August  I  had  exhaustively 
searched  numerous  grey  mosquitos,  and  a  few  brindled 
ones.  The  results  were  absolutely  negative ;  the 
insects  contained  nothing  whatever." 

He,  however,  continued  dissecting,  and  finally  he 
says : 

"  On  August  20th  I  had  two  remaining  insects, 
both  living.  Both  had  been  fed  on  the  16th  instant. 
I  had  much  work  to  do  with  other  mosquitos,  and 
was  not  able  to  attend  to  these  until  late  in  the 
afternoon,  when  my  sight  had  become  very  fatigued. 
The  seventh  dappled- winged  mosquito  was  then  success- 
fully dissected.  Every  cell  was  searched,  and  to  my 
intense  disappointment  nothing  whatever  was  found, 
until  I  came  to  the  insect's  stomach.  Here,  however, 
just  as  I  was  about  to  abandon  the  examination,  I  saw 
a  very  delicate  circular  cell,  apparently  lying  amongst 
the  ordinary  cells  of  the  organ,  and  scarcely  distinguish- 
able from  them.  Almost  instinctively  I  felt  that 
here  was  something  new.  On  looking  further,  another 
and  another  similar  object  presented  itself.  I  now 
focussed  the  lens  carefully  on  one  of  these,  and  found 
that  it  contained  a  few  minute  granules  of  some  black 
substance,  exactly  like  the  pigment  of  the  parasite  of 
malaria.  I  counted  altogether  twelve  of  these  cells  in 


THE  PARASITE  OF  MALARIA  IN  THE  MOSQUITO     45 

the  insect,  but  was  so  tired  with  work,  and  had  been 
so  often  disappointed  before,  that  I  did  not  at  the 
moment  recognise  the  value  of  the  observation.  After 
mounting  the  preparation  I  went  home  and  slept  for 
nearly  an  hour.  On  waking,  my  first  thought  was  that 
the  problem  was  solved,  and  so  it  was." 

Then  Ross  proceeds  to  add : 

"  The  mind  long  engaged  with  a  single  problem 
often  acquires  a  kind  of  prophetic  insight,  apparently 
stronger  than  reason,  which  tells  the  truth,  though  the 
actual  arguments  may  look  feeble  enough  when  put 
upon  paper.  Such  an  insight  is  mainly  based,  I  sup- 
pose, on  a  concentration  of  small  probabilities,  each  of 
which  may  have  little  weight  of  itself ;  but  in  this  case, 
at  all  events,  the  insight  was  there,  and  spoke  the 
truth." 

Up  to  this  point  Ross  had  proved  that  the  parasite 
of  malaria  (Laveran's  corpuscles),  when  sucked  into  the 
stomach  of  mosquitos  in  a  meal  of  blood  after  the 
mosquito  had  bitten  a  person  with  malaria,  underwent 
further  development. 

"  I  had  traced,"  he  says,  "  the  development  of  the 
pigmented  cells  up  to  their  maturity  and  subsequent 
rupture  and  discharge  of  their  contents  into  the  body 
cavity  of  the  grey  mosquitos.  I  could  not  see  at  the 
moment  what  happened  to  these  contents,  yet  upon 
this  point  depended  the  vastly  important  question  of 
the  root  of  infection  in  malaria.  ..." 

"  Hitherto  my  mosquitos  had  been  dissected  in 
water  or  a  weak  solution  of  salt,  and  I  had  had  no  time 
for  methodical  staining.  A  strong  salt  solution  was 


46     DISCOVERY   OF  THE   PARASITE   OF  MALARIA 

now  used,  and  the  secret  was  revealed.  The  contents 
of  the  mature  pigment ed  cells  did  not  consist  of  clear 
fluid,  but  of  a  multitude  of  delicate,  thread-like  bodies, 
which,  on  the  rupture  of  the  parent  cell,  were  poured 
into  the  body  cavity  of  the  insect.  They  were  evi- 
dently spores." 

Further  on  in  his  narrative  he  shows  how  the  spores 
here  described  enter  the  salivary  gland  of  the  mosquito. 

"  The  exact  route  of  infection  of  this  great  disease, 
which  annually  slays  its  millions  of  human  beings,  and 
keeps  whole  continents  in  darkness,  was  revealed.1 
These  minute  spores  enter  the  salivary  gland  of  the 
mosquitos,  and  pass  with  its  poisonous  saliva  directly 
into  the  blood  of  man.  Never  in  our  dreams  had  we 
imagined  so  wonderful  a  tale  as  this." 

Finally  Ross,  in  order  to  make  a  crucial  test  of  the 
accuracy  of  his  observations,  in  1898  infected  twenty- 
two  out  of  twenty-eight  healthy  sparrows  by  mosquitos 
previously  fed  on  diseased  sparrows. 

In  1900  Manson  infected  two  gentlemen  in  London 
by  mosquitos  brought  from  Italy.  They  were  infected 
in  Italy  by  allowing  them  to  suck  up  a  meal  of  blood 
from  a  man  suffering  from  malaria.  One  of  the  gentle- 
men who  submitted  himself  to  be  bitten  in  England  by 
these  infected  mosquitos  was  Hanson's  own  son.  As  the 
result  of  the  bite  the  latter  contracted  tertian  malaria 
and  the  parasites  were  found  in  his  blood.  The  first 
attack  was  followed  by  recurrences.  This  experiment 
demonstrated  that  a  person  could  contract  malaria  in 

1  Ronald  Ross,  "  Researches  on  Malaria,"   London,  1905,  pp.   32,  33, 
and  34. 


PROOF  OF  THE   MOSQUITO   DOCTRINE  47 

London  where  endemic  malaria  does  not  exist,  provided 
that  he  was  bitten  by  infected  mosquitos.  Ross  had 
now  therefore  worked  out  the  whole  story.  The  mos- 
quito was  the  carrier  of  malaria  from  man  to  man. 
Malaria  had  no  connection  with  miasms.  The  reason 
why  malaria  was  associated  with  marshes  and  water 
was  simply  that  mosquitos  bred  there. 

With  these  facts  proved,  it  was  clear  that  in  order 
to  prevent  malaria,  it  was  necessary  to  protect  man 
from  the  infected  mosquito  and  also  to  wage  war 
against  it.  Now  this  latter  would  have  been  a  stupen- 
dous task  if  it  meant  that  war  was  to  be  waged  against 
all  mosquitos.  Here,  however,  direct  scientific  observa- 
tion proved  to  Ross  that  the  only  species  of  mosquito 
which  could  become  infected  belonged  to  a  single  group, 
the  Anophelinse.  So  that  the  question  of  extermina- 
tion only  affected  that  group.  In  consequence  a 
whole  army  of  reseachers  were  set  to  work  and  it 
was  soon  demonstrated  that  the  anophelines  preferred  to 
breed  in  small  collections  of  water — those  with  a  natural 
earth  bottom,  such  as  small  pools  and  patches  of  water 
of  all  descriptions,  margins  of  streams  and  lakes,  and 
odd  receptacles  coated  with  humus ;  therefore  the 
problem  of  extermination  was  reduced  in  magnitude. 

The  workers  in  the  field  of  malarial  research  soon 
brought  to  light  another  very  important  fact,  i.e. 
that,  as  demonstrated  by  Christophers  and  Stephens 
and  Koch,  a  very  large  number  of  people,  including 
children,  harboured  the  parasite  of  malaria  in  their 
blood  without  showing  obvious  symptoms  of  malaria. 
In  other  words,  that  these  people  acted  as  the  reservoirs 


48     DISCOVERY   OF  THE    PARASITE   OF   MALARIA 

of  the  virus — the  comparatively  "  healthy  reservoirs  " 
attracting  very  little  attention  by  the  general  absence 
of  symptoms  and  going  about  their  daily  avocations 
much  as  usual.  The  people  most  infected  in  this  way 
were  the  indigenous  population  of  the  district.  There- 
fore the  indigenous  population  who  were  reservoirs 
of  disease  became  the  source  of  infection  for  the 
anophelines  breeding  in  the  small  collections  of  water 
close  by,  and  the  new-comer  arriving  in  the  infected 
zone  very  soon  found  himself  struck  down  by  malarial 
fever  as  if  by  magic.  Of  course  he  was  bitten  by  the 
innumerable  infected  anophelines  which  had  themselves 
contracted  the  disease  from  the  almost  symptomless  but 
deeply  infected  native  population  around. 

The  extent  of  the  infection  amongst  the  native 
or  indigenous  population  is  very  great,  viz.  80-90  per 
cent.  In  black  populations  the  black  are  the  reser- 
voirs. In  Algeria,  Sergent  has  shown  that  it  is  the 
native  Arab  tribes.  With  the  knowledge  of  the  fore- 
going facts,  the  lines  of  defence  are  clear. 

1.  Measures  to  avoid  the  reservoirs  (man) — Segre- 
gation. 

2.  Measures  to   avoid  the  anophelines   (choice   of 
locality,  screening  houses,  anti-larval  measures). 

3.  Measures  to  exterminate  the  anophelines  by  : 

(a)  Use  of  natural  enemies  of  larvae. 

(b)  Use  of  culicides,  oils,  etc. 

(c)  Drainage,  etc. 

(d)  Enforcement  of  penalties. 

(e)  Education. 

4.  Measures  to   kill  the  parasite  in   the  blood   of 
infected  man  (quinisation). 


CHAPTER  VII 

THE    PLAN    OF    CAMPAIGN    AGAINST   THE    MOSQUITO 

IN  this  chapter  I  will  deal  with  the  practical  applica- 
tion of  the  facts  learnt  in  the  preceding  pages ;  in  other 
words,  with  prophylaxis.  I  will  then  proceed  to  give  a 
short  history  of  what  has  been  accomplished  since  the 
great  discovery  was  published. 

As  stated,  the  lines  of  defence  and  offence  against 
malaria  are  : 

1.  Measures  to  avoid  the  human  reservoirs  : 

(a)  By  means  of  segregation. 

(b)  By  screening  with  nets  those  suffering  from 

malaria. 

2.  Measures  to  avoid  the  anophelines  : 

(a}  By  choice  of  suitable  locality  when  possible. 

(b)  Screening  houses  (windows  and  verandahs). 

(c)  Sleeping  under  mosquito  nets. 

3.  Measures  to  exterminate  the  anophelines  : 

(a)  Use  of  the  natural  enemies  of  mosquitos. 

(b)  Use  of  culicides  as  oil. 

(c)  By   drainage   and   scavenging  to  get   rid  of 

breeding  places. 

(d)  Enforcement    of    penalties    for    harbouring 

larvae  or  keeping  stagnant  water. 
(e}  By  educational  methods. 

49  4 


50     PLAN   OF  CAMPAIGN   AGAINST  THE   MOSQUITO 

Those  accustomed  to  take  part  in  anti-malarial  and 
anti-yellow  fever  operations  are  accustomed  to  hear 
many  objections  against  doing  anything.  Some  will 
argue,  what  is  the  good  of  trying  to  do  such  an  im- 
possible task  as  exterminating  mosquitos  ?  The  people 
who  argue  thus  are  generally  those  who  live  in  large 
swampy  countries  and  in  countries  about  or  below  sea- 
level,  where  there  is  always  a  great  abundance  of  water 
and  very  frequently  enormous  numbers  of  mosquitos. 
The  answer  to  these  objectors  is  that  in  the  first  place 
the  war  is  against  one  particular  group  of  mosquito, 
the  anophelines,  which  are,  moreover,  very  selective 
breeders  and  not  found  in  the  middle  of  lagoons  and 
rivers  but  only  along  the  margins.  In  the  second 
place,  that  as  lagoons,  canals,  large  trenches,  rivers, 
and  deep  marshes  are  usually  plentifully  stocked  with 
fish,  larvas  are  not  present.  For  example,  Barbados 
is  an  island  which  appears  to  be  entirely  free  from 
anophelines,  yet  scattered  throughout  the  island  there 
are  numerous  ponds ;  these  are,  however,  plenti- 
fully stocked  with  minute  fish,  and  so  no  larvae  can 
exist. 

The  very  first  thing,  therefore,  to  be  done  in  an 
anti-malarial  war  is  to  make  an  accurate  survey  under 
the  guidance  of  an  entomologist  in  order  to  accurately 
locate  the  breeding  places  of  the  enemy,  and  thus  to 
avoid  dissipating  energy  by  attacking  useless  places,  and 
by  so  doing  anticipate  defeat.  A  mosquito  survey  is 
therefore  first  made,  and  it  is  surprising  when  this  is 
done  how  comparatively  localised  will  the  breeding- 
places  be  found  to  be.  Others  will  argue  that  the 


SEGREGATION  51 

nature  of  their  occupation  necessarily  exposes  them 
to  infection  on  all  sides.  The  answer  to  this  is  the  risk 
of  infection  can  be  greatly  diminished  by  the  use  of  in- 
telligence and  the  carrying  out  at  any  rate  of  some  (if  it 
is  not  possible  to  carry  out  all)  of  the  precautions  which 
modern  discoveries  have  placed  in  our  hands.  If  health 
is  worth  preserving,  then  it  is  business  to  diminish  risks 
or  to  take  no  risks  at  all.  This  is  absolutely  feasible, 
and  has  succeeded  on  innumerable  occasions  ;  just  as  the 
"  don't  care "  policy  has  meant  prolonged  sickness  or 
even  death. 

1.  Measures  to  avoid  the  human  reservoirs. — It 
having  been  incontestably  proved  that  the  indigenous 
inhabitants  of  tropical  countries  nearly  all  harbour  in 
their  blood  the  parasites  of  malaria,  and  that  they 
have  to  a  great  degree  become  accustomed  or  inured 
to  their  presence,  so  that  they  can  go  about  their 
daily  work  with  little  inconvenience,  it  stands  to 
reason,  given  the  presence  of  the  anopheles  mosquito, 
that  the  new-comer  would  be  running  an  unnecessary 
risk  did  he  not  try  to  avoid  living  in  close  quarters 
with  the  infected.  The  new  arrival  is  in  no  sense 
immunised  in  the  same  degree  as  the  indigenous 
inhabitant,  and  by  taking  risks  he  puts  himself  at  a 
very  great  disadvantage  compared  to  the  native. 
Curiously  enough,  precisely  the  same  argument  holds 
good  with  the  locally  and  partially  immunised  native 
himself,  for  it  is  well  known  that  the  native  of  one 
country  who  is  through  long  infection  more  or  less 
immune  to  the  malaria  of  his  native  land,  yet  readily 
succumbs  to  an  invasion  of  the  malarial  parasites  of 


52     PLAN  OF  CAMPAIGN  AGAINST  THE  MOSQUITO 

another  malarial  country,  in  this  respect  in  no  wise 
differing  from  the  rawest  new  arrival  from  Europe. 

It  were  wise,  therefore,  if  Europeans  would  adopt 
the  plan  of  living  as  much  as  possible  away  from  the 
reservoirs.  It  is  often  argued  that  this  is  not  a 
humane  procedure,  but,  from  what  I  have  said  above, 
why  should  the  unacclimatised  new-comer  put  himself 
at  a  disadvantage  by  assuming  that  he  is  as  resistant 
as  the  native  who  has  had  the  malarial  parasites  in 
his  blood  from  childhood,  and  has  in  consequence 
acquired  a  certain  degree  of  immunity  ? 

Persons  suffering  from  malarial  fever  in  the  house 
or  hospital  should  be  screened  in  order  to  prevent  the 
anopheles  from  becoming  infected  and  passing  the 
disease  on  to  others. 

2.  Measures  to  avoid  the  anophetines. — If  in  the 
founding  of  new  towns  and  residences  it  is  possible 
to  select  alternative  sites,  then  let  that  site  be  chosen 
which  is  furthest  from  any  possible  breeding  grounds, 
on  soil  where  the  rain-water  will  not  puddle  and 
where  the  water,  either  by  reason  of  the  nature  of 
the  soil  or  the  slopes,  disappears  rapidly.  Very  often, 
however,  new-comers  have  to  take  the  houses  built 
in  the  old  days  before  attention  was  paid  to  mosquitos, 
houses  very  often  which  are  infected  with  mosquitos. 
Under  these  circumstances  it  is  very  advisable  to 
screen  the  verandahs  and  windows  with  copper-wire 
gauze.  This  has  now  been  done  with  the  very  greatest 
comfort  in  many  of  the  more  advanced  towns  through- 
out the  tropical  and  subtropical  world.  With  such 
a  protection  one  can  live  in  security,  and  surely  the 


STUDY   OF  ENTOMOLOGY  53 

gain  to  health  for  the  inmates  is  worth  the  outlay. 
Under  any  circumstances  it  is  now  recognised  in 
every  civilised  community  that  a  mosquito  net  to 
sleep  under  is  as  essential  as  the  bath  in  the  morning. 
Time  was  when  it  was  supposed  to  be  effeminate  to 
use  a  net,  and  what  countless  lives  and  shattered  con- 
stitutions have  resulted  in  consequence  !  The  net  now  is 
as  essential  to  a  man  or  woman  as  any  article  of  attire. 

3.  With  regard  to  the  measures  to  exterminate 
the  anophelines,  a  very  large  subject  is  opened  up.  It 
is  in  the  first  place  the  measure  which  strikes  at  the 
root  of  prevention,  and  it  is  the  procedure,  as  first 
pointed  out  by  Ross,  that  we  must  all  aim  at.  Get 
rid  of  the  breeding  places  of  the  enemy.  And  the 
very  first  thing  to  do  is  to  locate  them.  Here  the 
entomologist  is  necessary  to  point  out  where  they  are, 
and  it  surely  is  a  sign  of  the  progress  of  tropical 
sanitation  that  the  services  of  entomologists  are  being 
made  use  of  far  more  frequently  than  formerly.  The 
closer  study  of  the  life  history  of  the  mosquito  has 
indicated  to  us  that  man  has  most  powerful  allies  to 
help  him  carry  on  his  war  in  the  form  of  the  natural 
enemies  of  mosquitos.  All  living  things  have  their 
natural  enemies,  and  mosquitos  are  no  exception.  They 
have  their  enemies  whilst  on  the  wing,  such  as  dragon- 
flies  and  birds,  but  they  are  most  vulnerable  in  the 
larval  stage  whilst  in  water.  Here  they  form  the 
natural  food  of  fish  and  of  certain  water  insects.  It 
is  now,  therefore,  the  rule  to  stock  ornamental  ponds, 
lily-tubs,  canals,  trenches,  etc.,  with  fish — larger  fish 
like  the  gold  fish  for  the  larger  collections  of  water, 


54     PLAN   OF  CAMPAIGN   AGAINST  THE   MOSQUITO 

little  fish,  like  the  useful  "  millions  "  of  Barbados,  for 
the  smaller  collections  of  water.  Whilst  in  Barbados 
recently  I  had  abundant  opportunity  of  seeing  the 
great  utility  of  fish  in  killing  larvae. 

Immunity  of  Barbados  from  Malaria. — A  most 
interesting  fact  in  connection  with  Barbados  is  the 
immunity  of  the  island  from  malaria.  This  is  due 
to  the  fact  that  the  "  anopheles "  mosquito  does  not 
exist  in  the  island  1 ;  indeed  it  was  the  reason  why  the 
medical  men  of  the  island  had  at  once  believed  Major 
Ross's  theory  of  the  relationship  of  malaria  to  the 
"  anopheles,"  because  they  well  knew  that  malaria  did 
not  exist  in  the  island  and  also  that  the  "  anopheles  " 
had  not  been  found.  This  fact  has  stimulated  several 
observers  to  ascertain  why  the  "  anopheles  "  mosquito 
does  not  breed  in  Barbados.  It  led  to  a  discussion, 
and  many  interesting  facts  were  brought  out, — first 
of  all  the  complete  immunity  of  Barbados  from  the 
"  anopheles,"  whilst  the  other  West  Indian  islands  are 
plagued  with  it.  Mr.  C.  Kendrick  Gibbons,  who  has 
resided  for  many  years  in  Barbados,  propounded  the 
interesting  theory  that  this  might  be  due  to  the 
presence  in  the  swamps  and  ponds  of  Barbados  of 
a  tiny  fish  which  exists  in  such  teeming  numbers  as 
to  earn  the  name  of  "  millions,"  whose  staple  diet  is 
the  larvse  of  mosquitos. 

The  "million,"  or  Girardinus  pceciloides,  belongs 
to  a  group  of  fish  known  as  "top  minnows,"  small 
carnivorous  fish  which  swim  and  feed  near  the  surface 
of  the  water  upon  insect  life.  They  are  most  com- 

1  According  to  local  authorities. 


55 

monly  found  in  water  too  shallow  for  larger  fish. 
They  chiefly  feed  on  the  eggs,  larva*  and  pupae  of 
mosquitos.  They  multiply  very  rapidly,  are  oviparous 
in  captivity ;  in  water  tanks,  reservoirs,  fountains, 
and  lily-tubs  they  thrive  and  multiply,  and  through- 
out the  island  they  are  largely  used  for  these  receptacles 
both  in  town  and  on  estates  to  reduce  the  annoyance 
from  mosquitos.  I  have  examined  some  sixty  re- 
ceptacles containing  "  millions,"  and  I  can  testify  to 
their  absolute  use  in  killing  the  larvae  of  the  Stegomyia. 
In  one  house  I  examined  twenty-seven  lily- tubs  con- 
taining millions,  and  in  no  instance  were  larva?  present. 
In  another  case  I  examined  twenty-five  barrels 
containing  aquatic  plants,  and  in  no  case  were  larvae 
present ;  but  they  were  present  in  a  dirty  stream  in 
the  vicinity.  My  experience  has  been  similar  with 
lily  ponds,  where  I  have  failed  to  detect  larva?.  These 
observations  have  been  fully  proved,  and  the  "  millions  " 
shown  to  be  the  natural  enemy  of  the  mosquito  in 
Barbados,  by  a  series  of  experiments  undertaken  by 
Dr.  H.  A.  Ballou,  on  the  staff  of  the  Imperial 
Department  of  Agriculture  in  Barbados,  who,  by 
keeping  these  minute  fish  under  observation  in  the 
laboratory,  has  proved  that  they  eat  the  eggs,  larvae, 
and  pupa?  of  both  Culex  and  Stegomyia.  So  successful 
have  these  experiments  been  that  the  Imperial  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  is  introducing  them  into  other 
mosquito -plagued  islands.  But  Mr.  Gibbons's  ex- 
planation was  criticised  because,  in  spite  of  the  fact 
of  no  "  anopheles,"  nevertheless  Culex  and  Stegomyia 
were  abundant.  If  the  fish  theory  were  correct,  then 


56     PLAN   OF  CAMPAIGN   AGAINST  THE   MOSQUITO 

these  mosquitos,  they  argued,  should   also  have   been 
destroyed. 

The  explanation  is  very  simple :  the  breeding  places 
of  Culex,  Stegomyia,  and  "  Anopheles "  are  usually 
quite  different.  Just  as  amongst  the  higher  animals 
some  dwell  in  caves,  others  burrow  in  the  earth,  and 
others  again  live  in  the  forest,  so  with  the  different 
species  of  mosquitos,  the  Culex  prefers  dirty  gutters 
and  drains,  the  Stegomyia  wrooden  barrels  and  small 
receptacles  of  all  kinds,  the  Anophelines  pools,  the 
margins  of  marshes,  lakes,  rivers,  ponds,  and  small 
receptacles  coated  with  a  lining  of  humus.  Fish  will 
not  be  found  in  the  dirty  gutters  or  in  drains,  nor 
yet  in  the  water-barrels  and  small  receptacles.  So 
Culex  and  Stegomyia  under  these  circumstances  are 
not  molested,  but  the  larvae  of  the  Anophelines  are 
exposed  to  the  fish.  That  this  is  the  explanation 
I  had  a  further  proof  in  Barbados ;  I  found  that 
amongst  the  natives  there  was  a  very  common  practice 
of  keeping  one  or  two  small  gold  fish  in  the  drinking- 
water  barrel.  Now,  wherever  I  found  this  to  be  the 
case  I  never  found  the  Stegomyia  larva?  present ; 
where  these  fish  were  absent  the  larva?  were  invariably 
present.  When  I  asked  the  native  residents  why  they 
kept  fish  in  their  drinking-water  barrels,  they  always 
replied  that  they  had  been  taught  to  do  so  by  either 
their  parents  or  grandparents,  and  for  this  reason:  if 
a  maliciously  inclined  neighbour  poisoned  the  water, 
the  gold  fish  would  die,  turn  up  and  float  on  the 
surface,  and  they  could  see  at  once  that  the  water 
was  poisoned ;  then  they  would  pour  out  the  contents 


PREDACEOUS  LARV^  hi 

and  burn  the  barrel.  It  is  thus  that  a  very  primitive 
custom  has  now  become  of  practical  value,  for  we 
encouraged  these  humble  folk  always  to  keep  a  fish 
in  their  barrel — that  is,  if  it1  were  necessary  for  them 
to  have  a  barrel  at  all. 

In  Trinidad  I  also  found  in  certain  of  the  coolie 
"  ranges  "  on  sugar  plantations,  that  it  was  a  common 
practice  to  keep  a  fish  in  the  drinking-water  barrel, 
but  they  would  not  inform  me  why  they  did  so. 

Besides  fish,  other  enemies  or  auxiliaries  have  been 
described.  The  water  boatman,  Notonecta,  has  been 
shown  by  Branch  and  Patterson  of  St.  Vincent,  amongst 
others,  to  suck  dry  the  larvae  of  mosquitos.  Similarly, 
it  is  supposed  that  the  water  spider  helps  also  in  the 
work  by  continually  harassing  the  larvae  when  they 
come  to  the  surface  to  breathe.  A  most  satisfactory 
circumstance  amongst  larvae  is  the  cannibalistic  ten- 
dencies of  many  of  them.  The  observations  of  Dr. 
Urich  of  Trinidad  and  others  demonstrate  that  the 
larvae  of  Megarhinus  trinidadensis  and  M.  superbus 
and  Sabethes  undosus  are  predaceous  and  feed  upon 
other  larvae.  In  other  words,  there  appears  to  be 
a  bitter  struggle  for  existence  amongst  larvae  when 
they  find  themselves  at  close  quarters.  All  these  are 
observations  well  worthy  of  further  study,  for  it  is 
evident  that  man  possesses  most  powerful  allies  in 
the  natural  enemies  of  the  mosquito  which  may  do 
much  to  help  him  to  keep  under  the  mosquito 
pest. 

The  common  artificial  culicide  is  kerosene  oil ;  a 
small  quantity  is  poured  on  the  surface  of  the  water 


58     PLAN   OF   CAMPAIGN   AGAINST  THE   MOSQUITO 

to  form  a  film,  which  then  prevents  the  larvae  from 
coming  to  the  surface  to  breathe.  It  is  usual  to 
employ  this  method  for  cisterns  which  are  difficult  of 
screening  with  wire  gauze. 

The  method  of  larvae  destruction  which  strikes 
at  the  root  of  the  problem  is,  of  course,  drainage,  i.e. 
getting  rid  altogether  of  the  water  in  which  the  larvae 
develop.  Drainage  is  carried  out  in  many  ways. 

Road  drainage. — Roads  should  be  constructed  with 
proper  falls,  free  from  puddles,  with  side  drains  of 
concrete  or  stone,  which  must  be  kept  scrupulously 
clean,  so  that  it  is  impossible  for  water  to  stagnate  in 
them. 

Streams  and  rivulets  in  valleys,  gullies,  and  cuttings 
should  be  trained  so  that  the  edges  are  sharp,  the 
simplest  way  being  to  concrete  them. 

River  canals  and  pond  banks  must  be  cut  sharply, 
so  that  there  are  no  small  bays  where  water  can  rest. 
Regular  flushing  of  drains  should  be  insisted  upon. 
Yards  ought  to  be  constructed  with  proper  falls  to 
the  street  drain. 

There  is  an  immense  field  for  successful  antimosquito 
work  in  drainage.  The  guiding  principle  being  to 
prevent  storm  water  or  water  from  any  source  remain- 
ing stagnant  in  pools  or  in  any  receptacles. 

Great  attention  must  be  paid  to  drains  to  see  that 
they  do  not  sag,  also  to  house  gutters  for  the  same 
reason,  also  to  the  water-holding  plants,  like  the 
B?~omeliacece  or  wild  pines.  It  is  not  easy  at  first 
to  appreciate  the  large  water-holding  capacity  of  the 
wild  pine.  In  the  Port  of  Spain — Trinidad — my 


attention  was  drawn  to  them,  for  the  authorities  have 
adopted  the  plan  of  cleaning  the  trees  of  these  epiphytes. 
One  Saman  tree  wrhich  was  cleaned  up  for  this  reason 
yielded  twenty-six  cartloads  of  epiphytes.  The  total 
weight  of  these  was  3*62  tons.  As  each  plant  may 
hold  from  ten  to  twenty  ounces  of  water,  the  total 
volume  of  water  represented  by  3'62  tons  of  plants 
must  be  very  great  indeed ;  the  water  in  this  Saman 
tree  was  probably  equivalent  to  a  good-sized  pond, 
capable  of  fostering  a  very  large  number  of  larva?. 

Educational  propagandism. — As  part  of  any  anti- 
mosquito  campaign,  the  education  of  public  opinion 
must  take  a  very  prominent  share.  In  my  experience 
in  the  tropics,  I  can  state  that  the  public  is  being 
educated  to  appreciate  the  danger  of  mosquitos  and 
other  insect  pests,  and  therefore  to  organise  to  get  rid 
of  them.  This  state  of  feeling  has  been  produced  by 
the  increased  number  of  public  lectures  given  by  medical 
men  and  teachers,  and  by  the  distribution  of  pamphlets, 
and  by  the  press  in  many  cases  giving  increased  promi- 
nence to  all  work  on  mosquito  destruction.  Primers 
on  hygiene  including  antimosquito  measures  are  used 
in  the  schools.  Pupil  teachers,  police  officers,  and  those 
who  wish  to  qualify  for  sanitary  inspectorships  are  now 
being  trained  in  mosquito  destruction.  Further,  by 
means  of  small  handbills  and  posters,  the  poorer 
classes  are  being  trained  to  fully  appreciate  the  danger 
of  harbouring  mosquito  larvje. 

But,  as  is  well  known,  education  is  very  well  in 
its  way,  but  unless  it  is  occasionally  backed  up  by  the 
strong  arm  of  the  law,  little  progress  would,  in  the  long 


run,  be  made.  It  is  now,  at  any  rate  in  the  West 
Indian  Colonies,  becoming  the  rule  to  inflict  penalties 
if,  after  due  warning  from  the  Sanitary  Inspectors,  the 
people  have  not  got  rid  of  stagnant  water,  or  water  in 
which  larvas  are  found.  The  beneficial  effect  of  this 
salutary  punishment  is  beginning  already  to  tell,  and 
will  in  time  completely  change  the  health  conditions  of 
our  tropical  possessions.  It  is  most  satisfactory  to 
record  that,  in  spite  of  its  novelty,  the  law  is  not 
resented  ;  all  classes  see  the  wisdom  of  the  measure. 

Quinisation. — By  this  is  understood  the  systematic 
taking  of  quinine  in  order  to  destroy  or  reduce  the 
number  of  parasites  in  the  blood,  and  so  to  modify, 
ward  off  or  prevent  the  attack  of  the  disease.  It  is  un- 
questionably a  most  wise  safeguard.  It  has  been  used 
as  an  auxiliary  preventive  with  great  success  in  many 
places,  and  in  British  Guiana  the  Government  dispense 
it  at  the  post  offices  to  the  labourers ;  and  it  is  sought 
after  and  does  good. 


CHAPTER   VIII 

SUMMARY   OF   THE   ANTIMALARIAL   CAMPAIGNS 

IN  his  "  Researches  on  Malaria "  Ross  very  truly 
remarks  that  "malarial  fever  is  important  not  only 
because  of  the  misery  which  it  inflicts  upon  mankind, 
but  because  of  the  serious  opposition  which  it  has 
always  given  to  the  march  of  civilisation  in  the  tropics. 
Unlike  many  diseases,  it  is  essentially  endemic,  a  local 
malady,  and  one  which  unfortunately  haunts  more 
especially  the  fertile,  well-watered,  and  luxuriant  tracts 
— precisely  those  which  are  of  the  greatest  value  to 
man.  There  it  strikes  down  not  only  the  indigenous 
barbaric  population,  but,  with  still  greater  certainty,  the 
pioneers  of  civilisation — the  planter,  the  trader,  the 
missionary,  and  the  soldier.  It  is  therefore  the  principal 
and  gigantic  ally  of  Barbarism.  No  wild  deserts,  no 
savage  races,  no  geographical  difficulties  have  proved  so 
inimical  to  civilisation  as  this  disease.  We  may  also  say 
that  it  has  withheld  an  entire  continent  from  humanity 
—the  immense  and  fertile  tracts  of  Africa  ;  what  we 
call  the  Dark  Continent  should  be  called  the  Malarious 
Continent ;  and  for  centuries  the  successive  waves  of 
civilisation  which  have  flooded  and  fertilised  Europe 

Gl 


62    SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

and  America  have  broken  themselves  in  vain  upon  its 
deadly  shores." 

We  cannot  obtain  accurate  figures  to  give  us  some 
indication  of  the  mortality  and  sickness  rate  amongst 
the  populations  of  Africa.  We  can,  however,  agree 
with  Ross  that  Africa  is  to-day  what  it  is  as  compared 
to  Europe  because  of  its  malaria-bearing  mosquito. 
But  we  can  well  imagine  that  such  figures  would  be 
gigantic  if  for  a  moment  we  consider  what  malaria  does 
in  India.  Here  we  have  available  data,  and  they  show 
that  there  were  4,919,591  deaths  recorded  under  the 
word  Fever  in  1900,  the  vast  bulk  of  which  was  no 
doubt  of  malarial  origin.  Taking  next  the  military 
population,  out  of  a  total  force  of  305,927  in  1900, 
there  were  102,640  cases  admitted  into  hospital  suffer- 
ing from  malaria.1 

Figures  like  these  give  the  world  some  idea  of  the 
magnitude  and  importance  of  antimalarial  mosquito 
warfare ;  they  are  figures  only  exceeded  by  the  mortality 
which  was  common  in  the  'fifties  in  the  West  Indies 
from  yellow  fever,  when  the  mortality  sometimes 
reached  69  per  cent,  amongst  the  soldiers  I  No  wonder, 
then,  that  antimosquito  work  is  attracting  increased  at- 
tention all  over  the  world.  The  method  of  attack  is 
simple  and  the  victory  to  be  gained  is  overwhelming,  as 
the  following  narrative  of  campaigns  abundantly  proves.2 

Historically,  the  first  antimalarial  work  was  under- 


1  Ross,  "  Researches  on  Malaria,"  1905 

1  For  further  information  about  the  organisation  of  antimosquito  work 
consult  "  Mosquito  Brigades  and  How  to  Organise  Them,"  by  Ronald  Ross, 
C.B.,  F.R.S.,  1902. 


FIRST  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS  63 

taken  by  Ross  when  in  India,  and  subsequently  in 
Sierra  Leone.  He  organised  mosquito  brigades  to  do 
away  with  the  breeding  places  of  the  anophelines,  to 
drain  the  land,  or  oil  the  pools, — not  every  patch  of 
water,  however.  The  rivers  and  the  lakes  and  large 
collections  of  water  were  for  the  most  part  free  from 
larvae ;  these  latter  were  to  be  found  in  the  small 
collections  of  water, — pools  by  the  roadway,  pockets 
of  water  in  unnoticed  and  waste  places,  ditches, 
margins  of  marshes,  etc. 

ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS   IN  EUROPE 
THE  CAMPAIGN  AGAINST  MALARIA  IN  ITALY 

In  Italy  malaria  is  a  disease  of  the  entire  population 
where  the  conditions  exist  for  the  propagation  of  the 
malaria- carriers — the  anophelines.  In  addition  to  the 
agricultural  population,  the  great  sufferers  are  railway 
employees  stationed  in  marshy  districts,  and  in  mili- 
tary outposts  placed  under  similar  conditions. 

In  1905  Grassi  proved  the  efficacy  of  mechanical 
protection  against  the  anopheles  in  one  of  the  most 
malarial  areas  near  Salerno. 

In  a  letter  written  in  March  1909  to  The  Times, 
Professor  Osier,  in  testifying  to  the  value  of  the  work 
of  the  Italian  Society  for  the  Study  of  Malaria  in 
suppressing  that  fever,  mentions  how  in  1887  malaria 
ranked  with  tuberculosis,  pneumonia,  and  the  intestinal 
disorders  of  children  as  one  of  the  great  infections, 
killing  in  that  year  21,033  persons.  In  1902  an 
organised  campaign  was  started,  the  measures  adopted 


64    SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

being  chiefly  systematic  screening  of  the  houses  and 
the  free  distribution  of  quinine ;  at  the  same  time,  by 
the  spreading  of  a  better  system  of  land  cultivation,  the 
breeding  area  of  the  anophelines  was  curtailed.  The 
result,  according  to  Osier,  has  been  that  the  annual 
mortality  of  about  10,000  has  been  reduced  to  about 
4,000,  whilst  in  the  army  and  amongst  the  officials 
there  has  been  a  similar  diminution  as  a  result  of 
vigorous  action. 

THE   ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGN  IN  GREECE 

In  May  of  1906  Major  Ross  was  asked  by  a  British 
company  owning  large  tracts  of  land  in  Greece  to 
proceed  there  to  advise  'upon  the  best  means  of  pre- 
venting malaria,  which  was  seriously  interfering  with 
the  work  and  prosperity  of  the  company.  Ross's  visit 
stimulated  the  work  of  the  Grecian  Antimalarial  Society, 
with  the  result  of  forming  a  co-operation  between 
medical  men  and  officials  to  undertake  strenuous 
measures  against  anophelines,  such  as  drainage,  screen- 
ing, etc. — with  what  success  the  following  statement 
shows : 

Within  the  last  year,  1908,  the  Liverpool  School 
of  Tropical  Medicine  has  been  informed  by  the  Grecian 
League  against  Malaria  that  their  efforts  have  had 
wonderful  results  in  the  plain  of  Marathon,  which  used 
to  be  a  hot-bed  of  fever.  In  1906,  90  per  cent,  of  the 
cases  of  sickness  were  due  to  malaria.  In  1907,  after 
the  first  efforts  of  the  League,  the  malaria  cases  fell  to 
47  per  cent,  of  all  cases  of  sickness.  During  last 
summer,  however,  usually  the  most  intensely  malarious 


ANTIMOSQUITO   CAMPAIGN   IN  ISMAILIA        65 

season,  the  sickness  due  to  malaria  fell  to  only  2  per 
cent,  of  the  total  amount  of  sickness  at  Marathon. 

This  triumph  is  possibly  more  important  to  humanity 
than  the  results  of  a  twenty-mile  foot  race,  and  Major 
Ross  adds  :  "  The  best  kind  of  international  race  is 
that  in  which  nations  compete  to  benefit  humanity." 
Such  a  race  has  been  carried  on  most  successfully  by 
the  Grecian  Antimalarial  League  in  Marathon. 

ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS   IN   EGYPT 
THE  ANTIMOSQUITO  CAMPAIGN  IN  ISMAILIA 

The  town  was  founded  in  1862,  and  contains  8,000 
inhabitants.  It  is  conjectured  that  malaria  was  intro- 
duced by  the  Italian  workmen  who  were  employed 
upon  the  canal  construction,  and  who  brought  the 
malaria  parasites  from  Italy  with  them. 

In  1877  malaria  fever  broke  out  with  great  in- 
tensity and  gained  in  volume  until  in  1886  it  was 
computed  that  every  inhabitant  suffered  from  the 
disease.  After  many  fruitless  efforts  to  get  rid  of 
the  disease.,  the  Canal  Company,  having  been  made 
aware  of  the  new  views  of  the  way  in  which  malaria 
is  carried,  invited  Major  Ross  in  1901  to  advise  upon 
antimalarial  measures. 

An  anopheles  survey  was  first  made,  and  it  was 
ascertained  that  larvae  were  present  in  every  pool 
and  puddle  formed  in  the  cultivated  land  near  the 
town,  in  the  irrigation  and  drainage  canals,  and  in 
deposits  of  water  formed  by  infiltration  from  the 

5 


66    SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

fresh-water  canal.  No  larvse  were  found  in  the  reeds 
or  water-plants  along  the  shore  of  the  canal.  The 
breeding  places  of  the  anopheles  having  been  deter- 
mined, the  Canal  Company  laid  down  a  definite 
programme  of  extirpation  by  improved  drainage  and 
flushing  of  all  small  waterways  ;  large  water  basins 
were  dried,  smaller  ones  were  filled  in  with  earth  or 
sand,  drainage  canals  were  deepened  and  kept  free 
of  reeds  and  water-plants,  and  regularly  sluiced.  The 
result  has"  been  that  the  larvae  have  been  driven  out 
of  the  large  area  operated  upon.  To  still  further 
complete  the  wrork,  a  house-to-house  visitation  was 
made,  and  house  drains  and  sinks  oiled  and  collections 
of  stagnant  water  removed.  These  measures  have 
brought  about  a  remarkable  disappearance  of  mosquitos 
and  flies  of  all  kinds,  whilst  anopheline  larva*  have 
been  exterminated  in  an  area  which  surrounds  the 
town  at  a  distance  of  some  1,800  metres  from  the 
outlying  houses.  Since  1905  no  case  of  malaria  has 
been  reported  in  Ismailia. 

On  February  7,  1904,  sixteen  months  after  my 
colleague  Ross's  visit,  I  was  invited  by  the  courteous 
Chairman  of  the  Company,  Prince  d'Arenberg,  to 
visit  the  town  and  see  for  myself  the  steps  they  had 
taken  to  form  what  the  Directorate  hoped  very 
shortly  would  become  a  sanatorium  and  a  healthy 
inland  sea-bathing  resort  for  the  Cairenes,  out  of  what 
was,  until  two  years  ago,  a  mosquito-plagued  town 
and  a  nest  of  malaria. 

In  the  old  days,  previous  to  the  antimalarial 
measures,  the  carefully  planted  town  and  well-placed 


ANTIMOSQUITO   BRIGADES  67 

hospital  did  not,  however,  prevent  malaria,  and  mos- 
quitos  infested  both  the  houses  and  the  hospital. 
Indeed,  it  was  found  that  mosquitos  were  more 
abundant  in  the  European  quarter  than  in  the 
irregular,  dirtier  native  quarters.  This  is  now  readily 
explained  by  the  fact  that  there  were  far  less  breeding 
places  in  the  Arab  quarter,  where  there  were  none 
of  the  garden  drains,  water-closets,  and  fountains 
abundant  in  the  European  town.  Button,  in  his 
"  Report  of  the  Malaria  Expedition  to  the  Gambia 
in  1902,"  has  called  attention  to  a  similar  condition  in 
Bathurst. 

Following  Ross's  directions,  in  1901  two  anti- 
mosquito  brigades  were  formed,  one,  the  "  Drains 
Brigade,"  composed  of  five  natives  and  one  European 
in  charge,  whose  duty  it  was  to  keep  all  drains  clear. 
The  other,  the  "  Petroleum  Brigade,"  consisting  of 
four  natives  in  charge  of  a  European,  was  told  off  to 
add  petroleum  to  all  collections  of  water  which  could 
not  be  removed  at  once.  In  addition  to  forming 
these  brigades,  the  Company  undertook  extensive 
drain-clearing  operations  and  the  filling  in  of  a  con- 
siderable area  of  waste  marshland  with  sand. 

THE  METHODS  OF  MOSQUITO  EXTERMINATION — WORK  OF  THE 
"  BRIGADES  " 

In  company  with  Prince  d'Arenberg,  Sir  John 
Hardy,  Mr.  William  Johnston  of  Liverpool,  M.  Duelle- 
nec,  the  Consulting  Engineer,  M.  Doyen  the  Estate 
Manager,  and  under  the  special  guidance  of  M.  Tillier, 
chief  of  the  Transport  Service  and  a  keen  zoologist, 


68    SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

I  made  a  tour  of  inspection.  We  first  visited  some 
agricultural  land  plentifully  supplied  with  the  irrigating 
channels  characteristic  of  Egypt.  The  water  in  these 
is  supplied  from  the  sweet-water  canal,  and,  as  it 
stands  at  a  higher  level,  there  is  considerable  fall, 
circulation  can  be  maintained,  and  a  good  head  of 
water  can  be  readily  obtained  for  flushing  purposes. 
Once  a  week  the  "  Drains  Brigade  "  pays  it  a  visit, 
cleanses  the  drains  by  sending  down  an  extra  flood 
of  water,  and  removes  any  weeds  or  accumulations  of 
sand.  Constant  supervision  is  necessary  to  keep  the 
irrigating  and  drainage  channels  free  from  obstruction, 
as  the  banks  are  of  sand,  and  weeds  grow  rapidly. 
The  least  stagnation  affords  a  nidus  for  the  mosquito. 
The  large  sweet-water  canal  does  not  appear  to 
harbour  larva?,  the  fish  to  a  great  extent  preventing 
this.  I  particularly  inquired  whether  larvae  were  ever 
observed  in  the  sea-water  canal.  I  did  so  because 
I  was  surprised  to  find  fresh-water  grasses  and  other 
fresh-water  plants  growing  along  the  margin  of  the 
canal.  The  riparian  growth  of  the  vegetation  is 
naturally  encouraged  by  the  Canal  Company,  as  it 
is  a  valuable  aid  in  binding  together  the  otherwise 
shifting  sand  of  the  sides  of  the  canal.  No  larvae 
have  hitherto  been  observed  amongst  the  plant  growth. 
We  next  drove  to  an  opposite  part  of  the  town,  where 
the  authorities  had  nearly  completed  the  filling  in  with 
sand  of  a  considerable  strip  of  low-lying  marshy  land. 
This  will  in  future  ensure  the  prevention  of  the 
formation  of  any  pockets  of  stagnant  water. 


THE   PETROLEUM   BRIGADE  69 

MOSQUITO  PREVENTION  AT  ISMAILIA 

We  next  proceeded  to  the  examination  of  the 
system  of  mosquito-prevention  adopted  in  the  town 
itself,  M.  Tillier  taking  his  own  house  and  garden  as  a 
typical  example  of  the  others  in  the  European  quarter. 
Once  a  week  the  "  Petroleum  Brigade "  visits  the 
houses  and  pours  a  mixture  consisting  of  equal  parts  of 
crude  and  ordinary  petroleum  into  all  collections  of 
drains  and  waste  water  which  do  not  soak  away  during 
the  course  of  the  day.  Petroleum  is  poured  into  the 
water-closets  and  into  the  puits  pcrdus  or  sunken  pits, 
which  receive  the  bathroom  and  kitchen  waste.  The 
garden  fountain  is  emptied,  and  if  any  water  still 
remains  in  it  which  cannot  be  removed,  petroleum 
is  added ;  it  is  refilled  after  twelve  hours.  Similarly, 
the  stable  drains,  washing  troughs  and  all  receptacles 
containing  waste  water  are  flushed  or  emptied  or 
petroleum  added.  The  essence  of  the  procedure  being 
to  either  empty  and  cleanse  and  then  renew  all  water 
receptacles,  or  to  add  petroleum  when  this  cannot 
be  done.  But  nothing  must  be  overlooked,  as  it  has 
now  been  abundantly  proved  that  the  mosquito  breeds 
in  most  unexpected  places,  and  intelligent  direction 
is  therefore  absolutely  necessary  ;  for  this  reason,  the 
company  have  found  that  it  is  essential  that  the  brigades 
have  at  their  head  Europeans.  The  work  must  not  be 
left  to  the  native  alone.  Naturally  here  more  especi- 
ally the  co-operation  of  the  householder  is  all- 
important  ;  time  after  time  it  has  been  pointed  out 
in  the  malarial  reports  of  the  Liverpool  Committee 


70    SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

that  the  cause  of  mosquitos  in  the  residential  house 
or  in  the  hospital  is  due  to  the  drinking-water  cistern 
or  to  some  equally  simple  and  preventable  source. 
This,  too,  may  be  the  case  in  places  where  little  effort 
is  made  by  the  European,  because  of  the  apparent 
hopelessness  of  being  able  to  drain  some  large  marsh 
somewhere  in  his  locality.  The  power  of  prevention 
which  lies  in  the  hands  of  every  householder  in  a 
mosquito-plagued  town  cannot  be  emphasised  suffi- 
ciently, and  it  is  very  gratifying  to  learn  that  about 
this  time  at  Cairo,  Lord  Cromer  and  the  residents 
around  him  commenced  amongst  themselves  a  local 
antimosquito  campaign.  The  willingness  of  the  private 
individual  to  assist  in  the  work  is  a  guarantee  to  the 
public  authority — whether  a  company  or  a  government 
— of  the  earnestness  of  the  movement,  and  encourages 
them  to  undertake  their  share  of  the  larger  work  of 
directing  and  co-ordinating  operations,  draining,  etc. 
During  our  numerous  drives  through  the  town  we 
encountered  only  one  example  of  Culex,  the  species  of 
which  we  could  not  identify,  and  during  the  night 
I  slept  without  mosquito  curtains.  In  M.  Tillier's 
words,  there  are  no  more  mosquitos  in  Ismailia  than  are 
to  be  met  with  in  Paris.  On  the  other  hand,  at  Port 
Said,  and  at  the  other  stations  in  the  vicinity,  there 
is  an  abundance  of  mosquito  life,  and  every  traveller  to 
Egypt  in  the  winter  soon  realises  this  fact. 

"  Since  1905  we  have  succeeded,"  writes  Prince 
d'Arenberg,  in  a  letter  written  to  Major  Ross  from 
Ismailia  and  dated  May  1909,  "at  small  expense  in 


RESULTS  71 

abolishing  malaria,  and  this  too  without  having  recourse 
to  complicated  measures,  but  by  adopting  measures 
so  simple  that  they  can  be  applied  in  any  country.  It 
is  further  worthy  of  note  that  the  improved  drainage 
has  increased  the  yield  of  the  cultivated  areas. 

Out  of  280  children  15  years  old  examined  for  en- 
larged spleens  in  1909,  only  one  showed  enlargement ! 
Antimalarial  operations  commenced  in  1901. 
In  1903  there  were  214  cases  of  malaria. 
,,     1904       ,,          ,,         9U       ,,       ,,         ,, 
1905 

there  were  no  new  cases  of  malaria  and 


1906 
1907 
1908 


but  4  recurrent  old  cases." 


These  facts  also  show  the  great  saving  in  money 
which  the  Canal  Company  must  have  experienced 
because  of  less  sickness,  loss  of  time,  and  expenditure 
on  hospitals  and  additional  labour. 

ANTIMOSQUITO   WORK  AT  PORT  SAID 

In  May  1906  Dr.  E.  H.  Ross,  brother  of 
Major  Ross,1  commenced  antimosquito  and  antimalarial 
measures  ;  these  were  rendered  necessary  by  the  mos- 
quito nuisance  which  existed  in  Port  Said,  and  to 
which  I  have  already  referred,  also  by  the  occurrence 
of  endemic  malaria,  and  above  all  owing  to  the 
example  of  Ismailia.  It  was  argued  that  what  could  be 
done  in  the  latter  place  could  also  be  done  at  Port 
Said.  The  first  mosquito  brigade  consisted  of  five 
men  who  made  a  house-to-house  inspection  to  ferret 

1  "The  Prevention  of   Fever  on  the   Suez    Canal/'  by  E.   H.   Ross 
Cairo,  1909, 


72    SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

out  all  breeding  places,  that  is  to  say,  all  collections 
of  stagnant  water,  and  when  these  were  located,  to 
remove  them  where  possible,  and  if  not  possible  then 
to  oil  them.  This  work  was  first  of  all  tried  over 
one  section  of  the  town  in  order  to  demonstrate  what 
could  be  done  ;  for  as  one  would  expect,  there  were 
numerous  people  who  argued,  what  was  the  use  of 
doing  anything  ?  The  results  of  the  test  proved  so 
satisfactory  that  the  other  districts  of  the  town  asked 
that  the  antimosquito  measures  should  be  extended 
to  them.  The  total  result  has  been  to  effect  a 
substantial  reduction  in  the  number  of  mosquitos ; 
and  as  the  breeding  places  of  the  anopheles  were  also 
raided,  there  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  malaria 
will  also  be  reduced.  Naturally  it  is  yet  too  soon  to 
measure  the  reduction. 

THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGN  IN  KHARTOUM 

In  1904  Dr.  Balfour  commenced  antimosquito  opera- 
tions in  Khartoum  and  vicinity.  He  organised  anti- 
mosquito brigades  to  examine  all  breeding  places,  water 
receptacles,  and  pools,  and  then  organised  measures 
for  drainage,  oiling,  etc.  As  the  result  of  five  years' 
work  Khartoum  is  declared  almost  mosquito-free,  and 
primary  cases  of  malaria  are  exceedingly  rare. 

ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS   IN  AFRICA 
THE    ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS  IN  ALGERIA 

The  Doctors  Sergent  describe  in  very  interesting 
detail  the  methods  and  results  of  their  plan  of  campaign 
against  malaria  in  Algeria. 


ALGERIA  73 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  AN~OPHELINES 

They  in  the  first  place  show,  as  Christophers, 
Stephens,  and  Koch  have  shown  in  West  Africa,  in 
the  case  of  the  black  races,  that  in  Algeria  the 
human  carriers  of  the  disease,  or  the  reservoirs,  are 
the  Arabs,  who  harbour  the  malarial  parasites  in  their 
blood  without  showing  any  pronounced  symptoms  of 
malarial  fever.  From  this  fact  they  reason  that  the 
danger  of  infection  is  in  direct  relationship  to  the 
number  of  indigenous  inhabitants. 

With  regard  to  the  distribution  of  the  insect 
carriers — the  anophelines — they  rightly  insist  that  the 
larva*  are  not  found  in  the  lakes  or  in  the  rivers  ; 
that  they  are,  in  fact,  strictly  confined  to  the  edges. 
They  also  lay  stress  upon  the  fact  that  careful 
cultivation  of  the  land  diminishes  the  breeding  places, 
giving  as  examples  the  amelioration  of  malaria  which 
has  followed  vine  plantation,  due  entirely  to  the  fact 
that  for  the  proper  cultivation  of  the  vine  it  is 
essential  that  there  be  no  stagnant  water.  In  a  sub- 
sequent chapter  it  will  be  observed  that  the  same  im- 
provement has  occurred  in  connection  with  the  tobacco 
plantations  in  Sumatra,  where  the  most  careful  irriga- 
tion is  necessary  to  produce  the  best  leaf.  In  this  way 
the  carefully  irrigated  plantations  contrast  markedly 
with  the  improperly  drained  areas  around,  and  are  free 
from  malaria.  This  clearance  of  malaria  following  on 
careful  irrigation  is  also  seen  to  a  considerable  extent 
in  tea,  cocoa  and  coffee  plantations  ;  but  the  reverse 
has  also  happened  where  the  irrigation  has  been  less 


74    SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

perfect  and  the  water  allowed  to  pool,  as  has  occurred 
in  connection  with  some  banana  plantations.  In  these 
cases  the  careless  planting  of  the  banana  trees  has 
brought  about,  it  is  stated,  an  increase  of  malaria. 

With  regard  to  preventive  measures,  the  authors 
have  cited  the  prejudice  which  has  to  be  overcome 
in  the  first  instance.  Much  of  this,  they  point  out, 
comes  of  the  fact  that  the  older  residents  cannot 
understand  that  it  is  one  special  group  of  mosquitos — 
the  anophelines — which  are  the  carriers  of  the  disease. 
They  are  bitten  by  harmless  mosquitos  and  wonder 
why  they  do  not  get  malaria,  and  reason  in  conse- 
quence that  they  are  either  proof  against  malaria  or 
that  mosquitos  are  not  the  transmitters  of  the  disease. 
Or  they  travel  and  stay  in  intensely  malarial  places, 
but  owing  to  the  fact  that  they  are  to  a  considerable 
degree  immune  to  the  irritating  action  of  the  bites 
of  mosquitos  generally,  they  don't  feel  the  bites  of 
the  anophelines  which  are  present ;  they  become  in- 
fected with  malaria,  but  affirm  that  they  were  not 
bitten. 

Segregation. — The  authors  also  discuss  the  marked 
difficulties  of  segregation,  the  colonists  being  obliged  to 
live  close  to  their  workmen.  On  the  other  hand,  they 
point  out  how  rational  and  justifiable  it  is  to  protect 
the  susceptible  new-comer  from  the  danger  of  close 
dwelling  with  those  who,  although  harbouring  the 
parasites,  are  not  inconvenienced  by  the  disease,  but 
nevertheless  are  capable  of  communicating  the  disease, 
a  disease  which  will  have  a  disastrous  effect  upon  the 
new-comer. 


RESULTS   OF  CAMPAIGN,  ALGERIA  75 

Quinisation. — Systematic  treatment  with  quinine  of 
infants  and  adults  has  had  a  very  beneficial  effect. 

MEASURES  DIRECTED  AGAINST  THE  MOSQUITO  CARRIERS 

1.  Antilarval  measures. — These  consist  in  improved 
drainage :    deepening   shallow  drains   and   making  the 
margins  sharp-cut,  and  removing  weeds  ;  also  oiling. 

2.  Measures  against  the  adult  mosquito  carriers. — 
The  systematic  use  of  mosquito  nets,  and  the  screening 
of  houses. 

To  sum  up.     The  Algerian  antimalarial  campaigns 
were  commenced  in  1902,  and  consisted  in : 

1.  Spreading  the  knowledge  of  the  way  in  which 
malaria  was  propagated. 

2.  Giving  a  practical  demonstration  upon  a  suitable 
scale  of  the  markedly  beneficial  effects  of  antimosquito 
measures  in  reducing  malarial  fever,  for   this  purpose 
choosing  a  place  in  a  particularly  malarial  district  and 
subjecting  it  to  the  well-recognised  antimosquito  treat- 
ment, viz.  oiling  and  drainage  and  enforcing  nets  and 
screening,  and  treating  the  dwellers  in  the  area  chosen 
systematically    with    quinine.      The    result    of    these 
measures  has  been  the   almost  total  disappearance  of 
anophelines  in  the  treated  area  as  compared  with  the 
untreated  district  around,  and  the  very  marked  diminu- 
tion   of    cases    of    malaria    amongst    the    Europeans 
employed  in  the  selected  area  as  compared  with  those 
living  in  the  non-treated  areas.     Thus,  in  one  experi- 
ment, no  case  of  malaria  was  reported   amongst  the 
seventy-one  European  inhabitants,  whilst  twenty-seven 
Europeans  outside  the  area  contracted  the  disease. 


76    SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

Again,  in  1906,  of  sixty- two  Europeans  residing 
in  seven  stations  where  antimosquito  measures  were 
enforced,  four  cases  of  malaria  were  reported  as  against 
thirty-five  cases  in  1904,  when  no  precautions  were 
taken. 

THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS  IN  WEST  AFRICA 

The  first  campaign  was  started  in  Sierra  Leone ; 
indeed,  it  was  the  first  expedition1  sent  out  by  the 
Liverpool  School  of  Tropical  Medicine  to  put  to  a 
practical  test,  as  suggested  by  Ross  himself,  the  dis- 
coveries which  he  had  made  during  the  years  1895- 
1898,  as  we  have  already  seen  in  the  preceding  chapters. 
This  was  the  first  occasion  on  which  a  free  hand  was 
given  to  Ross  to  test  the  results  of  doing  away  with 
the  breeding  places  of  the  anophelines.  Sierra  Leone 
was  selected  because  of  its  unsavoury  reputation  for 
being  the  "  white  man's  grave,"  and  also  for  the  fact 
that  it  presented  great  natural  difficulties  in  carrying 
out  antimosquito  war ;  these  difficulties  were  the  very 
heavy  rainfall  and  the  nature  of  the  soil.  The  expedi- 
tion, which  consisted  of  Major  Ross  and  Dr.  Logan 
Taylor,  arrived  in  Freetown  in  July  1901,  and  Major 
Ross  directed  operations  against  all  kinds  of  mosquitos. 
Thirty-two  men  were  engaged  under  the  direction  of 
headmen,  and  they  were  furnished  with  carts  and 
utensils.  The  force  was  divided  into  two  gangs  :  one  a 
Culex  gang,  composed  of  six  men,  to  collect  all  broken 
bottles,  tins,  and  odd  receptacles  of  all  kinds  from  the 

1  Previous  expeditions  had  been  sent  out  to  confirm  the  accuracy  of 
Major  Ross's  observations  (see  Appendix). 


[Logan-Taylor. 
FlG.     16. ROAD    POOLS,    VILLAGE,    WEST   AFRICA.       BREEDING   PLACES    OF    ANOPHELINES, 


p.  76] 


FlG.     17. ANOPHELINE    BREEDING    POOLS,    SIERRA    LEONE. 


[Logan-Taylor. 


ANTIMALARIAL   WORK,   WEST  AFRICA          77 

compounds ;  secondly,  an  anopheles  gang,  to  drain 
pools  and  depressions  in  back  yards  and  streets.  The 
members  of  the  gangs  instructed  the  householders  upon 
the  danger  of  harbouring  larvae.  The  drains  were 
kept  brushed  out.  The  result  of  the  cleaning  up  and 
drainage  was  an  observable  diminution  in  the  number 
of  mosquitos. 

Dr.  Logan  Taylor,  as  the  result  of  a  second  and 
independent  visit,  drew  up  a  report  upon  the  sanitary 
condition  of  Cape  Coast  Town. 

The  late  Dr.  Dutton  in  1902  visited  the  Gambia, 
and  reported  upon  its  antimosquito  measures. 

Lieut.-Col.  Giles  was  also  sent  out  by  the  Liver- 
pool School,  and  reported  upon  antimalarial  measures 
in  Sekondi,  the  Goldfields,  and  Kumassi,  and  there 
have  been  many  more  expeditions  of  a  similar  nature 
(see  Appendix). 

In  1904  I  also  visited,  in  conjunction  with  Drs. 
Evans  and  Clarke,1  Freetown,  Bathurst,  and  Conakry 
in  the  French  Guinea,  and  reported  upon  the  sanitation 
and  antimalarial  measures  then  in  force.  We  found 
that  the  inhabitants  had  commenced  to  put  into  practice 
the  teachings  of  the  previous  expeditions,  and  that  they 
realised  it  was  possible  to  protect  themselves  from  the 
anophelines  by  adopting  the  precautions  taught  by 
Ross.  We  found  that  mosquito  nets  were  more  gener- 
ally used,  the  water  cisterns  screened,  and  the  drains 
better  looked  after.  In  other  words,  there  was  a 
distinct  improvement  over  the  condition  reported  by 

"  Report  of  the  Sanitation  and  Antimalarial  Measures  in  Practice  in 
Bathurst,  Conakry,  and  Freetown,"  February  1905. 


78     SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

previous  expeditions.  This  improving  state  of  affairs 
has  been  kept  up  all  along  the  West  Coast.  I  have 
just  received  (June  1909)  the  following  communication 
from  Mr.  H.  Cottrell,  the  Chairman  of  the  African 
Association,  upon  the  present  state  of  malaria  amongst 
the  employees  of  the  Association. 

In  1904,  out  of  96  employees  2  died  and  5  were 
invalided.  In  1905,  out  of  91  employees  1  died  and 
3  were  invalided.  In  1906,  out  of  94  employees  1  died 
and  5  were  invalided.  In  1907,  out  of  98  employees 
1  died  and  9  were  invalided.  In  1908,  out  of  98  there 
were  no  deaths  and  4  were  invalided.  The  employees 
carry  on  their  work  in  35  different  places  over  the 
Gold  Coast  and  Southern  Nigeria.  Mr.  Cottrell  adds : 

"  You  will  no  doubt  find  in  these  figures  satisfaction 
with  the  result  of  the  efforts  of  the  School  of  Tropical 
Medicine  in  improving  the  conditions  of  life  in  West 
Africa,  particularly  so  when  I  tell  you  that  out  of  the 
5  deaths  recorded  over  the  5  years  given,  3  of  such 
deaths  were  not  due  to  the  climate." 

The  Secretary  of  the  Liverpool  School  of  Tropical 
Medicine  has  this  month  (July)  received  the  following 
letter  from  the  Secretary  of  the  African  Association : 

"  I  beg  to  hand  you  herewith  cheque  for  £50,  being 
a  supplementary  Grant  made  to  your  School  by  the 
Shareholders  of  this  Company  at  their  meeting  on  the 
1st  inst.,  in  recognition  of  the  fact  that  1908  was  the 
first  year  in  the  history  of  the  Company  in  which 
there  had  not  been  a  death  in  the  whole  of  our  Coast 
Staff." 


FlG.    18. BOADSIDE  DITCH  CONTAINING  STAGNANT  WATER,  BREEDING  ANOPHELINES. 

WEST    AFRICA. 


p.  78] 


FlG.     19. ROAD    POOLS,    WEST    AFRICA. 


PROGRESS   IN  WEST  AFRICA  79 

In  reply  to  special  inquiries  made  by  Sir  Alfred 
Jones,  Chairman  of  the  Liverpool  School,  the  manager 
of  important  gold  mines  on  the  Gold  Coast  states  that, 
during  the  five  years  which  he  has  spent  in  that  Colony, 
there  has  been  a  marked  improvement  in  the  health 
of  European  residents.  This  he  attributes  largely  to 
the  work  of  the  Liverpool  School  in  stamping  out 
mosquitos  and  encouraging  better  sanitation,  but  it  is 
also  due  in  great  measure  to  the  sending  out  of  a  better 
and  more  temperate  class  of  men. 

Surely  the  result  of  the  West  African  campaigns 
has  been  a  net  gain  of  life  and  money. 

Further  eloquent  testimony  as  to  the  practical 
result  of  this  African  campaign  has  been  given  by 
Dr.  Johnston,  who  has  thirty  years'  experience  in 
Jamaica,  who  purposely  visited  our  school  to  bear 
testimony  to  the  value  of  our  teaching  in  the  prevention 
of  malaria.  He  himself  had  first  thought  that  the 
prevention  of  malaria  by  the  destruction  of  the 
mosquito,  as  taught  by  our  school,  would  be  a  hopeless 
task ;  but  a  very  large  and  practical  experience,  chiefly 
amongst  the  natives,  had  overwhelmingly  convinced 
him  of  the  practicability  and  efficacy  of  the  measures 
put  forward  by  Ross  and  his  school.  In  his  own 
experience,  it  has  reduced  the  mortality  amongst  the 
native  soldiers  of  the  West  Indian  Regiments  serving 
on  the  West  Coast  of  Africa  some  75  per  cent.  The 
preventive  measures  were  not  only  of  use  to  white 
trading  officials  and  officers,  but  also  of  immense 
advantage  to  the  natives  themselves. 


80    SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

CAMPAIGN   ON   THE   ISTHMIAN   CANAL  ZONE 

• 

PANAMA 

Panama,  like  Havana,  has  now  become  an  object- 
lesson  in  prophylaxis  to  the  rest  of  the  world.  Until 
recently  the  mosquito  absolutely  foiled  the  attempts 
of  man  to  construct  the  canal.  The  French  tried  it, 
with  a  loss  which  has  been  estimated  at  50,000  men. 
Anopheles  and  Stegomyia  wrere  more  than  a  match 
for  man.  But  thanks  to  researches  in  tropical  medicine, 
their  breeding  grounds  were  disclosed  and  their  slaughter 
commenced,  and  regular  monthly  reports  tell  us  with 
what  marvellous  success.  Both  Sir  Frederick  Treves 
and  Sir  Harry  Johnston  have  already  made  it  the  text 
of  very  inspiring  addresses. 

In  1904  the  United  States  took  over  the  administra- 
tion of  the  Canal  Zone  and  appointed  a  commission,  and 
they  set  to  wrork  in  grim  earnest.  A  chief  sanitary 
officer  was  appointed,  with  a  splendid  staff  of  2,000  men 
under  him. 

The  following  figures  show  the  great  decrease  in  the 
malarial  death  rate  since  1906  : 

Year  Deaths 

1906  .  821 

1907  ....        424 

1908  ....        282 

or  1'34  per  thousand 

That  is,  the  death  rate  from  malaria  in  the  Canal  Zone, 
in  spite  of  the  enormous  increase  in  the  labourers,  is 
only  one-third  of  the  death  rate  three  years  ago. 


ORGANISATION  AND   ADMINISTRATION          81 

This  great  antimalarial  work  has  been  accomplished 
chiefly  by  drainage  and  trimming  the  margins  of  all 
lakes  and  swamps  of  all  weeds  amongst  which  the  larvae 
shelter.  Superficial  ditches  are  concreted,  deep  ones 
are  kept  free  of  weeds.  No  animals  are  allowed  near 
the  margins  of  the  ditches  or  marshes,  so  as  to  avoid 
making  the  small  foot  puddles  which  cattle  invariably 
make.  Where  possible  sulphate  of  copper,  crude 
petroleum,  and  other  culicides  are  also  employed. 
Bush-cutting  is  regarded  as  second  only  in  importance 
to  drainage,  and  with  this  I  thoroughly  agree.  To 
enforce  and  carry  out  these  antimalarial  measures  in 
the  forty-five  miles'  strip  along  the  line  of  the  canal, 
the  strip  has  been  divided  into  seven  districts.  Each 
district  is  in  charge  of  an  inspector,  whilst  a  chief 
inspector  is  over  all.  The  chief  has  on  his  staff  a  man 
acquainted  with  the  life-history  of  the  mosquito,  another 
who  is  an  expert  in  tilling  and  drainage,  also  a  general 
inspector  ;  these  men  keep  in  touch  with  the  district 
inspectors,  and  act  as  teachers.  Each  district  inspector 
has  a  gang  of  twenty-five  to  thirty  men,  who  trench 
and  cut  bush,  also  carpenters  for  looking  after  screening  ; 
lastly  two  quinine  dispensers.  The  medical  officer  of 
each  district  reports  monthly  all  cases  of  malaria  to 
the  central  office,  and  if  the  number  of  cases  go  up 
in  a  district  there  is  an  immediate  inquiry  to  know 
why. 

THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGN  IN  COLON 

Colon  is  a  town  of  15,000  inhabitants,  built  on 
an  island  just  above  sea-level,  and  many  of  the  houses, 

6 


82     SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

as  in  similar  low-lying  countries,  viz.  Honduras  and 
British  Guiana,  are  built  upon  piles,  and  in  the  wet 
season  swamps  abound,  and  of  course  innumerable 
mosquitos.  The  bush  was  first  cut  away  for  half  a 
mile  to  the  back  of  the  town  ;  the  cleared  swampy  area 
was  then  canalised  and  small  superficial  drains  led  into 
the  larger  channels  ;  with  the  fall  of  the  tide  the  fresh 
water  runs  out,  and  the  incoming  tide  brings  in  sea 
water.  I  recommended  precisely  the  same  system 
in  British  Honduras.  All  barrels  and  cisterns  were 
rigorously  inspected.  Result— Colon  is  to-day  almost 
free  from  every  kind  of  mosquito.  In  addition,  how- 
ever, the  houses  of  employees  are  screened  with  wire 
gauze ;  mosquito  nets  are  used,  although  the  necessity 
for  these  precautions  has  practically  ceased ;  quinine  is 
also  taken. 

ANTIMOSQUITO  CAMPAIGN  IN  RIO  DE  JANEIRO 

The  City  of  Rio  de  Janeiro  furnishes  us  with 
regular  monthly  returns  which  disclose  a  marvellous 
improvement  in  mosquito-carried  diseases,  such  as 
yellow  fever  and  malaria.  The  city  has  undergone 
a  complete  transformation  in  this  respect. 

Similarly  favourable  reports  come  from  HAVANA 
and  from  many  other  towns  in  South  America. 

In  BRITISH  HONDURAS  the  antimosquito  war,  which 
I  commenced  in  1905,  more  particularly  directed 
against  the  stegomyia,  has  had  its  effect  in  reducing 
the  numbers  of  mosquitos  of  all  kinds  and  directing 
attention  to  protecting  against  the  anophelines.  In  the 


ANTIMALARIAL   CAMPAIGNS,   WEST   INDIES      83 

survey  which  I  then  made  of  Belize  I  pointed  out  the 
breeding  grounds  of  anophelines,  and  how  by  improved 
street  and  road  drainage,  and  by  levelling  up  the  sub- 
merged compounds,  by  canalisation,  and  by  removal  of 
all  odd  receptacles,  and  the  rigid  screening  of  all  water 
cisterns,  it  would  be  possible  to  banish  yellow  fever  and 
greatly  diminish  or  banish  malaria.  The  result  of  put- 
ting into  practice  these  measures  has  been  a  marked 
improvement  in  mosquito-borne  diseases. 

ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS   IN   THE   WEST  INDIES 

We  have  already,  in  the  chapter  upon  General 
Sanitation,  seen  the  progress  which  the  West  Indies 
have  made  in  reducing  mosquito-borne  diseases,  brought 
about,  as  it  was  there  shown,  by  pipe-borne  water 
supplies,  drainage,  and  building  extension.  In  this 
place  I  wish  to  draw  attention,  however,  to  the  specific 
means  which  have  been  set  on  foot  to  substantially 
reduce  malaria  throughout  the  group.  For  it  is  a  fact 
that  malaria  is  still  the  cause  of  a  very  large  proportion 
of  sickness  in  the  islands.  In  those  islands  in  which 
there  is  a  well-equipped  official  medical  organisation 
much  has  been  done.  The  medical  officers  are  as  alive 
as  any  one  to  the  importance  of  destroying  the  breeding 
grounds  of  the  anophelines,  and  it  has  been  in  this 
connection  that  the  entomologists  have  rendered  great 
service  by  indicating  the  breeding  places.  The  use 
of  the  mosquito  net  is  very  general ;  a  few  houses  are 
wire-netted,  and  in  BRITISH  GUIANA  quinine  is  on 
sale  at  the  post  offices.  The  Surgeon- General  of  that 


84     SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

Colony  writes  me   as  follows  concerning  the   sale   of 
quinine  : 

"  As  one  result  of  the  Mortality  Commission,  ar- 
rangements have  been  made  for  the  sale  of  quinine 
at  the  district  post  offices,  so  as  to  place  it  within  reach 
of  the  poorer  classes.  The  drug  is  retailed  at  the  rate 
of  two  cents  for  thirty  grains,  and  meets  with  a  ready 
sale.  It  is  only  intended  for  the  benefit  of  the  people  ; 
and  in  order  to  prevent,  as  far  as  possible,  its  purchase 
and  subsequent  resale  at  a  profit,  the  quantity  which 
can  be  sold  to  any  one  person  at  a  time  has  been 
limited  to  180  grains.  Later  on,  as  a  further  pre- 
caution, the  supplies  for  this  purpose  were  ordered 
in  tablets  coloured  pink  and  stamped  with  the 
letters  E.G."1 

Regulations  have  also  been  passed  making  it  com- 
pulsory on  district  boards  to  properly  drain  the  roads 
in  their  respective  districts. 

Regulations  have  been  passed  making  it  compulsory 
to  screen  all  water-vats.  Lectures  are  given  and  health 
primers  used  in  the  schools  ;  circulars  and  diagrams  are 
distributed  to  householders,  police  stations  and  public 
places,  drawing  attention  to  the  prevention  of  malaria 
by  the  destruction  of  mosquitos.  Similar  measures 
have  been  taken  in  Trinidad. 

ST.  LUCIA 

As  further  evidence  of  the  thoroughness  of  the 
movement  in  the  West  Indies,  I  reproduce  here  a 
circular  letter  which  the  Administrator  of  St.  Lucia, 

1  For  Regulations  see  Appendix. 


ST.   LUCIA  AND  ANTIGUA  85 

then  Mr.  Cork,  issued  in  1905  to  the  medical  officers 
throughout  the  island  : 

"  Being  desirous  of  obtaining  reliable  information  as 
to  the  prevalence  of  mosquito-borne  diseases  in  this 
Colony,  I  shall  feel  very  much  obliged  if  you  will  be 
so  good  as  to  favour  me  with  a  return  showing  the 
number  and  description  of  such  diseases  which  may 
come  under  your  notice,  either  in  your  public  capacity 
or  in  your  private  practice  during  the  past  twelve 
months.  If  convenient  to  you  to  add  particulars  of 
any  other  preventable  disease  which  may  be  prevalent 
I  shall  be  much  obliged." 

This  letter  had  a  very  salutary  effect.  It  showed 
that  the  administration  was  fully  alive  to  the  im- 
portance of  antimosquito  measures ;  it  also  showed, 
by  the  replies  received,  to  what  extent  the  medical 
officers  had  kept  in  touch  with  modern  developments  in 
epidemiology  and  mosquito-borne  diseases  ;  and  thirdly 
it  demonstrated  where  weak  spots  existed  in  sanitary 
administration  in  St.  Lucia,  in  respect  of  these  im- 
portant diseases,  and  where  in  consequence  the  medical 
machinery  required  augmentation. 

ANTIGUA 

In  the  year  1904  active  antimosquito  measures 
were  adopted  in  the  Colony  of  Antigua — on  a  small 
scale,  it  is  true,  but  nevertheless  something.  The  first 
brigade  was  formed  under  the  chairmanship  of  Sir 
Courtney  Knowles,  who  was  subsequently  succeeded 
by  Sir  B.  Sweet  Escott.  The  first  executive  officer 
was  Oliver  Nugent,  magistrate  of  Antigua.  The 


86     SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

brigade  work  was  chiefly  directed  against  the  anopheles  ; 
the  oiling  of  all  pools  was  undertaken,  and  the  people 
were  warned  of  the  danger  of  keeping  stagnant  water, 
and  crab  holes  were  filled  up.  To  this  enterprise  the 
public  subscribed  at  the  rate  of  one  shilling  each,  and 
the  Government  gave  a  small  subsidy.  The  work  of 
the  brigade  has  now  been  taken  over  by  the  City 
Board  of  the  town  of  St.  John's.  Small  as  was  this 
movement,  it  was  a  step  in  the  right  direction  and 
ought  to  be  followed  by  other  colonies. 

ANTIMALARIAL  WORK  IN  JAMAICA 

In  a  recent  (1908-9)  malarial  survey  of  Jamaica,1 
undertaken  by  Dr.  Prout,  C.M.G.,  on  behalf  of  the 
Liverpool  School  of  Tropical  Medicine,  it  is  stated 
that  although  something  has  been  accomplished  in  the 
shape  of  antimosquito  measures,  yet  the  work  done 
is  not  equal  to  that  accomplished  in  other  places. 
Prout  calculates  the  death  rate  from  malaria  in  the 
period  of  ten  years  1898-1907  to  have  been  4*4 
per  cent.  He  states,  moreover,  that  the  deaths  due 
to  malaria  in  1907  were  4,094,  and  the  total  deaths 
from  that  disease  in  ten  years  34,695.  According  to 
this  authority  one-fifth  of  the  total  death  rate  in  the 
island  is  due  to  malaria.  This  of  course  should  not 
be,  considering  that  malaria  can  be  so  comparatively 
easily  grappled  with.  In  analysing  the  hospital  re- 
turns, Prout  states  that  one-half  of  the  cases  admitted 
into  hospital  are  malarial,  and  he  estimates  the  actual 

1  Twenty-first  Expedition  of  the  Liverpool  School  of  Tropical  Medicine, 
Malaria,  Jamaica,  1908-9. 


JAMAICA   AND  NASSAU  87 

cost  of  these  cases  to  the  Colony  at  £6,300.  Amongst 
the  coolies  he  states  that  50  per  cent,  of  the  illness 
is  also  due  to  malaria,  which  he  estimates  is  equivalent 
to  a  loss  of  16 '9  days  out  of  the  100  working  days 
of  each  Coolie  labourer. 

To  remedy  this  state  of  affairs  Dr.  Prout  proposes 
to  make  it  a  punishable  offence  to  harbour  larvae  on 
premises  (this  is  now  the  case,  as  we  shall  see,  in 
many  of  the  West  Indian  islands) ;  that  all  wells, 
tanks,  and  barrels  should  be  screened  ;  that  all  gutters 
in  towns  should  be  cemented,  as  is  the  case  in 
Trinidad ;  that  all  margins  of  rivers  be  kept  free  of 
grass  and  weeds ;  that  drainage  operations  should 
be  undertaken  bit  by  bit  but  systematically ;  that 
mosquito  nets  should  be  invariably  employed  and 
houses  screened  where  desirable.  He  also  recommends 
the  daily  use  of  quinine  by  those  exposed  to  infection, 
and  the  application  of  kerosene  oil  to  all  breeding 
places  which  cannot  be  drained. 

The  report  also  emphasises  the  importance  to  the 
Colony  of  the  services  of  an  entomologist.  In  Jamaica, 
as  in  some  of  the  other  colonies  where  there  is  no 
official  entomologist,  a  doctor  or  clergyman  or  other 
enthusiast  has  volunteered  his  services,  to  the  great 
good,  as  I  can  testify,  of  the  Colony. 

ANTIMOSQU1TO  WORK,  NASSAU,  BAHAMAS 

Measures  were  started  in  1905  by,  the  Board  of 
Health.  Regulations  dealing  with  stagnant  water  were 
passed  (see  Appendix).  Quinine  was  distributed  and 
screening  enforced. 


88     SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

THE  ANTIMALARIAL   MEASURES  IX  MAURITIUS 

In  1907  Major  Ross  was  sent,  at  the  instance  of 
the  Colonial  Office,  to  Mauritius  to  report  upon 
measures  for  the  prevention  of  malaria.  The  report 
is  a  very  complete  one,  dealing  very  fully  with  the 
history  of  malaria,  and  then  with  the  distribution  of 
malaria  in  Mauritius,  and  finally  with  his  recommenda- 
tions for  the  prevention  of  the  spread  of  the  disease. 
These  include  the  formation  of  mosquito  brigades,  the 
appointment  of  a  malarial  authority,  drainage  operations, 
screening,  quinisation  ;  also  a  measure  to  make  it  a 
punishable  offence  to  harbour  mosquito  and  other 
larvae  OH  premises.  For  the  guidance  of  other  colonies 
I  reproduce  it  in  the  Appendix  with  the  other  anti- 
larval  measures. 

SANITARY  AND  ANTIMOSQUITO  MEASURES  IN  THE 
PHILIPPINES 

The  loss  of  Spain's  tropical  possessions  is  partly 
attributable  to  her  failure  to  cope  successfully  with 
disease.  Ignorance  of  the  laws  of  health  destroyed 
the  health  and  lives  of  100,000  Spanish  soldiers  in 
Cuba  in  three  years.  Complete  change  took  place 
under  American  administration  (1903),  and  the  death 
rate  amongst  the  troops  in  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico  was 
reduced  to  672  per  thousand,  or  practically  the  same 
as  at  home. 

In  July  1901  military  government  in  the  Philippines 
was  formally  instituted.  The  officers  responsible  for 
the  health  administration  were  in  the  first  instance 


THE   PHILIPPINES   AND   BRAZIL  89 

men  recruited  from  the  Army  Medical  Service,  and 
later,  in  1905,  men  of  the  United  States  Marine 
Hospital  Service  were  employed  ;  all,  therefore,  were 
especially  conversant  with  this  class  of  work. 

The  result  of  general  sanitary  prophylaxis  is  seen 
by  comparing  the  death  rate  amongst  the  troops  in 
the  year  1906  with  that  obtaining  in  1899. 

In  1899  the  death  rate  from  malaria  was         1'23 
and  the  admissions        .  .         .     705*49 

In  1906  the  death  rate  was     .         .         .         0'55 
and  the  admissions        ....     304  '20 
With  regard  to  the  health  of  the  civil  population 
of   the   Philippines,    the    death   rate    in   Manilla    has 
been  reduced   from   40 '99   per  mille  to  30   or  below 
in  1908 ;   figures   which   compare  well   with   the  rest 
of  the  world. 

(From    a    paper  by  Dr.   Washburn   upon   "  Health   Conditions  in  the 
Philippines,"  September  1908,  Philippine  Journal  of  Science.) 

THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGN  IN  RIO  AND  OTHER 
PARTS  OF  BRAZIL,   1903 

Just  as  a  most  vigorous  policy  of  extermination 
has  been  adopted  against  yellow  fever,  and  with 
results  that  the  Republic  is  justly  proud  of,  so, 
stimulated  by  this  success,  a  vigorous  war  has  been 
declared  against  the  anophelines.  Rio  has  always  had 
a  bad  reputation  as  regards  malaria,  but  not  so  bad 
as  usually  depicted. 

In  1900  there  were  1,019  deaths 
„    1901       „         „         932       „ 
„    1902  1,217       „ 


90     SUMMARY  OF  THE  ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGNS 

In  1903  war  on  the  anophelines  was  declared,  and 
there  was  an  immediate  fall  to  772  deaths. 

In  1904  there  were  433  deaths 

„  1905   „    „   295   „ 

„  1906   „    „   266   „ 

„  1907   „    „   239   „ 

Encouraging  enough  results  for  a  comparatively 
small  outlay — and  from  all  parts  of  the  civilised  world 
where  antimalarial  measures  are  adopted,  similar  results 
are  recorded. 

ANTIMALARIAL   CAMPAIGNS   IN  THE   EAST   INDIES 

ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGN   IN  KLANG  AND  PORT 
SWETTENHAM 

Taking  Travers  and  Watson's  figures  for  Port 
Swettenham  and  Klang  in  the  Federated  Malay 
States,  we  find  that  at  Port  Swettenham  the  area  to 
be  dealt  with  was  about  110  acres,  low-lying  and 
swampy.  In  1901  draining  and  filling-in  operations 
were  undertaken. 

In  Klang,  the  area  affected  covered  332  acres, 
swampy  and  bush :  drainage  and  clearing  effected. 

Results  in  Klang  and  Port  Swettenham :  Deaths 
due  to  malaria  in  1901,  368 ;  in  1905,  45.  In  sur- 
rounding districts  where  no  measures  were  taken  the 
corresponding  figures  are  266  deaths  in  1901  and 
351  in  1905. 

In  1901  Government  employees  at  both  places 
numbered  176,  and  the  number  of  days'  leave  granted 
for  malarial  sickness  totalled  1,026.  In  1904  the  em- 
ployees numbered  281,  and  the  number  of  days'  leave 


HONG   KONG   AND  THE   UNITED   STATES        91 

was  71,  and  in  1905,  30.    Surely  a  considerable  saving  in 
money,  not  to  mention  lives  and  broken  constitutions. 

ANTIMALARIAL  CAMPAIGN  IN  HONG  KONG 

What  do  we  learn  from  Hong  Kong  ? — Population, 
377,850;  white,  10,835  —  heavy  rainfall,  numerous 
breeding  places  of  anophelines.  Operations  commenced 
by  Dr.  Thomson  in  1901 ;  works  carried  out,  efficient 
training  and  drainage,  netting,  oiling,  and  quinine. 

Results :  In  1901  admissions  in  the  two  principal 
hospitals  for  malaria  were  1,294,  and  deaths  132.  In 
1905  admissions  419,  deaths  54.  Amongst  the  police, 
in  1901,  44  per  cent.;  in  J905,  12J  per  cent.  Total 
deaths  in  Colony  in  1901,  574 ;  in  1905,  285. 

ANTIMALARIAL  MEASURES   IN  THE  UNITED   STATES 

Dr.  A.  Woldert,  in  a  small  pamphlet  entitled 
"  Malarial  Fever  and  its  Expense  to  the  People  of 
Texas,"  has  calculated  from  an  examination  of  various 
official  records  that  the  loss  in  money  caused  by 
malarial  sickness  upon  three  railway  systems  amounted 
to  133,810  dollars  a  year  ;  and  calculating  upon  the 
same  basis,  viz.  that  one  person  in  twelve  is  affected 
with  malaria  in  Texas,  he  reckons  the  total  loss  to 
the  State  as  5,333,320  dollars  a  year.  He  gives  these 
figures  to  support  the  necessity  for  a  vigorous  anti- 
malarial  campaign. 

Dr.  A.  H.  Doty  of  New  York  has  rendered  excel- 
lent service  by  directing  attention  to  the  extermination 
of  the  mosquito  on  the  Atlantic  side  of  America, 
where  already  much  has  been  done  by  the  American 
Mosquito  Extermination  Society  of  New  York. 


CHAPTER   IX 

NOTES     OX     THE     RELATIONSHIP     OF     PLANTATIONS     AND 
BOTANIC    GARDENS    TO    THE    MOSQUITO    QUESTION 

MANY  interesting  facts  in  connection  with  malaria  have 
been  brought  to  light  by  observations  conducted  by 
medical  officers  charged  with  the  supervision  of  the 
health  of  labourers  employed  upon  large  estates. 

Tobacco  Plantations. — Dr.  Kuenen,  on  a  visit  to 
Liverpool  in  1909,  told  us  how  in  his  district  malaria 
had  been  reduced  by  drainage.  Dr.  Kuenen,  who  is 
Director  of  Pathology  at  Medan,  Sumatra,  has  the 
medical  care  of  the  workers  upon  a  large  tobacco 
estate.  The  whole  of  the  coast  of  Sumatra  is  notorious 
for  its  bad  forms  of  malaria.  When,  forty  years  ago, 
the  first  tobacco  planters  went  to  Sumatra,  they  found 
a  big  marshy  jungle  and  many  swamps,  and  they 
suffered  much  from  malaria.  As  the  plantations  grew, 
drainage  operations  were  very  carefully  undertaken,  for 
it  was  found  that  the  finest  kinds  of  tobacco  could  only 
be  grown  as  the  result  of  very  careful  drainage,  and  the 
suitable  drying  of  the  soil ;  in  consequence,  the  swamps 
had  disappeared,  and  they  were  now  as  free  from 
malaria  on  the  plantations  as  Holland  itself.  Malaria 

92 


PLANTATIONS  AND  MALARIA  93 

cases  were  only  encountered  as  the  coast  line  was 
approached  ;  it  had  disappeared  from  the  plantations 
now  spreading  over  the  interior  of  the  island.  They 
were  thus  able  to  compare  side  by  side  the  effect 
of  drainage  in  stopping  malaria,  and  to  see  per- 
sisting malaria  as  bad  as  in  the  old  days  in  those 
districts  where  there  was  no  tobacco  planting,  and, 
in  consequence,  where  no  drainage  had  been  under- 
taken. 

Cocoa  Plantations. — In  Grenada  it  has  been  found 
by  the  medical  men  that  a  material  decrease  in  the 
number  of  cases  of  malaria  has  resulted  from  the  re- 
placement of  sugar  cane  by  cocoa  plantations.  It  is 
necessary  for  the  efficient  cultivation  of  cocoa  that  the 
soil  should  be  thoroughly  drained,  and  for  this  purpose 
the  plantations  are  intersected  by  very  numerous 
drainage  channels  leading  from  the  high  grounds  to 
a  main  channel  at  the  lowest  part  of  the  estate.  By 
these  means,  water  never  puddles  or  remains  stagnant. 
Careful  cultivation,  including  drainage  undertaken  as 
we  have  seen  in  the  case  of  Ismailia,  leads  both  to  the 
increased  production  of  icrops  and  to  a  diminution  of 
the  cases  of  malaria. 

In  the  case  of  the  sugar-cane  fields  in  British 
Guiana,  intersected  as  they  are  by  numerous  trenches 
and  canals,  the  anophelines  are  kept  under  by  the 
presence  of  fish,  and  by  flushing. 

In  the  rice  fields,  although  for  the  most  part  sub- 
merged, small  fish  appear  to  be  the  chief  means  of 
keeping  in  check  the  production  of  the  anophelines. 

Dr.    Sergent   states    that    grape-vine    planting    in 


94    CULTIVATION  AND   THE   MOSQUITO   QUESTION 

Algeria,  necessitating  careful  drainage,  has  diminished 
malaria. 

Botanic  gardens  are  very  frequently  the  preserves  of 
the  mosquito,  for  on  them  ornamental  ponds  and  fountains 
and  innumerable  tubs  and  water-barrels  are  the  rule, 
and  unless  these  are  stocked  with  small  fish  they  are  a 
fertile  source  of  mosquitos.  As  previously  pointed  out, 
trees  and  plants  may  aid  to  an  enormous  degree  in  the 
production  of  mosquitos.  Tree  mosquitos  have  been 
conveniently  grouped  by  Dr.  Urich  in  Trinidad  into 
the  "  rot  hole,"  "  bamboo,"  and  "  wild  pine "  groups. 
Old  trees  are  often  honeycombed  with  decay  holes,  and 
in  these  water  collects  and  mosquitos  lay  their  eggs. 
When  bamboo  cane  is  cut  down  it  is  very  common 
for  the  workmen  to  leave  an  internode,  in  which  one 
or  more  pints  of  water  can  collect  and  act  precisely 
as  a  miniature  pond.  I  have  already  referred  to  the 
"  wild  pine  "  (Bromeliaceoe}  which  infest  trees  in  enor- 
mous numbers,  and  in  the  aggregate  hold  up  a  great 
quantity  of  water.  There  are  in  addition  numerous 
other  small  water-holding  plants,  such  as  the  Aroideas, 
which  in  towns,  if  allowed  to  grow  up  in  neglected 
places,  give  rise  to  a  mosquito  nuisance  in  a  very  short 
time.  Therefore  more  attention  should  be  given  to 
the  question  of  the  care  of  bush  and  plants  in  tropical 
towns  than  is  usually  done  at  the  present  time.  Bush 
should  be  rigorously  cut  down  around  towns,  and  on 
no  account  should  it  be  allowed  to  increase  in  yards 
and  gardens  as  is  almost  invariably  the  case.  Not  only 
does  bush  hold  up  water,  but  it  also  gives  excellent 
cover  to  mosquitos  and  enables  them  to  progress  from 


BUSH   CLEARING  95 

point  to  point.  Bush  also  is  one  of  the  chief  agents 
in  keeping  out  fresh  air  in  towns,  where  fresh  air  is 
above  all  things  necessary ;  it  also  forms  cover  for 
plague  rats  and  their  fleas.  By  some  it  is  argued  that 
bush  helps  evaporation.  The  contrary  is  the  case  ;  the 
admission  of  more  air  and  light  would  accomplish  far 
more.  Plant  cultivation  in  towns  also  leads  to  various 
devices  for  keeping  them  moist  or  protected  from 
ants,  and  these  devices  in  their  turn  lead  to  the  breed- 
ing of  mosquitos.  Thus,  flower-pot  saucers  are  a  very 
common  breeding  place  of  the  stegomyia,  and  so  are 
the  antiformicas  with  which  rare  plants  are  protected 
from  the  inroads  of  the  umbrella  ants.  I  have  found 
larvse  in  them  in  very  numerous  instances.  And  whilst 
on  the  subject  I  would  like  to  draw  attention  to  the 
very  numerous  occasions  upon  which  I  have  found 
mosquito  larvae,  usually  those  of  stegomyia,  in  glass 
vases  used  either  for  holding  cut  flowers  or,  more 
frequently,  for  propagating  cuttings  of  the  Croton  plant ; 
the  reason  is,  of  course,  that  either  the  water  is  not 
changed  often  enough,  or  when  the  water  is  changed, 
the  larva?  and  eggs  cling  to  the  roots  when  the  old 
water  is  thrown  away,  and  when  the  fresh  water  is 
added  the  larva?  are  as  vigorous  as  ever.  Upon  one 
occasion  I  found  a  swarm  of  stegomyia  larva?  breeding 
in  a  pool  that  had  formed  between  the  buttresses 
of  an  old  silk-cotton  tree.  Another  not  very  obvious 
site  for  the  fostering  of  mosquito  larvse  are  the  small 
pools  which  are  found  amongst  the  rocks  of  a  rock- 
bound  coast.  These,  in  many  instances,  come  close 
up  to  human  habitations,  as  in  St.  Vincent,  and  in 


96    CULTIVATION  AND  THE   MOSQUITO   QUESTION 

such  cases  the  domestic  mosquito,  like  the  stegomyia, 
may  breed  in  them.  These  pockets  should  be  either 
filled  in  with  concrete  or  so  chiselled  that  water  can- 
not remain  in  them.  In  many  of  the  more  low-lying 
swampy  coasts  crab-holes  occur  in  enormous  numbers 
in  the  sandy  soil,  and  in  them  are  bred  vast  numbers 
of  mosquitos.  In  fact  they  constitute  the  chief 
nuisance  in  those  houses  which  are  situated  near 
the  sea. 


CHAPTER  X 

YELLOW  FEVER 

DR.  BEAUPERTHUY  OX  TRADITION  IN  MEDICINE,  AND  HIS 
VIEW  ON  THE  MODE  OF  TRANSMISSION  OF  YELLOW 
FEVER — HARRISON  AND  MOXLY  ON  THE  NATURE 
OF  THE  VIRUS  OF  YELLOW  FEVER 

IN  introducing  the  subject  of  malaria  I  have  already 
alluded  to  the  opinions  of  certain  men  of  great 
distinction  in  the  medical  world  who,  long  before  the 
scientific  proof  of  the  relationship  of  the  mosquito  to 
disease,  had  come  to  the  conclusion  that  yellow  fever 
was  carried  by  a  mosquito.  There  was,  for  instance, 
Surgeon- General  Blair,  the  great  authority  on  yellow 
fever,  who  stated  in  connection  with  that  disease  that 
"its  shifting  lines  of  infection  and  gyratory  movements 
suggest  to  the  imagination  the  attributes  of  insect  life  "; 
and  then  there  was  the  other  great  naturalist-physician, 
Dr.  Louis  Daniel  Beauperthuy,  who  in  no  uncertain 
manner  pinned  his  belief  on  the  power  of  insects  to 
transmit  diseases,  and  even  went  so  far  as  to  accuse 
the  "  Zancudo  bobo "  (the  stegomyia),  the  domestic 
mosquito,  as  being  the  carrier  of  yellow  fever.  He 
was  right,  but  men  did  not  know  it ;  and  as  his  writings 

J)7  7 


98     BEAUPERTHUY   ON  TRADITION   IN   MEDICINE 

have  now  a  very  real  interest  I  have  reproduced  in  the 
following  pages  his  observations  taken  from  the  volume 
of  collected  papers  issued  by  his  brother  after  his  death 
in  1871.  I  have  left  them  all  in  the  original  French. 
Then  we  come  to  the  modern  period  (1881)  to  Dr. 
Charles  Finlay.  He  also  had  spotted  the  stegomyia, 
and  his  observations  proved  of  the  greatest  assistance 
in  directing  researches  to  this  insect.  Finlay  presented 
his  paper,  showing  that  the  mosquito  carried  the  infection 
from  man  to  man,  before  the  Academy  of  Sciences  of 
Havana  in  1881.  Beauperthuy,  it  will  be  remembered, 
also  believed  that  it  was  the  domestic  mosquito,  but 
held  that  its  virus  was  telluric  in  origin. 

There  are  two  parts  of  Beauperthuy's  writings  here 
reproduced  to  which  I  wish  to  direct  the  reader's  special 
attention.  One  part  is  that  in  which  he  refers  to  the 
hampering  effect  of  tradition  in  our  great  profession. 
He  points  out  in  the  history  of  the  disease  known  as 
Scabies  the  number  of  centuries  it  took  medical  men 
before  they  would  confess  that  scabies  was  a  parasitic 
affection,  and  that,  too,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the 
"  poor  negro  "  had  recognised  its  parasitic  origin.  The 
other  paragraph  to  which  I  would  direct  special  attention 
is  that  dealing  with  the  common  fly. 

TRADITION  IN  MEDICINE 

"  The  profession  said,"  writes  Beauperthuy,  that  "La 
gale,  la  peste,  se  propageaient,  par  les  inoculations 
miasmatiques  par  contact  immediat  ou  par  les  vetements 
ou  autres  objets  touches  par  les  galeux,  par  les 
pestiferes ;  ces  memes  objets  pouvaient,  apres  un 


MOSQUITO   THE    MIASM  99 

certain  laps  de  temps  plus  ou  moins  long,  occasionner, 
par  leur  contact  sur  des  corps  sains,  la  contagion 
miasmatique.  Telles  furent  les  ingenieuses  creations 
que  les  homines  de  1'art  imaginerent  a  une  epoque  peu 
avancee  de  la  medecine  pour  expliquer  des  phenomenes 
dont  la  cause  echappait  a  leur  investigation.  Presque 
toutes  ces  donnees  regissent  encore  la  science  actuelle, 
a  Fexception  des  miasmes  contagieux  de  la  gale,  qu'il 
fallut  enfin  efFacer  de  1'ancien  tableau  etiologique,  pour 
lui  substituer  .  .  .  quoi  ?  Un  insecte,  un  acarien. 
Linne,  Arenzoar  et  d'autres  medecins  avaient  signale 
la  sarcopte  de  la  gale  comme  'producteur  de  cette 
maladie.  Le  culte  voue  aux  opinions  adoptees  et 
consacrees  par  le  temps  avait  conserve  les  anciens 
errements.  II  a  fallu  trois  siecles  pour  arriver  a  etablir 
un  fait  aussi  facile  a  verifier  et  a  faire  connaitre  la 
veritable  cause  d'une  affection  aussi  elementaire  que  la 
gale.  Grace  a  Gales,  la  gale  fut  enfin  effacee  du 
tableau  des  maladies  vesiculeuses  pour  ouvrir  la  serie 
des  maladies  parasitaires,  pour  etablir  a  grandpeine  une 
verite  que  savaient  les  negres  de  nos  colonies,  les 
indigenes  de  toute  FAmerique  du  Sud,  le  vulgaire  de 
tous  les  pays.  Ceux  qui  voulaient  avoir  plus  de  genie 
que  la  nature,  ignoraient  seuls  ce  fait  trivial. 

THE  MOSQUITO  is  THE  MIASM. 

"  L 'absence  d'insectes  tipulaires  pendant  1'hiver 
explique  pourquoi  dans  cette  saison  le  voisinage  des 
marais  cesse  d'etre  dangereux.  Les  marais  immenses 
du  Nord  de  1'Europe  ne  sont  point  malsains  par  la 
meme  raison.  Les  marais  ne  communiquent  a  1'atmo- 
sphere  que  de  1'humidite,  et  la  faible  quantite  de  gaz 
hydrogene  carbone  qu'ils  exhalent  ne  produit  chez 
rhomme  aucune  indisposition  dans  les  regions  dqua- 


100    BEAUPERTHUY   ON  TRADITION  IN   MEDICINE 

toriales  et  intertropicales  reputees  pour  leur  insalubritd. 
Ce  n'est  pas  seulement  la  corruption  des  eaux  qui  les 
rend  insalubres,  mais  la  presence  des  tipulaires. 

"  Pendant  la  saison  de  la  secheresse,  defavorable  aux 
tipulaires,  les  fievres  cessent  au  Senegal,  dans  les  plaines 
de  1'Apure,  de  Caracas  et  de  la  Guyane.  Elles  sevirent 
pendant  la  saison  des  pluies,  qui  est  celle  de  la  produc- 
tion des  tipulaires.  Les  affections  qu'elles  occasionnent 
prennent  plus  de  gravite  lorsque  les  tipulaires  pulluknt 
dans  les  eaux  stagnantes  et  corrompues. 

"  Arenzoar  avait  fait  connaitre,  depuis  trois  siecles, 
1'acarus  qui  produit  la  gale ;  il  en  avait  indique'  la 
provenance.  Linne  signala  de  nouveau  1'existence  de 
Tacarus  scabiei  aux  medecins ;  mais  1'existence  de 
1'acarus  genait  les  theories  regnantes.  A  quoi  bon 
admettre  une  verite  nouvelle,  isolee,  qui  menace  de 
renverser  tout  un  systeme  medical  merveilleusement 
invente  et  repondant  a  presque  toutes  les  necessites,  un 
peu  plus  ou  un  peu  moins,  de  la  science  ?  Pourquoi 
deranger  tout  un  edifice  intellectuel  pour  y  introduire 
une  innovation  degradante  pour  Tart  et  dangereuse  pour 
les  dogmes  enseignes  par  le  maitre  et  soutenus  par 
d'innombrables  disciples  ? " 

Tradition  said : 

"  Les  emanations  marecageuse  s  se  repandent  avee 
plus  d'energie  le  soir  que  dans  le  reste  de  la  journee. 
C'est  aussi  a  ces  heures  que  les  insectes  tipuliferes  sont 
plus  actifs.  Les  habitants  des  pays  marecageux  sont 
moins  exposes  que  les  etrangers  a  con  tract  er  la  fievre 
intermittente.  Comme  si  les  emanations  marecageuses 
se\iraient  avec  moins  d'energie  sur  les  organes  soumis 
habituellement  a  leur  influence,  que  sur  ceux  qui  la 
ressentent  pour  la  premiere  fois. 


FLIES   AND   DISEASE  101 

THE   RELATIONSHIP   OF   THE   FLY   TO   DISEASE — MOUCHES 

"  La  mouche  commune  et  autres  petits  dipteres  qui 
s'attachent  aux  ulceres,  aux  substances  excrementitielles 
et  putrides,  sont  sujets  au  parasitisme  des  acariens  :  c'est 
un  fait  d'une  grande  generalite.  Les  mouches  com- 
munes qui  s'attachent  avec  une  tenacite  si  incommode 
aux  levres  et  aux  orifices  du  nez,  sont  des  insectes 
malades,  comme  1'atteste  leur  etat  de  maigreur:  elles 
cherchent  leur  soulagement  en  deposant  les  germes 
de  leur  affection  sur  les  teguments,  a  1'origine  des 
membranes  muqueuses.  Apres  avoir  presse  ces  insectes 
entre  deux  verres  de  maniere  a  leur  oter  la  vie,  on  les 
soumet,  apres  trois  ou  quatre  jours  dans  ces  climats,  a 
1'observation  microscopique  :  on  ne  tarde  pas  a  aperce- 
voir  des  acarus  adultes  qui  s'echappent  de  leurs  cavites 
abdominales  et  se  fixent  aux  organes  exterieurs.  Ces 
observations  sont  faciles  a  faire  et  ne  demandent  qu'un 
peu  de  soin. 

How   FLIES   CARRY   DISEASE 

"  Les  acariens  se  transportent  sur  1'enveloppe  tegu- 
mentaire  de  1'homme  et  des  ahimaux  par  locomotion  ; 
mais  cette  voie  est  le  moins  ordinaire.  Ce  sont  les 
mouches  domestiques,  auxquelles  ils  s'attachent,  qui 
leur  servent  le  plus  habituellement  de  vehicule.  Ces 
dipteres,  attires  par  les  matieres  en  decomposition  sur 
lesquelles  vivent  les  acariens,  sont  frequemment  envahis 
par  eux  et  les  transportent,  soit  sur  l'homme,  soit  sur 
les  objets  qui  Fentourent.  On  reconnait  les  mouches 
atteintes  de  ces  parasites  a  leur  apparence  maladive, 
a  leur  importunite  et  a  1'obstination  qu 'elles  mettent  a 
se  poser  au  pourtour  des  ouvertures  des  membranes 
muqueuses  de  l'homme  et  des  animaux.  Elles  trans- 


102     BEAUPERTHUY   ON   TRADITION   IN   MEDICINE 

portent  sur  ces  orifices  les  acariens  qui  les  tourmentent 
et  s'en  debarrassent  au  prejudice  du  nouvel  note  qui  les 
recoit.  La  presence  de  ces  insectes  sur  les  levres  et  au 
bord  des  narines  occasionne  une  vive  demangeaison 
et  des  boutons  vcsiculeux,  semblables  a  des  boutons 
de  gale,  dont  Feruption  s'accompagne  d'une  reaction 
febrile  ephemere.  Ces  eruptions  phyctenoides  partielles 
sont  connues  sous  les  noms  cFherpes  labiaKs, praeputiaMs, 
nasalis,  etc. 

How   MALARIA,   YELLOW   FEVEII,    ETC.,   ARE   CARRIED 

"  Les  fievres  intermittentes,  remittentes  et  perni- 
cieuses,  ainsi  que  la  fievre  jaune,  le  cholera  morbus 
et  les  accidents  causes  par  les  serpents  et  autres  animaux 
venimeux,  reconnaissent  pour  cause  un  virus  animal  on 
vegeto-animal  dont  1'introduction  dans  1'organisme 
humain  se  fait  par  voie  d'inoculation.  Les  fluides  ou 
virus  inocules  determinent,  apres  une  periode  d'incuba- 
tion  plus  ou  moins  longue,  des  symptomes  nerveux 
dans  le  principe  et  plus  tard  une  infection  putride 
du  sang  et  des  autres  fluides  de  1'economie,  portant 
le  trouble  dans  la  circulation,  la  respiration,  la  digestion 
et  toutes  les  autres  fonctions. 

"  Les  fievres  intermittentes  sont  graves  en  raison 
du  developpement  des  insectes  tipulaires,  et  ces  fievres 
cessent  d'exister  ou  perdent  beaucoup  de  leur  intensite 
dans  les  forets  qui  par  suite  de  leur  altitude  nourrissent 
peu  de  ces  insectes,  quelles  que  soient  les  masses  de 
matieres  vegetales  qui  y  subissent  la  decomposition 
putride. 

"  Les  Indiens,  pour  se  garantir  des  fievres,  font  usage 
de  certains  preservatifs,  et,  lorsqu'ils  habitent  leurs 
vallees  malsaines,  de  brasiers  allumes  a  1'entree  de  leurs 
cabanes  pendant  la  nuit.  Ce  moyen  est  tres  efficace 


THE   WINGED   SERPENTS  103 

pour  chasser  les  insectes  tipulaires.  Us  le  negligent 
lorsqu'ils  voyagent  dans  d'autres  localites. 

"  De  tous  les  moyens  en  usage  pour  se  preserver 
de  Faction  enervante  occasionnee  par  les  piqures  des 
insectes  tipulaires,  le  plus  efficace  est  celui  qu'emploient 
les  Indiens,  consistant  a  se  frotter  la  peau  avec  des 
substances  huileuses.  II  est  vrai  que  leur  peau  reste 
sans  defense  contre  1'introduction  de  1'aiguillon  de  ces 
insectes ;  mais  le  contact  d'une  substance  grasse  dans 
Finterieur  du  tube  capillaire  qui  sert  a  Finoculation  du 
venin,  suffit  pour  obstruer  ce  conduit  et  s'opposer  a 
1'instillation  du  virus  secrete  par  les  glandes  salivaires 
de  1'insecte  :  la  piqure  alors  perd  toutes  ses  proprietes 
deleteres  et  se  reduit  a  une  simple  incommodite  qui 
n'a  rien  de  prejudicial  e  pour  la  sante  et  n'altere  en  rien 
la  composition  du  sang. 

"  L'expression  de  serpents  ailes  employee  par  Hero- 
dote  est  fort  applicable  aux  insectes  tipulaires  et  a 
Faction  de  leurs  piqures  sur  Feconomie  humaine.  Tant 
il  est  vrai  de  dire  que  la  verite  apparaissait  aux  anciens 
j usque  dans  les  fables. 

"  La  fievre  jaune  atteignit  un  degre  de  malignite 
peu  commim.  L 'epidemic  s'etendit  sur  les  Indiens 
comme  sur  les  Europeens,  sans  distinction  de  classes. 
Les  negres  eux-memes  ne  furent  pas  exemptes.  Elle 
atteignait  depuis  les  enfants  de  quatre  ans  jusqu'aux 
hommes  de  Fage  le  plus  avance  ;  M.  Manuel  Artiz, 
vieillard  presque  centenaire,  fut  attaque  du  typhus 
amaril.  Je  lui  assurai  qu'il  accomplirait  le  siecle,  et 
j'eus  le  bonheur  de  lui  tenir  parole. 

"  Dans  la  mission  que  j'avais  a  remplir,  j'apportais 
le  fruit  de  quatorze  annees  d'observations  faites  au 
microscope  sur  les  alterations  du  sang  et  des  autres 


104     BEAUPERTHUY   ON   TRADITION   IN   MEDICINE 

fluides  de  Feconomie  animale  dans  les  fievres  de  tous 
les  types. 

"  Ces  observations,  faites  dans  les  regions  equi- 
noxiales  et  intertropicales,  me  furent  d'un  grand  secours 
pour  reconnaitre  la  cause  de  la  fievre  jaune,  et  les  moyens 
propres  a  combattre  cette  terrible  maladie.  Quant  a 
mes  travaux  sur  1'etiologie  de  la  fievre  jaune,  je  m'abstien- 
drai  pour  le  moment  de  les  livrer  a  la  publicite.  Mes 
recherches  a  cet  egard  font  partie  d'un  grand  travail, 
dont  les  resultats  ofFrent  des  faits  tellement  nouveaux, 
et  si  eloigne's  des  doctrines  re9ues,  que  je  ne  dois  pas 
les  presenter  a  la  publicite  sans  apporter  a  leur  appui 
les  demonstrations  les  plus  evidentes.  Du  reste, 
j'envoie  a  1' Academic  des  Sciences  de  Paris  une  lettre 
scellee  qui  renferme  le  resume  des  observations  que 
j'ai  faites  jusqu'ici  et  dont  le  but  est  de  m'assurer  a 
toute  eventualite  la  priorite  de  mes  decouvertes  sur  la 
cause  des  fievres  en  general.  Quant  a  la  methode 
curative  que  j'ai  employee  et  qui  a  egalement  reussie  sur 
les  Europeens  et  sur  les  indigenes  atteints  de  la  fievre 
jaune,  je  ne  crains  pas  de  la  publier.  Ces  faits  sont 
faciles  a  observer  et  tout  medecin  intelligent  et  de 
bonne  foi  qui  usera,  sans  restriction,  de  mes  preceptes 
centre  le  typhus  amaril,  obtiendra  les  resultats  que  j'ai 
obtenus  moi-meme. 

"  On  ne  peut  considerer  la  fievre  jaune  comme  une 
affection  contagieuse.  Les  causes  de  cette  maladie 
se  developpent  dans  des  conditions  climateriques  leur 
permettant  de  s'etendre  a  la  fois  ou  successivement  sur 
plusieurs  localites.  Ces  conditions  sont :  1'elevation 
de  la  temperature,  1'humidite,  le  voisinage  des  cours 
d'eau,  les  lagunes,  le  peu  d'elevation  du  sol  au-dessus 
du  niveau  de  la  mer.  Ces  conditions  sont  celles  qui 
favorisent  le  developpement  des  insectes  tipulaires. 


THE   "ZANCUDO   BOBO"  105 

"  Les  tipules  introduisent  dans  la  peau  leur  sucoir, 
compose  d'un  aiguillon  canalise  piquant  et  de  deux 
scies  laterales  ;  ils  instillent  dans  la  plaie  une  liqueur 
venimeuse  qui  a  des  proprietes  identiques  a  celles  du 
venin  des  serpents  a  crochets.  II  ramollit  les  globules 
du  sang,  determine  la  rupture  de  leurs  membranes  te'gu- 
mentaires,  dissout  la  partie  parenchymateuse,  facilite  le 
melange  de  la  matiere  colorante  avec  le  serum.  Cette 
action  est  en  quelque  sorte  instantanee,  comme  le 
demontre  1'examen  microscopique,  puisque  le  sang 
absorbe  par  ces  insectes,  au  moment  meme  de  la  succion, 
ne  presente  pas  de  globules.  Cette  action  dissolvante 
parait  faciliter  le  passage  du  fluide  sanguin  dans  le 
conduit  capillaire  du  sucoir.  Si  1'insecte  est  interrompu 
dans  1'operation  de  la  succion,  tout  le  venin  reste  dans 
la  plaie  et  produit  une  plus  vive  demangeaison  que 
lorsqu'iine  grande  partie  du  fluide  venimeux  est  repompee 
avec  le  sang.  On  attribue  sans  motif  le  prurit  a  la 
rupture  de  1'aiguillon  ;  cet  aiguillon  est  une  substance 
cornee  elastiqtie,  dont  je  n'ai  jamais  observe  la  rupture 
dans  mes  nombreuses  observations. 

"  Les  agents  de  cette  infection  presentent  un  grand 
nombre  de  varietes  qui  ne  sont  pas  toutes  nuisibles  au 
meme  degre.  La  variete  zancudo  bobo,  a  pattes  rayees 
de  blanc,  est  en  quelque  sorte  1'espece  domestique.  Elle 
est  la  plus  commune  et  sa  piqure  est  inoffensive  com- 
parativement  a  celle  des  autres  especes.  Le  puyon  est 
le  plus  gros  et  le  plus  venimeux ;  il  produit  une  gale ; 
son  aiguillon  est  bifurque  a  son  extremite ;  sa  piqure, 
dans  les  cas  les  plus  favorables,  oil  le  venin  n'est  pas 
absorbe  dans  1'economie,  determine  une  irritation  locale 
qui  presente  la  forme  d'un  bouton  prurigineux  sem- 
blable  au  scabies  purulent,  mais  nullement  contagieux. 
C'est  surtout  les  enfants  qu'il  attaque.  L'etendue  du 


106     BEAUPERTHUY  ON   TRADITION  IN   MEDICINE 

foyer  de  la  suppuration  rend  difficile  les  recherches  qui 
tendent  a  decouvrir  1'existence  du  sarcopte  dans  ces 
vesicules. 

"  Que  sont  les  matieres  pelagiques  dont  les  tipulaires 
se  nourrissent,  sinon  des  substances  animales  phospho- 
rescentes  comme  la  chair  des  poissons  ?  Qu'y  a-t-il 
d'etrange  que  1'instillation  dans  le  corps  de  1'homme 
de  ces  substances  a  1'etat  putride  produise  des  desordres 
tres  graves  ?  M.  Magendie  n'a-t-il  pas  prouve  que 
quelques  gouttes  d'eau  de  poisson  pourri,  introduites 
dans  le  sang  des  animaux,  determinaient  en  peu  d'heures 
des  symptomes  analogues  a  ceux  du  typhus  et  la  fievre 
jaune  ?  N'est-ce  pas,  en  effet,  une  instillation  de 
poisson  en  putrefaction  que  versent  ces  insectes  sous  la 
peau  et  dans  le  tissu  cellulaire  de  1'homme  ? 

"  Les  animalcules  de  la  fievre  jaune  se  meuvent 
dans  toutes  les  directions,  remontant  le  courant,  .et 
sont  doues  d'un  mouvement  de  giration  de  droite  a 
gauche  et  de  gauche  a  droite.  Une  tres  petite 
quantite  de  sulfate  de  quinine  melangee  avec  le  liquide, 
paralyse  instantanement  1'action  des  animalcules.  Ils 
sont  entraines  par  le  cours  du  liquide  sans  manifester 
aucun  mouvement." 

(Cet  article  a  etc  public  dans  la  Gazette  officiel/e  de  Cumand,  le  23  mai 
1854,  no.  57.) 

WAS  YELLOW  FEVER  CONTAGIOUS  OR  NOT  ? 

Just  as  in  the  case  of  malaria  so  in  the  case  of 
yellow  fever,  much  controversy  and  speculation  took 
place  as  to  whether  the  disease  could  be  passed  on 
from  man  to  man,  either  by  contact  or  through  the 
secretions,  or  through  the  clothes.  So  two  schools 
arose  in  the  eighteenth  century,  the  contagionists  and 


CONTAGIOUS   OR   NOT  CONTAGIOUS?          107 

the  non-contagionists.  It  was  chiefly  with  a  view  of 
getting  information  upon  this  vexed  subject  that  the 
1852  Commission  was  appointed,  and  upon  its  findings 
the  quarantine  laws  of  the  period  re  yellow  fever 
were  modified  where  necessary.  As  a  result  of  their 
deliberations  the  Committee  reported  as  follows : 

"  That  epidemics  are  preceded  by  individual  and 
sporadic  cases,  which  cases  likewise  occur  in  seasons 
when  no  epidemics  prevail.  That  epidemics  are  very 
often  local,  and  limited  to  one  part  of  a  town.  That 
epidemics  do  not  spread  by  gradual  progression,  but 
often  skip  over  certain  adjacent  districts.  That  in  an 
epidemic  the  most  rigid  seclusion  affords  no  protection. 
That  great  success  attends  removal  to  a  non-infected 
locality.  That  the  exciting  cause,  whatever  it  is,  is 
local  and  endemic.  That  the  means  of  protection 
from  Yellow  Fever  are  not  quarantine  restrictions  and 
sanitary  cordons  but  sanitary  works  and  operations 
having  for  their  object  the  removal  of  the  several 
localising  conditions. 

(Signed]  "  SHAFTESBURY, 

"EowiN  CHADWICK, 
"T.  SOUTHWOOD  SMITH. 

"  WHITEHALL,  7  April  18,52." 

They  therefore  were  decided  that  yellow  fever  was 
not  contagious.  Blair  held  the  same  view  strongly. 
He  went  so  far  as  to  inoculate  the  conjunctiva  of 
healthy  persons  with  the  mucus  taken  from  the  con- 
junctiva of  persons  suffering  from  yellow  fever — in  no 
instance  was  yellow  fever  contracted.  He  mentions 
numerous  cases  where  nurses  had  become  smeared 
with  the  black  vomit  of  patients  and  suffered  no  ill 


108    BEAUPERTHUY   ON  TRADITION   IN  MEDICINE 

effect,  also  numerous  cases  in  which  the  wives  of 
yellow  fever  patients  slept  in  the  same  bed,  or  cases 
in  which  a  patient,  through  lack  of  space,  was  placed 
in  the  cot  newly  vacated  by  a  yellow  fever  case 
that  had  died.  In  no  instance  was  yellow  fever 
contracted. 

In  1793  Dr.  Firth  of  Philadelphia  inoculated  his 
arm  with  the  blood  taken  from  a  yellow  fever  patient. 
He  also  drank  some  of  the  black  vomit.  No  ill  effect 
followed.  According  to  Professor  Harrison,1  a  Dr.  May 
dropped  some  black  vomit  into  his  eyes  and  did  not 
get  the  fever.  Since  that  period  all  these  experiments, 
with  many  more  besides,  have  been  re-made,  with  the 
like  negative  effect,  showing  that  the  secretions,  the 
bedding,  and  the  clothes  did  not  convey  infection. 
But  how,  then,  was  the  infection  conveyed  ?  Beau- 
perthuy,  as  we  have  seen,  tried  to  explain  it,  and 
succeeded  half  way— the  mosquito  conveyed  the  virus, 
but  he  failed  to  observe  that  the  mosquito  got  its 
virus  from  infected  man.  He  supposed  that  it  obtained 
it  from  decomposing  matter.  Just  as  Ross  furnished 
the  clue  in  the  case  of  the  anophelines,  so  Reed,  Carroll, 
Agramonte,  and  Lazear  solved  the  question  in  the 
case  of  the  stegomyia.  Beauperthuy's  contention  that 
the  mosquito  obtained  its  poison  from  the  soil  fitted 
in  with  the  views  then  firmly  held  of  the  local  origin 
of  the  disease.  It  was  noted  over  and  over  again  how 
the  disease  clung  to  certain  places  and  houses.  With 
the  view  of  throwing  light  upon  the  local  origin  of  the 
disease,  more  especially  in  the  case  of  graveyards  which 

1  Loc,  cit. 


HARRISON  AND   MOXLY  109 

had  been  used  to  bury  yellow  fever  cases,  Professor 
Harrison,  now  of  British  Guiana,  and  Mr.  Sutton 
Moxly,  Chaplain  of  the  Forces,  both  then  in  Barbados, 
undertook  a  series  of  experiments  to  test  by  inoculation 
in  the  lower  animals  whether  the  mould  of  yellow  fever 
graves  was  infective  or  not.  The  experiments  were 
also  an  answer  to  observations  made  by  Dr.  Freire  of 
Rio,  to  the  effect  that  the  soil  from  burials  spread  the 
disease.  Harrison  and  Moxly's  experiments  showed 
that  so  far  as  small  animals  were  concerned  the  soil 
was  non-infectious. 

The  most  interesting  observation  of  these  two  early 
investigators  was  the  following  pregnant  statement : 

"  The  theory  that  we  believe,  in  view  of  all  the 
apparently  contradictory  facts  of  the  case,  to  be  the 
most  reasonable,  and  that,  if  not  generally  accepted 
now,  will  be  when  the  history  of  the  disease  is 
thoroughly  known,  and  when  the  apparently  contra- 
dictory facts  are  compared,  and  given  each  their  due 
weight,  is  that  yellow  fever  is  a  highly  contagious 
disease,  but  that  the  germs,  whatever  they  may  be, 
require  some  time  and  suitable  opportunity  for  their 
development  before  they  can  reproduce  themselves  in 
another  body ;  and  that  thus  the  disease  is  not  at  least 
generally  communicable  from  a  sick  person  to  another 
who  may  be  in  ever  so  close  proximity  to  him.' 

Surely  this  is  an  extraordinary  coincidence — Beau- 
perthuy  certain  that  it  was  a  mosquito  that  trans- 
ferred the  poison,  Harrison  equally  convinced  that  that 
poison  required  some  time  and  suitable  opportunity 
to  develop  itself  outside  the  body  before  it  could  infect. 


110     BEAUPERTHUY   ON   TRADITION   IN   MEDICINE 

Yes !  British  Guiana  can  compete  on  equal  terms 
with  Cuba  for  the  honour  of  having  paved  the  way 
to  the  epoch-making  discovery,  and  all  honour  to  the 
great  clinician  and  the  young  professor  and  his  clerical 
companion  who,  with  the  simplest  instruments,  got  so 
near  the  truth.  L.  H.  R.  Carter,  of  the  Marine 
Hospital  Service,  had  also  drawn  attention  to  the 
curious  "  extrinsic "  period  of  incubation  of  yellow 
fever,  that  is  to  say,  to  the  remarkable  fact  that  an 
interval  existed  between  infected  and  secondary  cases — 
the  interval  being,  as  we  now  know,  the  latent  period 
which  the  virus  passes  in  the  stegomyia.  It  is  clear 
that  Harrison  and  Carter  were  both  thinking  alike. 


CHAPTER   XI 

HISTORICAL  SURVEY  OF  YELLOW  FEVER.  ITS  DESTRUC- 
TIVE SPREAD  AXD  MORTALITY  DURING  THE  SEVEN- 
TEENTH TO  EIGHTEENTH  CENTURIES 

FASCINATING  as  is  the  study  of  malaria,  both  historically 
and  scientifically,  nevertheless  that  of  yellow  fever  is 
even  still  more  so,  as  I  shall  endeavour  to  show. 

Whilst  we  read  how  malaria  dogged  the  footsteps 
of  our  forces  in  the  Netherlands,  so  yellow  fever  was 
the  disease  in  the  days  of  the  buccaneers,  and  later 
of  our  regular  troops  at  a  period  in  our  history  when 
we  were  engaged  in  conquering  in  the  West  Indies 
and  on  the  Spanish  Main,  which  time  and  time  again 
swept  our  pioneers  and  soldiers  away  just  as  so  many 
flies.  Before  we  had  ventured  into  these  waters  the 
terror  of  yellow  fever  was  well  known  to  the  Spanish, 
Portuguese,  French,  and  Dutch  settlers  ;  it  was  recog- 
nised as  the  "  disease  of  the  Conqnistadores" 

How  often,  in  wandering  through  the  West  Indies, 
one  meets  with  an  obelisk  or  an  isolated  tombstone  or 
a  disused  churchyard,  all  telling  how  our  own  con- 
quistadores,  our  own  soldiers,  met  their  death,  not 
at  the  hands  of  a  warlike  enemy,  but,  as  we  now 

in 


112      HISTORICAL  SURVEY   OF  YELLOW   FEVER 

know,  vanquished  by  the  sting  of  an  insignificant 
insect ;  and  thousands  so  perished,  as  the  following 
official  narratives  attest. 

Blair,  in  an  account  of  the  yellow  fever  epidemic 
of  Georgetown,  1850,  quotes  as  follows  from  the  Report 
of  the  Medical  Inspector  of  the  West  Indian  Command 
for  the  years  1837-41. 

"About  the  end  of  August  fever  began  to  appear 
amongst  the  non-commissioned  officers  and  privates  : 
out  of  32  attacked,  15  died.  Intermittent  fever  was 
at  the  same  time  very  prevalent :  1,435  cases  came 
under  treatment. 

"  In  Trinidad,  in  May  1838,  fever  occurred  among 
the  troops  at  St.  James's  and  St.  Joseph's  :  15  died 
out  of  109  treated.  A  draft  of  young  Irishmen,  just 
then  arrived,  suffered  most. 

"  In  Dominica  this  year  (1837),  out  of  65  cases  of 
yellow  fever  admitted  into  the  hospital,  21  died.  Nearly 
all  the  officers  had  the  disease  and  died.  In  this 
epidemic,  hemorrhage  from  the  gums  and  throat  was 
common ;  black  vomit  set  in  about  thirteen  hours 
before  death. 

"  In  Trinidad,  1837,  at  St.  Joseph's,  19  men  of  the 
detachment  there  died  of  fever. 

"  Grenada  about  the  same  time  was  severely  visited 
by  fever. 

"  At  Port  Frederick,  out  of  14  men  of  the  Royal 
Artillery  11  were  attacked,  of  whom  C  died.  At 
Richmond  Hill,  out  of  207  of  the  70th  Regiment, 
61  were  attacked,  14  died.  Fever  raged  amongst  the 
civil  population,  both  white  and  black ;  even  the  ac- 
climatised by  no  means  escaped ;  the  crews  of  the 
shipping  suffered  severely. 


MORTALITY   IN  WEST   INDIES  113 

"  In  Barbados,  1837-8,  in  November  and  December, 
yellow  fever  prevailed  amongst  the  inhabitants  of 
Bridgetown  and  proved  very  fatal.  The  troops  then 
were  healthy.  In  the  beginning  of  January,  1839,  the 
disease  appeared  in  the  52nd  Regiment,  which  in  the 
November  preceding  had  arrived  from  Gibraltar ;  of 
37  admitted  into  hospital  G  died.  The  officers  of  the 
regiment  suffered  in  a  greater  proportion.  Of  10  attacked 
3  died ;  12  was  the  whole  number  in  barracks.  It 
is  remarkable  that  every  individual  who  had  any  duty 
to  perform  requiring  his  presence  in  the  orderly  room, 
which  was  in  the  officers'  barracks  (previously  con- 
sidered healthy),  was  attacked  with  fever ;  and  also 
that  few  escaped  who  occupied  the  adjoining  lower 
rooms ;  thus,  of  24  persons  connected  with  this  part 
of  the  building,  only  2  females  and  4  young  children 
escaped  the  disease.  The  building  was  vacated,  the 
floor  taken  up — nothing  offensive  was  found  under- 
neath. 

"  In  the  quarter  ending  June  30th  there  was  an 
average  of  39  deaths  out  of  every  123  cases.  The 
inhabitants  at  the  time  were  reported  healthy,  as  also 
the  seamen  and  the  troops  in  Berbice  and  at  the  out- 
stations.  The  weather  was  described  as  particularly 
fine.  • 

"  In  St.  Vincent,  in  the  same  quarter,  yellow  fever 
was  very  destructive  amongst  the  troops  ;  out  of  310 
(the  total  strength  of  the  white  troops)  241  cases 
occurred,  54  died  ;  out  of  18  officers,  the  whole  in  the 
garrison,  9  were  attacked,  4  died. 

"  In  St.  Lucia,  from  the  middle  of  August  to  the 
end  of  September,  the  troops  at  Morne  Fortune  suffered 
from  fever  ;  out  of  134  white  troops  93  were  attacked, 
20  died.  The  inhabitants  suffered  even  more  ;  amongst 

8 


114     HISTORICAL   SURVEY   OF   YELLOW   FEVER 

them  the  disease  appeared  in  the  early  part  of  July. 
The  weather  was  unusually  dry  and  hot.  About  the 
same  time  fever  was  severe  and  destructive  amongst 
the  inhabitants  of  St.  John's,  Antigua.  The  troops 
in  the  island  escaped  the  disease. 

"  In  the  quarter  ending  December  31,  1839,  fever 
prevailed  amongst  the  troops  in  Barbados  ;  it  was  fatal, 
and  obtained  chiefly  in  the  brick  barracks.  It  first 
appeared  amongst  the  respectable  inhabitants  in  the 
early  part  of  October,  and  about  the  end  of  the 
month  became  prevalent  in  the  garrison.  The  hospital 
sergeant  and  orderlies  of  the  52nd  Regiment  were 
amongst  the  first  taken  ill ;  then  the  families  of  the 
married  men ;  then  the  troops  in  the  barracks.  The 
disease  broke  out  amongst  the  troops  on  the  ships, 
and  even  in  Trinidad  (March  1846)  fever  prevailed  ; 
402  cases  occurred,  13  died. 

"  In  Tobago,  during  the  same  quarter  (1846),  62 
were  attacked  with  fever  out  of  71,  8  died. 

"  In  St.  Kitts,  out  of  8  attacked  4  died. 

"In  the  same  year  7  fatal  cases  of  fever  occurred 
amongst  the  troops  in  Berbice,  5  in  Trinidad,  24  in 
St.  Kitts,  out  of  90  attacked. 

"In  the  following  quarter  (1840),  at  St.  Kitts,  there 
were  10  deaths  from  fever  out  of  a  garrison  of  33 
attacked  ;  the  civil  inhabitants  suffered  as  well  as  the 
troops.  During  the  twelve  months  ending  March  31, 
the  deaths  from  fever  at  Brimstone  Hill,  St.  Kitts,  were 
49,  which  was  a  large  proportion  of  the  garrison." 

Again,  in  the  year  1847,  during  a  severe  epidemic  in 
Georgetown,  Demerara,  Surgeon-General  Blair  wrote  : 

"  Within  the  trenches  aquatic  larvae  and  exuviae 
abounded,  and  over  them  clouds  of  mosquitos  and 


SIXTY-NINE   PER  CENT.   MORTALITY  115 

sandflies.  Such  was  the  condition  of  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  Military  Grounds  during  the  epidemic. 
These  particulars  were  noted  by  me  more  especially 
in  1840,  in  consequence  of  a  reference  being  made  to 
me  by  His  Excellency  the  Governor,  with  a  view  to 
reply  to  a  dispatch  from  the  Right  Hon.  the  Secretary 
at  War  regarding  the  question  why  in  a  few  months 
69  per  cent,  of  all  the  white  troops  had  perished.  In 
close  proximity  and  to  leeward  of  the  marsh  stood  the 
Military  Hospital.  It  is  said  that  almost  every  case 
admitted  to  this  hospital  during  the  epidemic  became 
yellow  fever,  no  matter  what  the  ailment  on  admission  ; 
and  it  ultimately  became  such  a  terror  to  the  soldiers 
that  the  utmost  difficulty  was  experienced  in  persuading 
them  to  enter  it  when  sick." 

And  again  we  read  : 

"  Fergusson  tells  us  how  the  troops  at  St.  Domingo, 
after  disembarking,  one  and  all  suffered.  At  the  com- 
mencement of  the  epidemic  a  census  was  taken  of  the 
inhabitants,  and  they  and  the  newly  arrived  soldiers 
totalled  equal  numbers  at  the  conclusion  of  the  epidemic. 
1,500  soldiers — that  is,  the  original  complement  of  the 
men — had  perished.  No  wonder  we  read  about  a  general 
who  lost  his  reason  when  he  saw,  in  spite  of  all  his 
efforts  for  their  wellbeing,  his  men  struck  down  by 
hundreds  by  invisible  bullets.  In  the  words  of  Blair, 
so  persistently  did  yellow  fever  dog  the  footsteps  of  the 
early  European  pioneers,  whether  on  plunder  or  con- 
quest bent,  that  it  seemed  as  if  the  European  carried 
something  upon  his  person  which,  coming  in  contact 
with  the  tropical  atmosphere,  lit  up  a  conflagration. 
The  moment,  wrote  Prescott,  a  town  is  founded,  or  a 


116     HISTORICAL   SURVEY  OF   YELLOW   FEVER 

commercial  centre  created,  it  is  certain  to  cause  the 
explosion  of  the  latent  malignity  of  the  poison  in 
the  air." 


No  wonder,  then,  that  around  such  a  disease,  magic 
and  mystery  were  freely  invoked  to  account  for  it. 
Yes,  and  little  wonder  that  to-day  may  still  be  found 
surviving  some  old  practitioners  of  medicine  who 
cannot  shake  the  juju  off  and  will  take  you  to  see 
a  "  yellow  fever  house " — a  house  haunted  with  the 
yellow  fever  pestilential  miasm  of  former  generations, 
and  in  which,  if  you  reside,  you  will  surely  get  yellow 
fever  ! 

Just  as  in  the  case  of  malaria,  so  in  this  disease : 
miasms — the  chemical  reactions  arising  from  the  union  of 
salt  water  with  fresh — were  considered  an  ideal  explana- 
tion, for  it  fitted  in  with  appearances.  Our  tropical 
seaports  were  attacked  by  yellow  fever,  and  in  these 
tropical  seaports  it  invariably  happened  that  the  in- 
coming salt-water  tides  met  with  the  outflowing  fresh 
water  of  the  tropical  river  or  the  water  of  the  lagoon ; 
and  it  was  to  that  natural  phenomenon  that  wise  men 
attributed  a  chemical  reaction  and  the  engendering  of 
a  "  fibrilifying  influence."  The  "  fibrilifying  influence  " 
was  described  as  a  terrestrial  poison  which  a  high  atmo- 
spheric heat  generates  amongst  the  newly  arrived. 
The  frequent  outbreak  of  yellow  fever  on  board  ships 
led  to  a  host  of  theories  which  are  amongst  the  most 
absurd  of  the  modern  period  of  the  history  of  medicine, 
only  finding  their  parallel  away  back  in  the  days  of 
alchemy  and  witchcraft.  The  outbreaks  on  board  ship 


YELLOW   FEVER  AND   SHIPS  117 

were  described  as  spontaneous.     The  cargo  was  blamed ; 
it  might  have  been  green  logs  from  Sierra  Leone  or 
logwood  from  Honduras.     But  the  majority  of  authori- 
ties laid  the  blame  to  ballast,  especially  shingles,  gravel, 
mud  or  sand.     The  ballast  was  more  often  than  not 
wet  when  put  in,  or  made  so  by  the  drippings  from 
the  fresh-water  tanks  stored  on  board.     The  pestiferous 
emanations  from  bilge  water,  mixed  with  the  ballast 
in  all  the  forms  in  which  it  was  encountered  in  the 
days  of  sailing   ships,  were  supposed   to  be  the   chief 
cause,  and  very  numerous  examples  of  this   are  given 
in  the  "Report  on  Yellow  Fever,"  General  Board  of 
Health,  London,  1852.      Quite  recently  Dr.  Manning 
of  Barbados  has  reviewed    a  considerable   number   of 
these  instances  to  support  the  view  which  he  shares, 
and   which,  as   we   now   see,   were  the   views   of  the 
school    of   miasms,    fibrilifying    influences,    concatena- 
tions, in  the  days  before  science  had  given  us  the  true 
explanation.     The  persistence  of  views  like  these  to-day 
shows  in  a  very  marked  degree  how  hard  it  is  to  kill 
tradition    and    superstition    in    our    profession.       The 
explanation  of  all  these  so-called  "spontaneous"  out- 
breaks on   board  ship    has    been    admirably    given  by 
Dr.  Le  Bceuf   and  by  other  American  writers  of  the 
past  few  years.     A  little   thought   will   show  at  once 
that   yellow   fever   has   almost  disappeared  from  ships 
since  wooden  vessels  were  replaced  by  iron  steamships. 
In  the  old  days  before  a  steam  condensing  plant,  fresh 
water  was  carried  in  numerous  casks  which  were  more 
often  than  not  leaky,  the  fresh  water  was  taken  in  at 
the  ports  of  call,  and  no  doubt  contained  innumerable 


118     HISTORICAL   SURVEY   OF  YELLOW  FEVER 

stegomyia  larva?  and  eggs  which  developed  during  the 
voyage  into  the  winged  insect.  The  ship  then  became 
like  a  house  in  a  yellow  fever  town  ;  the  particular 
species  of  mosquito — the  stegomyia — was  there.  All 
then  that  was  necessary  to  light  up  an  epidemic  on 
board  was  that  a  labourer  or  some  one  from  shore 
suffering  from  the  disease  should  come  aboard,  or  that 
a  member  of  the  ship's  crew  should  go  ashore  and 
contract  the  disease.  Soon  after  the  ship  would  sail 
and  he  would  naturally  develop  the  disease,  and  pre- 
sently every  mosquito  in  the  whole  ship  would  become 
infected  ;  and  then  most  of  the  crew  would  be  down 
with  yellow  fever.  There  is  no  necessity  to  search  for 
a  miasm  nor  to  ask  us  to  discover  a  sea  mosquito,  as 
Dr.  Manning  suggests,  for  an  explanation  of  this  now 
well-known  fact.  That  the  stegomyia  can  and  does 
develop  in  fresh  water  on  shipboard  in  warm  latitudes 
as  easily  as  it  can  ashore  is  now  well  known,  and  if  it 
can  transmit  yellow  fever  ashore,  it  certainly  can  do  so 
on  board  ship,  which  is  to  all  intents  and  purposes  a  float- 
ing house.  But  no,  in  spite  of  all  these  explanations, 
tradition  and  yellow  fever  houses  andjnju  still  cling. 

Although  yellow  fever  and  malaria  have  been 
usually  bracketed  close  to  one  another  (and  as  we  now 
know  there  was  a  reason  for  so  doing,  for  they  are  both 
mosquito-carried),  yet  Blair  recognised  the  very  great 
difference  which  existed  between  malaria  and  yellow 
fever  from  the  point  of  view  of  aetiology,  for  he  states  : 

"  It  is  remarkable  that  some  of  the  most  destructive 
outbreaks  of  yellow  fever  have  occurred  amongst  the 


THE  CONQUISTADORES  AND  YELLOW  FEVER     119 

troops  at  stations  where  intermittent  fever  is  almost 
unknown  as  indigenous :  for  instance,  Brimstone  Hill  in 
St.  Kitts  ;  Fort  Charlotte  in  St.  Vincent ;  St.  Ann  in 
Barbados  ;  and  vice  versa,  those  colonies  in  which  ague 
are  most  common  have  been  least  frequently  visited 
by  yellow  fever — e.g.  Demerara  and  Berbice." 

The  reason  for  this  difference  is  now  quite  clear.  The 
life-story  of  the  anopheles  and  the  stegomyia  is  quite 
different ;  the  one  is  an  earth-pool  breeder,  the  other 
a  domestic  drinking-water-barrel  or  odd  drinking-water- 
receptacle  breeder.  The  one  therefore  is  much  depend- 
ent upon  the  rains  or  upon  permanent  springs  and 
marshes,  the  other  chiefly  dependent  upon  the  hand  of 
man,  who  provides  the  receptacle  and  fills  it  with 
the  drinking  water  necessary  for  the  use  of  his  house- 
hold. 

Histoj'y. — There  is  every  reason  for  supposing  that 
yellow  fever  is  one  of  the  very  old  diseases  of  mankind 
in  the  New  World.  It  is  stated  that  it  was  known  to 
the  Aztecs  under  the  name  of  matlazahualt,  and  accord- 
ing to  Humboldt  it  existed  as  early  as  the  eleventh 
century. 

Amongst  old  Spanish  writers  who  refer  to  this 
disease  may  be  mentioned  Oviedo,  who  in  his  "  Historia 
General  de  las  Indias  "  describes  the  great  mortality 
among  the  followers  of  Columbus  in  1494.  This  mor- 
tality he  attributes  to  the  humidity  of  St.  Domingo, 
but  in  every  probability  it  was  yellow  fever.  So 
bad  were  the  reports  which  reached  Spain,  that 
Ferdinand  V.  had  to  send  out  300  convicts  to  the 
island  as  there  were  no  volunteers. 


120     HISTORICAL   SURVEY   OF  YELLOW  FEVER 

Columbus  in  1498,  in  writing  to  the  King  of  Spain 
upon  the  sickness  of  his  men,  attributed  their  illness 
to  "  peculiarities  in  the  air  and  water  "  in  the  new  land. 
No  doubt  the  peculiarity  was  the  mosquito. 

In  the  sixteenth  century  yellow  fever  is  said  to  have 
decimated  the  Mexicans.  But  the  first  authentic 
history  of  an  epidemic  of  yellow  fever  was  furnished  by 
Jean  Terreyra  de  Rosa  at  Olinda  in  Brazil  in  the  year 
1687. 

Fere  Dutertre,  1635,  appears  to  have  been  the  first 
to  furnish  details  of  the  symptoms  and  progress  of  the 
disease  in  the  West  Indies.  He  regarded  it  as  a  new 
disease. 

Pere  Labat,  whose  name  is  well  known  in  connec- 
tion with  yellow  fever,  found  on  landing  in  Martinique 
in  the  year  1649,  the  disease  raging  in  the  island,  the 
monks  of  the  religious  order  stationed  there  being 
severely  afflicted.  The  learned  father  stated  that  the 
disease  was  called  "  the  Maladie  de  Siam,"  because 
in  Martinique  they  supposed  that  it  was  imported  from 
Siam  by  the  ship  Oriflamme.  As,  however,  this  ship 
called  at  Brazilian  ports  on  the  voyage,  it  is  much  more 
probable  that  either  the  crew  became  infected  there 
or  that  infected  mosquitos  wrere  carried  away.  Accord- 
ing to  Bancroft  the  disease  existed  in  St.  Domingo  in 
1731.  Old  writers  upon  yellow  fever  frequently  refer 
to  the  West  Coast  of  Africa  as  being  the  original 
source  of  the  disease.1 

Thus  Dr.  Chisholm  believed  that  yellow  fever  was 

1  Dr.  Le  Bceuf,  in   interesting  notes  on    "History  of  Yellow   Fever," 
published  in  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Jcuinal,  1C05. 


BULAM   FEVER  121 

first  introduced  into  the  AVest  Indies  in  1793,  when 
Grenada  became  infected  from  the  remarkable  ship 
Hankcy,  which  had  come  from  Bulam  in  West  Africa. 
On  account  of  this  supposed  origin  of  yellow  fever  it  is 
sometimes  called  Bulam  fever.  Evidence,  however, 
points  the  other  way,- — that  in  fact  it  was  a  very  preva- 
lent disease  in  the  New  World,  stretching  from  Mexico 
down  through  Central  America  to  Brazil.  Brazil  appears, 
then,  to  have  been  the  centre  from  which  it  radiated  out 
to  the  West  Indies.  As  I  have  stated  before,  the  early 
Conquistadores  suffered  from  it,  the  Latin  races  of  the 
Old  World  being  therefore  the  first  to  make  its  acquaint- 
ance during  the  time  they  were  occupied  in  pushing 
civilisation  into  the  then  newly  discovered  continent. 

In  Cuba  yellow  fever  was  probably  known  as  the 
Pest  or  Epidemic  of  Havana  as  early  as  1620.  The 
first  authentic  description  of  the  black  vomit  in 
Havana  was  furnished  by  Dr.  Thomas  Romay  in  the 
year  1761. 

In  the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth  century  the 
disease,  from  its  appearance  in  various  parts  of  Spanish 
America  under  the  name  of  vomito  prieto,  attracted 
much  attention,  and  it  is  particularly  referred  to  by  the 
historian  Ulloa,  who  resided  for  some  years  in  that 
country.  The  word  pricto  appears  to  be  the  Portuguese 
or  nearly  obsolete  Spanish  term  for  black.  In  Spanish 
the  word  negro  is  now  universally  substituted.  A 
small  pamphlet  of  sixty-two  pages  by  a  Dr.  Gastel- 
bondo,  written  at  Carthagena  (S.A.)  in  1753  and 
printed  at  Madrid  in  1755,  was  probably  the  first  work 
cxprofesso  on  the  black  vomit  as  it  appeared  in  South 


122     HISTORICAL   SURVEY   OF  YELLOW   FEVER 

America.  He  gives  his  experience  of  the  disease  during 
forty  years.  He  says  on  the  title  page  that  he  is  about 
to  write  about  a  disease  of  frequent  occurrence  in  that 
part  of  the  world,  mentions  change  of  climate  and  mode 
of  living  among  some  of  the  causes  of  the  disease  in 
new-comers,  and  says  that  the  natives  of  Carthagena, 
Vera  Cruz,  etc.,  were  not  subject  to  attacks  of  the  true 
black  vomit  fever,  though  liable  to  the  "  Chapetonada," 
a  disease  resembling  it  in  some  respects. 

From  its  home  in  Central  and  South  America  we 
find  yellow  fever  carried  into  other  latitudes  along  the 
trade  routes  or  by  the  returning  soldiers.  Time  was 
when  Baltimore,  Philadelphia,  Boston,  and  the  Southern 
States  of  Mississippi,  Louisiana,  Tennessee  were  ravaged 
by  yellow  fever ;  this  was  the  period  when  there  was 
an  extensive  and  unguarded  trade  intercourse  with  the 
West  Indies  and  Central  America.  A  mortality  of 
50  to  60  per  cent,  of  the  population  was  often  recorded 
in  those  days. 

"  It  seems  strange,"  writes  Gilkrest,  referring  to  the 
epidemic  at  Cadiz,  "  that  writers  should  have  over- 
looked the  remarkable  epidemics  at  that  place  in  the 
years  1730,  1731,  and  1736,  recorded  by  different 
authorities,  the  two  first  being  very  particularly  noticed 
by  Villalba  in  his  curious  work  '  Epidemilogia  Espanola.' 
It  seems  equally  extraordinary  that  those  writers  should 
have  overlooked  the  black  vomit  epidemic  which  pre- 
vailed in  Spain  previous  to  those  of  Cadiz  and  Malaga." 

Race  Susceptibility. — The  Latin  races  are  perhaps 
those  which  are  considered  to  be  the  most  liable  to 


RACIAL   PREDISPOSITION  123 

yellow  fever.  Thus  in  British  Guiana  Dr.  Walbridge 
gave  it  as  his  opinion  that  the  most  predisposed  were 
the  Norwegians,  Danes,  Germans,  and  Portuguese,  the 
latter  being  so  greatly  predisposed  that  their  emigration 
from  Madeira  was  prohibited  for  a  time.  One  of  the 
reasons  why  the  Latin  races  are  regarded  as  more 
susceptible  comes  no  doubt  from  the  fact  that  these 
races  inhabit  the  yellow  fever  zones.  They  were  the 
first  settlers  and  were  the  first  to  suffer.  But  in  the 
days  when  large  bodies  of  British  troops  were  stationed 
in  the  West  Indies,  they  suffered  to  a  terrible  extent, 
as  we  have  already  seen.  There  may,  however,  be 
some  reason  for  the  Latin  races  appearing  to  suffer 
more  than  the  other  races,  and  that  is  this :  in  my 
experience  I  have  obtained  the  impression  that  in  the 
houses,  yards,  and  gardens  kept  by  the  Portuguese, 
Spanish  or  French,  there  are  more  water-containers  of 
all  kinds  for  storing  the  drinking  water  and  washing 
water  for  the  clothes,  water  for  the  poultry  and 
domestic  animals.  The  houses  of  the  Latin  people 
appear  to  me  always  to  have  more  children,  domestic 
animals,  chickens,  etc.,  about  than  the  houses  of  the 
natives  or  those  of  the  English  residents.  So,  therefore, 
the  question  may  be  simply  that  of  providing  the 
largest  number  of  breeding  places,  and,  reasoning  from 
the  analogy  of  fleas  and  rats,  this  seems  to  be  the 
simplest  explanation. 

The  black  race  has  been  said  to  enjoy  a  remarkable 
immunity.  This  is,  however,  far  from  the  case.  The 
greatest  observers  have  pointed  out  how  time  and  time 
again  they  suffer  equally  with  the  white  races  ;  the 


124     HISTORICAL   SURVEY   OF   YELLOW  FEVER 

most  recent  epidemic  in  Barbados  is  an  example  of 
this.  Examples  are  also  cited  by  Blair  and  in  the 
1852  Commission's  Report. 

From  the  earliest  times  yellow  fever  has  been 
described  as  the  disease  of  the  unacclirnatised,  the 
disease  of  the  new  arrival ;  for  that  very  reason  it  was 
thought  that  as  every  new  arrival  must  sooner  or  later 
get  it,  the  sooner  it  was  got  over  the  better,  and  with 
this  kind  of  reasoning  the  native  inhabitants  folded 
their  arms  and  did  nothing.  It  was  the  young  soldiers 
and  merchants  who  suffered  in  the  old  days,  and  to-day 
in  many  parts  of  the  world,  as  in  the  Amazon,  it  is  the 
young  merchants  who  fall  to  the  disease. 

The  explanation  is  that  the  native,  be  he  black  or 
white,  has  no  natural  immunity,  but  he  has  acquired 
immunity  through  having  had  an  attack  of  the  disease, 
most  probably  in  childhood.  He  survives,  and  is  in  conse- 
quence immune.  When,  therefore,  a  case  of  yellow  fever 
is  imported  into  a  district  and  infects  the  stegomyias, 
those  who  succumb  are  naturally  the  non-immunes, 
that  is,  the  new  arrivals.  But  let  it  be  now  observed 
that  with  the  increase  of  sanitation  and  the  diminution 
of  mosquitos,  brought  about  as  described  in  a  previous 
chapter,  yellow  fever  has  become  rarer  in  the  yellow 
fever  zone  of  the  wrorld.  This  means  that  the  immunising 
process  which  used  to  occur  in  the  old  days  no  longer 
takes  place  now,  and  every  year  adds  to  the  number 
of  native  non-immunes  ;  they  no  longer  get  the  oppor- 
tunity of  acquiring  the  disease.  In  other  words,  the 
black  has  now  become  as  susceptible  as  the  latest  white 
arrival  to  yellow  fever.  This  is,  at  any  rate,  my 


PERIODICITY  125 

interpretation  of  why  the  native  Barbadian  is  suffering 
from  yellow  fever  equally  with  the  new  arrivals. 

Periodicity. — This  has  been  referred  to  by  many 
writers,  and  it  is  often  stated  that  in  the  case  of 
Barbados  the  island  is  visited  at  intervals  of  thirteen 
years.  Here  again  the  coincidence  is  probably  de- 
pendent upon  the  creation  of  a  larger  susceptible 
population  during  the  interval  of  freedom  from  disease, 
the  immunes  having  diminished  in  the  meantime 
through  natural  causes,  as  by  death. 


CHAPTER   XII 

DISCOVERY  OF  THE  MODE  OF  TRANSMISSION  OF  YELLOW 
FEVER  AND  PLAN  OF  CAMPAIGN  AGAINST  THE  MOSQUITO 

YELLOW  FEVER 
SCIENTIFIC  FACTS  RECORDED  IN  CONNECTION  WITH  YELLOW  FEVER 

YELLOW  fever  is  an  exceedingly  good  example  of  a 
disease  in  which,  although  up  to  date  the  actual 
parasite  or  agent  which  produces  the  disease  has  not 
been  conclusively  demonstrated  as  in  the  case  of 
malaria,  sleeping  sickness,  Malta  fever,  tuberculosis, 
and  numerous  other  infectious  diseases,  nevertheless 
certain  other  facts  in  connection  with  the  disease 
have  been  so  convincingly  proved  that  from  the 
administrative  side,  that  is  from  the  prophylaxis 
point  of  view,  there  is  not  the  trace  of  a  doubt  as  to 
how  the  disease  can  be  prevented  or  what  are  the 
conditions  which  make  it  quite  impossible  for  it  to 
spread. 

The  prevention  of  yellow  fever  is  one  of  the  most 
brilliant  triumphs  of  modern  prophylaxis.  The  founda- 
tion of  exact  yellow  fever  prophylaxis  was  laid  in 
June  1900  by  Army  Surgeons  Reed,  Carroll,  Agra- 

126 


FlG.    23. A   PROPERLY    SCREENED    CISTERN,    NEW    ORLEANS. 

p.  126] 


FINLAY  AND  CARTER  127 

monte,  and  Lazear,  who  were  sent  to  Cuba  to  study 
yellow  fever.  In  Havana  these  observers  found  that 
already  Dr.  C.  J.  Finlay  had,  as  early  as  1881, 
enunciated  the  theory  in  no  uncertain  manner  of  the 
propagation  of  yellow  fever  by  the  mosquito ;  and, 
influenced  both  by  this  fact  and,  as  they  state,  also 
by  the  brilliant  work  of  Ross  and  the  Italian  observers 
in  connection  with  the  propagation  of  malaria  by  the 
mosquito,  as  well  as  by  certain  observations  of  Carter, 
they  determined  to  experimentally  investigate  this 
line  of  research.  The  results  obtained  by  them  were 
most  conclusive.  In  the  same  year  the  Liverpool 
School  of  Tropical  Medicine  dispatched  Drs.  Walter 
Myers  and  Durham  to  study  the  disease  at  Para ; 
France  followed  immediately  (late  in  1901)  with  an 
expedition  composed  of  Drs.  Marchoux,  Salimbini, 
and  Simond,  which  made  Rio  its  headquarters.  In 
1903  a  yellow  fever  working  party  composed  of 
Rosenau,  Beyer,  Parker,  Pothier,  and  Francis  was 
sent  by  the  Public  Health  and  Marine  Hospital 
Service  to  study  the  transmission  of  yellow  fever  at 
Vera  Cruz.  Lastly,  in  1905  the  Liverpool  School 
of  Tropical  Medicine  established  for  a  second  time  a 
Yellow  Fever  Laboratory  at  Para  under  the  direction 
of  Dr.  Thomas,  assisted  by  Dr.  Breinl.  The  conclusions 
arrived  at  by  these  commissions,  as  well  as  by  Dr. 
Guiteras  in  Havana  and  Drs.  Lutz,  Ribas,  Barreto 
de  Barros,  and  Rodriques  in  Brazil,  have  all  fully 
confirmed  the  original  observations  of  Reed,  Agramonte, 
Carroll,  and  Lazear,  and  have  proved  that  the  Stegomyia 
calopus  is  the  sole  transmitter  of  the  disease.  The 


128    MODE   OF  TRANSMISSION  OF   YELLOW  FEVER 

enthusiasm  and  devotion  of  this  army  of  workers  are 
shown  by  the  fact  that  a  very  large  number  of  the 
workers  suffered  themselves  from  the  disease,  and 
that  Walter  Myers  and  Lazear  succumbed.  Reed, 
one  of  the  most  brilliant  of  this  group,  unfortunately 
died  at  Washington  from  appendicitis  in  1902,  hardly 
before  he  had  had  time  to  witness  the  beneficial  results 
of  his  remarkable  labours.  For  although  no  observer 
succeeded  in  microscopically  demonstrating  the  parasite, 
whatever  it  may  be,  they  proved  firstly,  as  others  had 
done,  that  neither  the  vomit  nor  the  clothes  of  the 
patient  were  infective ;  they  further  proved  (and  this 
was  new)  that  the  blood  of  the  patient  only  contained 
the  virus  five  days  after  having  been  infected ;  and 
that  if  then  the  patient  was  bitten  by  one  particular 
species  of  mosquito — viz.  the  Stegomyia  calopus,  and  by 
that  species  alone — that  then  after  a  latent  period  of 
three  days  the  stegomyia  became  itself  infected  and 
was  capable  of  transmitting  the  disease  to  man.  I 
know  of  no  parallel  in  the  history  of  medical  science 
of  discoveries  which  appear  at  first  sight  so  incredible 
and  as  to  which,  were  it  not  for  the  equally  marvellous 
success  which  has  followed  acting  upon  them,  we 
might  be  excused  for  retaining  some  measure  of 
sceptical  reserve. 

The  new  doctrine  swept  away  as  if  by  magic  the 
traditional  views,  which  filled  very  many  volumes, 
as  to  the  nature  and  origin  and  prevention  of  yellow 
jack.  Yellow  fever  has,  as  we  have  seen,  been  attri- 
buted to  droughts  and  to  floods,  to  the  pestilential 
"  mangrove  swamp,"  to  high  temperatures,  to  fcecal 


PREJUDICE   AGAINST   EXCAVATING  129 

matters,  to  combinations  and  concatenations  of  atmo- 
spheric circumstances,  to  stone  ballast,  hundreds  of 
tons  of  which  have  been  disinfected  or  thrown  into 
the  sea — theories  every  one  of  which  have  raised 
bitter  controversies  and  have  been  the  cause  during 
epidemics  of  the  loss  of  much  valuable  time.  Even 
to-day  there  exists  in  many  parts  a  very  deep-rooted 
prejudice  against  excavations  and  dredgings  during 
certain  seasons,  notably  in  the  summer  months,  and 
works  of  this  nature,  in  spite  of  their  importance 
and  urgency  in  preserving  the  health  of  the  com- 
munity, are  deferred  for  an  old  tradition,  and  that, 
too,  after  Havana  and  the  Isthmian  Canal  Zone 
have  proved  the  absurdity  of  it.  It  demonstrates, 
however,  that  the  newer  facts  are  not  yet  fully  accepted 
by  a  section  of  the  public,  and  that  those  measures 
against  yellow  fever  which  have  now  been  proved  to 
be  the  only  ones  of  avail,  are  not  fully  adopted.  It  is 
hardly  necessary  to  add  that  in  consequence  valuable 
time  is  lost,  and  lives  and  commerce  sacrificed. 

When  it  is  remembered  that  the  Stegomyia  calopus 
is  present  throughout  the  year,  and  that  in  consequence 
a  town  in  the  tropics  in  the  yellow  fever  zone  may 
be  as  liable  to  infection  in  the  autumn  as  in  the 
summer,  or  in  the  spring,  it  is  obvious  that  if  the 
excavated  or  dredged  material  contained  some  poison 
which  inoculated  the  stegomyia  or  infected  man,  it 
would  be  as  effective  in  the  autumn  as  in  the  summer 
or  spring,  and  dredging  or  excavations  would  be 
equally  harmful  at  any  time  of  the  year  ;  it  would 
be  impossible  to  say,  as  has  been  said,  when  "  digging 

9 


130    MODE  OF  TRANSMISSION  OP  YELLOW  FEVER 

operations  might  be  safely  commenced."  But  there 
is  no  scientific  evidence  whatever,  as  we  have  seen, 
to  show  that  dredged  or  excavated  material  is  infective, 
and  the  prejudice  does  not  appear  to  me  to  be  shared 
by  the  natives.  Dredging  operations  have  been  blamed 
as  the  cause  of  the  outbreak  in  Belize,  but  the  fact 
is  lost  sight  of  that  at  the  same  time  the  fever  had 
declared  itself  in  the  surrounding  Republics,  and  that 
dredging  has  been  carried  on  over  and  over  again 
without  any  epidemic  occurring.  I  lay  stress  on  this 
clinging  to  past  beliefs  because  I  am  convinced  that 
a  great  deal  of  harm  is  done  even  at  the  present  time, 
and  that  the  necessity  for  active  preventive  measures  is 
unfortunately  not  fully  realised. 

Without  a  clear  and  precise  knowledge  of  the 
method  of  transmission  it  is  impossible  for  any  authority 
to  effectively  prevent  or  check  a  disease  like  yellow 
fever,  in  which  scientific  precision,  thoroughness,  and 
immediate  action  are  essential. 

DIFFICULTIES  OF  COMBATING  THE  DISEASE  IN  THE  PAST 

It  can  be  readily  understood  from  the  preceding 
remarks  how  hopeless  and  ineffective  were  the  measures 
of  prevention  used  in  the  past,  and  that,  too,  in  spite 
of  the  fact  that  in  the  more  recent  periods  Listerian 
principles  of  disinfection  were  applied,  carbolic  acid 
and  perchloride  of  mercury  being  freely  used  as  dis- 
infectants. For  instance,  although  Major  Gorgas  had, 
previous  to  the  advent  of  Reed,  Carroll,  Agramonte, 
and  Lazear,  made  a  vast  change  in  the  sanitary  con- 
dition of  Havana,  yellow  fever  was,  nevertheless,  not 


SPECIFIC   PROPHYLAXIS  131 

affected  ;  it  only  ceased  after  employing  methods  directed 
against  the  mosquito,  viz.  fumigation,  screening,  and 
destroying  the  breeding  places  of  the  larva? .  In  Belize, 
during  the  recent  (1905)  epidemic,  cases  of  yellow 
fever  occurred  amongst  the  best-cared -for  class  of 
people  living  in  the  best  residential  houses,  where 
the  sanitary  arrangements  were  excellent. 

In  the  past,  from  want  of  knowledge  of  the  true 
method  of  transmission,  rigorous  house  quarantine 
was  enforced  in  the  epidemic  of  1878  in  New  Orleans, 
and  vast  quantities  of  disinfectant  were  used,  clothing 
and  baggage  were  disinfected  or  destroyed,  but  nothing 
but  the  frost — a  natural  means  of  preventing  the 
activity  and  breeding  of  the  mosquito — stopped  the 
fever.  Ships  have  been  "turned  away  with  the  dying 
on  board,  or  subjected  for  long  periods  to  quarantine, 
thousands  of  tons  of  harmless  stone  ballast  have  been 
thrown  overboard  or  disinfected,  lest  they  should  spread 
contagion. 

The  flood  of  new  light  which  was  thrown  upon 
the  nature  of  yellow  fever  soon  began  to  have  its 
effect.  The  first  great  application  of  the  new  principle 
of  prevention  of  yellow  fever  was  made  at  Havana 
in  1901  by  Major  Gorgas,  under  the  very  able 
administration  of  General  Wood.  The  result  was  a 
complete  success ;  it  has  become  historic,  and  con- 
stitutes the  example  to  every  town  in  the  yellow 
fever  zone  of  the  truth  of  the  doctrine  of  the  mosquito 
transmission  and  the  practicability  of  its  application. 
The  example  has  been  followed,  under  Dr.  Cruz  in 
Rio,  and  Dr.  Liceaga  in  Mexico ;  great  improvements 


132      MODE   OF  TRANSMISSION   OF   YELLOW   FEVER 

have  been  brought  about,  but  an  immense  amount 
of  work  still  remains  to  be  done.  A  new  stimulus 
has,  however,  now  been  furnished  by  the  successful 
campaign  of  1905  in  New  Orleans,  and  now  in  the 
Canal  Zone,  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  a  great  deal 
of  the  opposition  and  apathy  still  to  be  met  with  will 
soon  give  place  to  hearty  co-operation  and  determina- 
tion to  rid  yellow  fever  countries  of  a  pest  which 
causes  so  much  suffering  and  cripples  commerce. 

THE   INFECTED  STEGOMYIA   CALOPUS 

A  knowledge  of  the  following  facts  is  necessary 
to  understand  the  application  of  the  prophylactic 
measures  which  are  now  employed.  The  yellow  fever 
patient  is  only  capable  of  infecting  the  stegomyia 
during  the  first  few  days  of  the  onset  of  the  disease ; 
the  period  usually  given  is  the  first  three  days,  although 
the  French  authorities  extend  the  infective  period. 
The  yellow  fever  cadaver  after  the  first  three  days 
of  illness  is  non-infectious ;  in  consequence  the 
separate  burial  ground  for  yellow  fever  cases  is  need- 
lessly harsh,  quite  unnecessary,  and  unscientific.  At 
no  late  stage  can  the  yellow  fever  patient  or  the 
cadaver  infect  man  directly.  In  common  with  many 
other  non-immunes  I  was  almost  daily  in  the  Yellow 
Fever  Emergency  Hospital  examining  patients  and 
assisting  at  post-mortems,  but  no  case  of  infection  ever 
occurred  amongst  us.  The  well-screened  Emergency 
Hospital,  although  crowded  with  patients  and  extremely 
hot,  was,  nevertheless,  one  of  the  safest  places  in  New 


THE   EXTRINSIC   INCUBATION   PERIOD         133 

Orleans,  because  the  stegomyia  was  effectively  shut 
out.  No  case  of  direct  transmission  from  the  patient 
to  man  has  ever  been  recorded.  The  only  means  is 
through  the  mosquito,  as  Ross  has  proved  in  the  case 
of  malaria. 

When  the  stegomyia  has  taken  a  meal  of  blood 
from  a  patient  in  the  infective  stage,  it  is  not  at 
once  capable  of  transmitting  by  its  bite  the  virus  to 
a  healthy  individual.  A  very  definite  number  of  days 
must  elapse  before  the  mosquito  is  itself  infective,  and 
capable  of  transmitting  the  virus ;  approximately  this 
period  is  twelve  days. 

Therefore,  at  the  termination  of  the  period  of 
incubation  in  the  mosquito,  fresh  cases  of  infection 
may  be  expected  to  occur  in  those  living  in  a  house 
in  which  the  mosquitos  were  not  destroyed. 

The  symptoms  of  disease  will  also  not  declare 
themselves  in  man  at  once,  for,  as  just  seen  in  the 
case  of  the  mosquito,  an  incubation  period  is  also 
necessary  in  the  case  of  man,  and  the  period  is  usually 
five  days.  Consequently  an  interval  of  a  little  over 
two  weeks  usually  occurs  before  secondary  cases 
manifest  themselves. 


1.  Man  suffering  from  yellow  fever  after  the  fifth 
day  is  the  reservoir. 

2.  From    this   reservoir    one   species   of  mosquito, 
the  Stegomyia  calopus,  becomes  infected  and  after  the 
tenth  day  becomes  the  insect  carrier  or  transmitting 
agent  of  the  disease. 


134      MODE   OF  TRANSMISSION   OF   YELLOW   FEVER 

3.  The  reservoirs  and  the  carriers  are  both  necessary 
for  the  spread  of  the  disease. 

4.  Method  of  attack. 

(a)  Prevent    entry   of   reservoirs    (quarantine 

measures,  etc.). 

(b)  Exterminate  the   carrier    (anti-adult   mos- 

quito measures,  screening,  fumigation, 
etc.,  anti -larval  measures,  control  of 
water  supply,  oiling,  drainage). 

RATIONALE   OF  THE   CHIEF  PREVENTIVE 
MEASURES 

I.  To  DIMINISH  AND  CONTROL  THE  RESERVOIRS,  I.E.  TO  PREVENT 
MAN  SUFFERING  FROM  THE  DlSEASE  BECOMING  A  DlSSEMINATOR  OF 
THE  DISEASE. 

1.  Early  notification  and  diagnosis  necessary  in 
order  to  isolate  the  reservoirs  as  soon  as  possible. 

Careful  inquiry  into  the  origin  of  the  numerous 
epidemics  all  over  the  yellow  fever  zone  proves  con- 
clusively that  yellow  fever  has  usually  gained  a  firm 
foothold  before  the  first  cases  are  notified. 

In  some  Central  American  ports  this  will  prove  for 
a  considerable  time  to  come  a  perpetual  source  of 
danger,  for  the  inhabitants  of  these  districts  are  likely 
to  be  more  indifferent  to  the  disease,  and  therefore  to 
be  less  careful  about  notification.  No  doubt  this  is 
also  the  reason  why  it  is  laid  such  stress  upon  in 
the  opening  articles  of  the  Washington  Convention  of 
1905.  Commercial  reasons,  it  is  alleged,  may  some- 
times operate  to  hold  back  notification,  but  the  numer- 
ous bitter  lessons  have  shown  that  the  risk  of  the  losses 


EARLY   NOTIFICATION  135 

brought  about  by  allowing  the  fever  to  gain  a  head 
is  too  great.  In  a  modern  city  swarming  with  the 
stegomyia  a  concealed  case  must  sooner  or  later  make 
itself  manifest,  and  by  the  time  it  does  so  the  total 
volume  of  mosquito  infection  will  be  so  great  that 
serious  disaster  is  inevitable.  Commercial  and  civic 
authorities  now  commence  to  realise  this,  so  that  the 
danger  from  suppression  of  the  facts  is  diminishing. 
More  often  the  loss  of  time  in  early  notification  is  due 
to  the  fact  either  that  cases  of  the  disease  are  present 
amongst  the  indigenous  inhabitants,  or  that  it  breaks 
out  amongst  a  particular  colony  of  labourers  in  a  town 
or  district  (such  as  amongst  the  Sicilians  and  Italians  in 
New  Orleans  in  the  year  1905,  who  do  not  readily  seek 
medical  advice  and  are  often  exceedingly  suspicious),  or 
that  early  cases  are  not  recognised.  In  districts  where 
malaria  takes  a  pernicious  form,  or  where  dengue  is 
common,  the  difficulties  of  diagnosis  must  be  greatly 
increased,  and  experience  under  these  circumstances 
will  be  of  great  value.  On  the  other  hand,  some  other 
epidemic  may  have  preceded  the  yellow  fever,  and 
cases  which  were  in  reality  yellow  fever  may  have  been 
placed  to  the  credit  of  the  former. 

In  large  cities,  as  mentioned  in  the  previous  chapter, 
a  clue  that  something  unusual  is  happening  may  be 
afforded  by  analysis  of  the  weekly  death  returns.  A 
sudden  rise  in  the  number  of  deaths  recorded  from 
malaria  in  a  month,  at  a  season  of  the  year  when 
malaria  has  not  occurred  in  previous  years,  would  be 
a  very  suspicious  element.  In  small  towns,  however, 
such  indication  would  probably  be  too  slight  to  be 


136      MODE   OF  TRANSMISSION   OF  YELLOW  FEVER 

of  practical  value  in  putting  a  community  upon  its 
guard. 

Where  the  practitioners  themselves  have  had  the 
advantage  of  previous  experience  in  the  disease  there  is 
a  greater  chance  of  early  notification.  But  I  venture 
to  suggest  that  experience  gained  of  yellow  fever  or  any 
other  disease  twenty  or  fourteen  years  previously  is  not 
so  valuable  as  experience  of  the  disease  acquired  since 
our  knowledge  of  the  disease  has  been  very  greatly  in- 
creased. For  this  reason  1  urge  that  it  would  be  wise  for 
one  or  more  of  the  Government  medical  officers  of  any 
colony  to  be  sent,  as  occasion  arises,  to  study  any 
particular  disease  affecting  the  prosperity  of  the  colony, 
to  some  place  where  the  particular  disease  is  common. 
This  is  one  of  the  chief  reasons  why  the  medical  officers 
of  the  Marine  Hospital  Service  are  of  such  practical 
service  to  the  United  States. 

Of  supreme  importance  also  is  the  necessity  of 
obtaining  a  post-mortem  examination  of  the  first 
suspicious  death.  The  post-mortem  findings  are  char- 
acteristic, and  do  not  need  microscopic  confirmation. 

The  notification  of  yellow  fever  is  rightly  regarded 
as  a  very  serious  matter,  and  a  young  practitioner  will 
undoubtedly  hesitate  before  he  declares.  If  he  has 
notified,  and  the  case  does  not  turn  out  to  be  yellow 
fever  as  he  supposed,  he  regards  his  diagnostic  power 
as  open  to  criticism,  both  by  other  doctors  and  by  the 
patient.  If  he  is  dealing  with  a  genuine  case,  and 
he  hesitates  till  too  late,  no  fumigation  is  undertaken 
to  kill  the  infected  mosquitos  at  the  outset,  and  in  the 
meantime  contagion  is  spread — to  make  itself  felt  some 


EARLY   PREVENTIVE   MEASURES  137 

twelve  days  afterwards  in  the  same  house  or  in  the 
vicinity.  The  situation  is  unquestionably  difficult,  and 
it  can  only  be  got  over  by  friendly  inter-reliance 
amongst  the  medical  men  themselves,  and  by  the 
encouragement  given  by  the  Senior  Medical  Officer  to 
his  juniors  not  to  hesitate  to  express  their  difficulties 
to  him  nor  to  think  that  thereby  they  suffer  in  his 
estimation  as  careful  observers.  I  am  convinced  that 
this  is  very  necessary,  as  there  is  evidence  that  this 
spirit  is  not  always  present. 

2.  General  screening  of  the  reservoirs  by  the  use 
of  an  Isolation  Hospital. 

This  is  a  most  useful  measure  because  amongst  the 
poor  or  careless  it  is  very  difficult  to  maintain  efficient 
control  without  the  employment  of  much  elaborate 
machinery  and  a  considerable  expenditure  of  money. 

3.  Isolation  by  screening  the  Reservoir. 

A  great  deal  can  be  done  in  the  direction  of  pre- 
venting the  spread  of  the  disease  by  screening  the 
patient,  and  so  preventing  the  mosquitos  from  becoming 
infected  and  spreading  the  disease. 

Both  with  regard  to  the  isolation  of  the  patient  and 
the  application  of  fumigation  there  is  a  great  want  of 
precision.  It  is  useless  for  any  one  to  apply  these  two 
cardinal  preventive  measures  unless  they  understand 
the  role  of  the  mosquito  in  the  dissemination  of  the 
disease.  The  infected  mosquitos  have  to  be  destroyed 
both  in  the  house  of  the  patient  and  often  in  the 
adjoining  blocks,  and  the  patient  must  be  so  placed 
that  no  mosquitos  can  gain  access  to  him.  Those  who 
are  familiar  with  the  habits  of  mosquitos  know  that  it 


138      MODE   OF  TRANSMISSION   OF   YELLOW   FEVER 

is  not  an  easy  task  to  bring  about  their  thorough 
destruction  in  living-houses,  and  that  fumigation  must 
be  applied  with  absolute  thoroughness  to  all  parts  of 
the  house,  closets,  and  outhouses  ;  and  that  to  do  this 
the  house,  closets,  and  outhouses  must  be  so  completely 
sealed  that  a  mosquito  cannot  get  away  through  any 
chink.  Again,  those  familiar  with  mosquitos  know 
that  it  is  very  difficult  to  keep  them  out  of  screened 
rooms,  unless  the  screening  is  well  done  and  the  doors 
are  of  the  proper  kind.  It  is  only  by  the  rigid  applica- 
tion of  these  two  methods  that  an  epidemic  can  be 
stamped  out  quickly.  In  the  hands  of  good  men, 
experience  has  taught  that  both  these  measures  can 
be  applied  with  scientific  precision. 

I  recommend  that  both  the  screening  and  fumiga- 
tion in  cases  of  fever  be  carried  out  under  the  direct 
supervision  of  the  medical  officer  of  health  and  by 
his  staff. 

The  staff  of  the  medical  officer  should,  without 
delay,  be  instructed  how  to  seal  a  room,  how  to  fumi- 
gate, and  how  to  test  the  efficiency  of  the  fumigation. 
The  methods  at  present  in  vogue  for  fumigating  and 
disinfecting  for  diphtheria,  scarlet  fever,  etc.,  will 
not  do. 

A  supply  of  the  necessary  materials  for  screening, 
including  laths  and  frames,  paper  strips,  fumigators, 
and  fumigating  material  should  be  kept  in  the  health 
office  for  emergency  purposes,  arid  the  health  officer 
should  know  where  he  can  immediately  procure  addi- 
tional supplies.  Simple  rules  for  the  guidance  of  the 
men  should  be  drawn  up. 


SCREENING  139 

In  my  judgment,  in  view  of  the  fact  that  mosquito- 
borne  diseases  cause  more  sickness  and  mortality  in  the 
tropics  than  those  arising  from  any  other  cause,  it  is 
not  too  much  to  expect  that  sanitary  inspectors  and 
others  attached  to  health  offices  in  the  tropics  should 
be  taught  the  precautions  to  take  against  them.  This 
is,  however,  frequently  omitted,  and  instead  they  are 
taught  principles  of  European  sanitation,  which  are 
inadequate  to  deal  with  malaria  or  yellow  fever. 

Screening  the  Patient  and  Room. — In  either  doubtful 
or  well-marked  cases  the  patient  is  to  be  at  once  placed 
under  bars  in  charge  of  a  nurse,  and  the  room  screened. 
The  entrance  to  the  room  is  to  be  through  double  doors 
(air-lock)  provided  for  the  purpose,  the  original  door,  if 
there  was  one,  having  been  removed.  The  portable 
screens  and  doors  used  for  the  purpose  may  be  made 
with  wire  gauze  or  bobinette,  the  standard  gauge  of 
eighteen  meshes  to  the  inch  either  way  being  used. 
Employing  mosquito  nets  alone,  or,  as  at  Belize, 
portable  screened  chambers,  is  not  sufficient — the  pre- 
sumption being  that,  as  the  majority  of  infected 
mosquitos  are  in  the  patient's  room,  it  is  essential 
that  both  their  egress  from  the  chamber  and  the 
entrance  of  fresh  ones  be  prevented. 

If  screening  cannot  be  carried  out  in  the  patient's 
room,  or  there  is  reason  to  believe  that  the  double  doors 
will  be  left  open  or  the  screens  to  the  windows  inter- 
fered with,  then,  without  hesitation,  the  patient  should 
be  removed  in  the  screened  ambulance  to  the  isolation 
hospital,  otherwise  the  patient  becomes  a  source  of 
infection  in  the  district. 


140      MODE   OF  TRANSMISSION   OF   YELLOW   FEVER 

II.    To  EXTERMINATE  THE  CARRIEBS 

Sealing  and  Fumigating. — Preparation  for  fumiga- 
tion should  have  started  with  the  screening.  Not  only 
the  sick  chamber,  but  very  possibly  also  other  rooms  in 
the  house  harbour  infected  specimens  of  the  stegomyia. 
The  rule  of  procedure  should,  however,  be  absolute, 
and  that  is  that  the  entire  house  must  be  fumigated, 
with  the  exception  of  the  patient's  room,  which  is 
screened.  Incomplete  and  imperfect  fumigation  are 
the  principal  reasons  of  not  being  able  more  promptly 
to  suppress  yellow  fever. 

Houses  and  huts  in  tropical  countries  have  usually 
innumerable  large  and  small  openings  in  roof  and  sides, 
and  it  is  contended  that  it  would  be  difficult  to  seal 
them,  or  halls,  stores,  or  markets  without  elaborate  and 
expensive  wooden  framing.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  and 
proved  in  numerous  instances  in  tropical  countries,  an 
intelligent  workman  can,  in  an  incredibly  short  time, 
paper  over  a  whole  archway,  hall,  or  even  court. 
By  the  use  of  a  few  supporting  laths,  and  with  stout 
and  thin  paper,  the  very  large  openings  can  be  com- 
pletely sealed.  The  stout  paper  necessary  for  covering 
large  openings  can  usually  be  procured  locally  and  at 
once.  Paper  cut  in  rolls,  three  inches  wide,  is  exceed- 
ingly useful  for  pasting  along  the  cracks,  but  it  would 
be  required  to  be  ordered  and  to  be  kept  in  stock.  In 
an  emergency,  however,  strips  of  newspaper  could 
readily  be  cut.  Although  it  is  recommended  to  seal 
the  rooms  from  the  inside,  I  think  there  is  an  advantage 
in  sealing  windows,  etc.,  from  the  outside  in  order  not 


FlG.    26. PAPER-SCREENING    AN    ARCHWAY    PREVIOUS    TO 

FUMIGATION,    NEW    ORLEANS, 
p.  140] 


FUMIGATION  141 

to  disturb  any  mosquitos  which  may  be  present.  If 
there  are  any  fireplaces  or  other  holes  they  will  require 
to  be  sealed  from  the  inside.  The  doorway  is  left 
open  till  the  last  to  introduce  the  fumigating  materials 
and  to  light  up ;  when  this  has  been  done  the  door  is 
brought  to  and  sealed,  and  the  time  noted  in  a  book 
kept  for  the  purpose.  The  medical  officer  or  the  chief 
superintendent  should  personally  examine  to  see  that 
the  sealing  is  carried  out  effectively.  A  small  open 
chink  admitting  light  is  sufficient  to  attract  mosquitos 
to  it ;  then  they  make  their  escape.  Halls,  water- 
closets,  or  outhouses  must  not  be  forgotten. 

Considerable  objection  amongst  the  poorer  classes  is 
usually  taken  to  the  disturbance  of  their  homes  and  their 
displacement  by  the  fumigation.  Afa  excuse,  other  than 
severe  illness  in  a  room,  should  be  taken  as  exempting 
any  part  of  the  house  from  fumigation,  except  the  sick 
room,  which  should  be  fumigated  as  soon  as  possible. 

After  the  allotted  time  necessary  to  thoroughly 
complete  the  fumigation  is  up,  the  doors  are  opened 
and  the  floors  swept.  Some  of  the  mosquitos  may  only 
be  stupefied,  and  it  is  necessary  that  they  be  all  burnt 
or  otherwise  destroyed. 

After  the  patient  is  convalescent,  or  after  death,  the 
patient's  room  is  to  be  fumigated. 

Materials  and  Apparatus  to  be  used  in  Fumigation, 
and  precautions  to  be  taken. — No  guesses  at  the  amount 
of  material  to  be  used  are  to  be  made,  but  the  room 
should  be  carefully  measured  and  materials  proportioned 
to  cubic  capacity  as  follows  (small  closets  and  wardrobes 
to  be  opened)  : 


142      MODE   OF  TRANSMISSION   OF  YELLOW   FEVER 

Pyrethrum  Powder. — 3  Ib.  to  1,000  cubic  ft.  applied 
for  three  hours,  and  it  is  better  that  the  3  Ib.  be 
divided  amongst  three  pots  than  that  all  the  powder 
be  put  in  one  pot.  The  pots  to  be  placed  in  pans 
containing  a  little  water.  Pyrethrum  powder  is 
used  for  rooms  close  to  the  sick  patient,  as  the  fumes 
which  might  escape  from  sulphur  fumigation  are 
irritating. 

Pyrethrum  powder  is  also  used  in  cases  where 
brass-work,  pianos,  telephones,  instruments,  etc.,  are 
present. 

Sulphur. — 2  Ib.  to  1,000  cubic  ft.  The  pots 
containing  the  sulphur  are  to  be  placed  in  pans  con- 
taining 1  in.  of  water.  The  sulphur  is  to  be  started 
by  alcohol,  and  care  must  be  taken  to  see  that  it  is 
well  alight.  Duration,  three  hours.  Brass-work  and 
instruments  are  liable  to  injury  ;  they  should,  therefore, 
be  removed. 

Camphor  and  Carbolic  Acid. — The  mixture  consists 
of  equal  parts  camphor  and  crystallised  carbolic  acid 
dissolved  by  gentle  heat.  It  is  an  exceedingly  good 
fumigator,  does  not  injure  furniture,  clothes,  or  brass- 
work  ;  the  odour  is  pleasant  and  smells  of  camphor, 
A  room  has  a  refreshing  smell  after  its  use. 

Four  ounces  are  vaporised  per  1,000  cubic  ft.  for 
two  hours ;  the  material  is  placed  in  an  open  pan 
placed  over  a  spirit  or  petroleum  lamp,  white  vapour 
is  given  off. 

To  test  the  efficiency  of  the  fumigation,  it  is  very 
useful  to  enclose  some  twenty  or  more  mosquitos  in 
a  cigar  or  other  small  box  covered  on  one  side  with 


GENERAL  FUMIGATION  143 

muslin.  The  box  is  placed  on  the  floor,  and  the 
mosquitos  should  be  dead  at  the  end  of  the  fumigation. 
They  should  be  kept,  however,  to  see  if  they  revive. 

Avoid  risk  of  setting  fire  to  the  premises  by  using 
care  and  foresight. 

Fumigation  of  Adjacent  Houses  and  General  Fumi- 
gation.— It  is  most  important  that  the  houses  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  house  in  which  a  case  of  yellow  fever  is 
declared  should  be  fumigated  at  once.  Powers  are 
often  sought  by  the  authority  to  compel  owners  or 
occupiers  of  houses,  building  lots,  outhouses,  and 
premises  situate  within  100  yards  of  the  infected  house 
or  premises,  to  destroy  all  mosquitos,  larvae,  pupse,  etc. 
I  am  strongly  of  opinion  that  this  is  not  sufficient. 
The  householder  cannot,  as  a  rule,  carry  out  fumiga- 
tion as  described  above.  It  can  only  be  carried  out 
effectively  by  the  proper  staff,  which  should  be  that 
of  the  medical  officer  of  health.  The  result  of  the 
householder  carrying  out  fumigation  is  that  the 
majority  of  the  mosquitos  are  not  killed,  that  cases 
of  yellow  fever  occur  in  the  so-called  fumigated  houses, 
and  that  the  method  is  brought  into  disrepute.  I  do 
not  think  that  the  authorities  always  realise  the 
necessity  of  issuing  stringent  directions  for  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  yellow  fever  mosquito.  The  following 
notice,  for  instance,  is  of  little  practical  use: 

"  Inside  of  houses  care  should  be  taken  to  destroy 
mosquitos  as  much  as  possible,  especially  if  there  are 
any  cases  of  fever  in  the  neighbourhood.  This  may 
be  done  by  burning  either  insect  powder  or  tobacco 


144      MODE   OF  TRANSMISSION   OF   YELLOW  FEVER 

leaf  freely  in  the  room  after  closing  the  doors  and 
windows ;  afterwards  sweeping  the  ceilings,  walls,  and 
floors,  and  destroying  the  sweepings  (which  will  contain 
dead  and  stunned  mosquitos)  by  fire." 

This  paragraph  is  of  very  little  use  to  the  house- 
holder, and  it  certainly  will  not  bring  about  the 
effective  destruction  of  mosquitos  ;  on  the  contrary,  a 
sense  of  false  security  may  ensue.  Those  who  have 
worked  with  culicides  know  that  the  quantities  of 
materials  to  be  used  must  be  specified,  the  sealing  must 
be  complete,  and  the  exposure  a  definite  time  ;  that  a 
little  practice  is  necessary,  and  that  tobacco  leaves  are 
not  used  because  it  is  exceedingly  difficult  to  fire  them, 
that  special  apparatus  is  necessary,  and  that  the  smell 
penetrates  everything.  I  therefore  recommend  that 
the  district  authorities  be  given  powers  to  execute 
fumigation  in  the  houses  surrounding  the  infected 
house,  and  that  the  distance  be  not  specified,  but  that 
this  be  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  authority  acting  on 
the  advice  of  the  medical  officer. 

Whilst  I  am  of  opinion  that  the  fumigation  of  an 
infected  house  and  the  houses  surrounding  should  be 
carried  out  by  the  health  authorities,  I  think  that  the 
inhabitants  of  the  town  should  be  encouraged  to 
fumigate  their  houses  in  a  systematic  and  scientific 
manner,  and  not  to  rely  on  carrying  a  little  insect 
powder  alight  on  a  shovel  through  the  rooms,  which 
is  as  effective  as  the  old  native  plan,  still  adopted  in 
some  places,  of  lighting  bonfires  in  the  streets.  For 
that  end  I  think  that  it  would  be  of  advantage  if  the 


STEGOMYIA   CALOPUS  145 

District  Board  would  undertake  for  a  nominal  fee  the 
fumigation  of  houses  when  they  were  applied  to.  If 
the  camphor-carbolic  compound  is  used,  householders 
would  be  distinct  gainers,  as  moths  and  objectionable 
vermin  would  be  killed,  and  there  would  be  no  damage 
to  furniture  or  clothes  by  either  smell,  smoke,  smuts 
or  corrosion. 


10 


CHAPTER  XIII 

THE     BREEDING     PLACES     OF     STEGOMYIA.         STEGOMYIA 
SURVEY    AND     INDEX 

THE    STEGOMYIA    CALOPUS 

THIS  mosquito,  which  has  been  conclusively  demon- 
strated to  be  the  sole  transmitter  of  yellow  fever,  is 
a  very  characteristic  and  familiar  one  throughout  the 
yellow  fever  zone.  It  is  surmised,  however,  that  it 
was  originally  imported  into  the  Southern  United 
States  from  the  tropics  through  the  medium  of  com- 
mercial intercourse.  It  is  common  on  the  coast  towns 
along  the  Gulf,  the  Caribbean  Sea,  and  on  the  Atlantic 
coast  of  tropical  and  subtropical  countries.  It  is, 
therefore,  a  mosquito  of  the  seaports,  and  this  is  one 
of  the  reasons  why  it  is  so  essential  to  eradicate  it, 
especially  in  view  of  the  continual  opening  of  new 
ports  throughout  the  tropics.  It  is  capable  of  flourish- 
ing over  a  wide  area,  and  Dr.  Howard  of  Washington 
states  from  collected  observations  that  the  species  can 
flourish  wherever  the  sum  of  the  mean  daily  tempera- 
ture above  6°  C.  (43°  F.)  throughout  the  year  does 
not  fall  below  10,000°  C.  It  is  not  by  any  means 
exclusively  confined  to  the  coast  line,  observations 

146 


HABITS   OF   STEGOMYIA  147 

showing  that  in  places  where  it  is  capable  of  surviving 
the  winter  it  readily  spreads  into  the  interior,  follow- 
ing the  trade  routes,  whether  rail  or  river.  It  has 
already,  it  is  stated,  reached  an  altitude  of  4,200  feet 
in  Mexico  (yellow  fever  working  party  Report),  and, 
as  shown  by  the  great  outbreak  of  yellow  fever  in 
the  interior  of  Guatemala  and  Spanish  Honduras  in 
1905,  it  has  well  established  itself  along  the  Puerto 
Barrios  and  Puerto  Cortez  railroads. 

It  is  essentially  a  domestic  mosquito,  and,  there- 
fore, a  mosquito  of  cities.  Whilst  the  malaria-bearing 
Anophelines  are  usually  confined  to  the  outskirts  of 
large  cities,  having  been  gradually  driven  away  from 
the  centre  of  the  towns  owing  to  the  building  up  of 
inhabited  blocks,  and  to  drainage,  the  stegomyia,  on 
the  contrary,  seeks  the  central  and  more  crowded 
parts  of  the  city — the  places,  in  fact,  where  it  finds 
the  necessary  and  innumerable  water  receptacles  in 
the  closest  proximity  to  the  dwelling  houses.  The 
knowledge  of  this  characteristic  is  of  the  utmost 
importance  in  all  epidemics.  It  is,  indeed,  a  cistern- 
breeding  mosquito,  and  is  often  known  on  this  account 
as  the  "  cistern  mosquito."  It  is  found  in  abundance, 
therefore,  in  those  places  where  rain-water  is  collected 
and  stored  for  domestic  purposes ;  no  wonder,  then, 
that  it  was  present  in  New  Orleans,  with  its  sixty  to 
seventy  thousand  water-vats. 

The  mosquito  is  readily  recognised  by  the  white 
bands  upon  the  legs  and  abdomen,  the  lyre-shaped 
pattern  in  white  on  the  back  of  the  thorax.  It  is 
due  to  the  presence  of  these  bands  and  spots  that 


148      THE   BREEDING   PLACES   OF   STEGOMYIA 

this  black-and-white  mosquito  is  often  called  the  "Tiger 
Mosquito."  The  females  only  suck  blood,  and  they 
appear  to  attack  man  both  during  the  day  and  at 
night.  Between  4  p.m.  and  midnight  is  stated  by 
some  to  be  their  most  active  period.  For  this  reason 
it  is  necessary  to  take  precautions  against  them  at 
night  as  well  as  by  day.  The  stegomyia  is  subject  to 
seasonal  variations,  cold  being  the  great  factor  in 
stopping  biting  activity  and  breeding.  Below  75°  F. 
development  is  retarded,  and  the  eggs  kept  at  a 
temperature  of  68°  F.  do  not  hatch.  It  is  for  this 
reason  that  the  onset  of  cold  weather  in  New  Orleans 
soon  put  an  end  to  yellow  fever,  and  that  the  city 
is  said  to  enjoy  a  natural  immunity  from  December 
to  May.  Too  much  stress  must  not  be  laid  upon  this, 
however,  as  the  fact  remains  that  the  mosquito  readily 
survives  through  the  winter.  The  distribution  and 
history  of  this  mosquito  in  towns  during  these  months 
require  close  investigation.  Each  female  lays  between 
twenty  and  seventy-five  eggs  on  the  surface  of  the 
water  ;  these  are  minute,  black,  and  cigar-shaped ;  they 
are  very  resistant,  and  have  been  kept  in  a  dry  state 
for  periods  varying  between  ten  and  twenty  days,  and 
freezing  does  not  destroy  their  fertility.  The  eggs 
are  therefore  a  ready  means  of  tiding  over  the  cold 
weather.  Under  suitable  conditions  of  temperature 
the  eggs  hatch  out,  according  to  different  observers, 
in  from  ten  hours  to  three  days.  The  result  is  the 
well-known  "  wiggle  waggle,"  or  "  wiggle  tails,"  the 
larval  stage  of  the  mosquito.  The  larvae  are  very 
active  and  very  sensitive,  and  very  rapidly  disappear 


RESISTANCE   OF  THE   LARVAE   AND  EGGS      149 

from  the  surface  of  the  water  in  the  cistern  if  the 
least  disturbance  occurs.  For  this  reason  the  water 
barrel  or  vat  must  be  approached  gently  if  one  is 
desirous  of  obtaining  specimens  and  examining  them, 
otherwise  they  wriggle  very  rapidly  to  the  bottom. 
Another  point  has  also  to  be  borne  in  mind,  and 
that  is,  that  they  cling  to  the  sides  of  the  receptacle 
and  hide  in  the  crevices,  so  that  it  is  by  no  means 
easy  to  get  rid  of  them.  Simply  emptying  the  water 
out  of  the  receptacle  will  not  suffice  ;  a  very  thorough 
rinsing  and  cleansing  is  necessary.  The  duration  of 
the  larval  period  is  from  six  and  a  half  to  eight  days 
normally ;  but,  of  course,  they  may  remain  in  the 
larval  stage  for  a  much  longer  period  ;  for  instance, 
I  brought  some  specimens  alive  to  Liverpool  which 
I  collected  at  Puerto  Barrios  in  Guatemala,  on 
October  26.  They  were  kept  in  a  large  test-tube 
either  in  my  pocket  or  in  my  living  room,  and  they 
were  exposed  to  great  variations  of  temperature,  the 
cold  increasing  as  I  travelled  from  New  Orleans  to 
New  York,  and  from  New  York  across  the  Atlantic 
to  Liverpool.  The  journey  occupied  twenty-five  days, 
and  they  were  only  supplied  with  clean  water.  The 
larval  stage  is  succeeded  by  the  pupa  stage,  which 
lasts  two  days  or  under,  and  from  the  pupa  arises 
the  image  or  winged  mosquito. 

Dr.  Francis  of  the  United  States  Marine  Hospital 
Service  reported,  on  March  25,  1907,  upon  many 
interesting  points  in  connection  with  the  life  cycle  of 
Stegomyia  calopus,  as  observed  in  Mobile.  Amongst 
them  he  mentions  that  larvae  were  never  found  breeding 


150      THE   BREEDING   PLACES   OF   STEGOMYIA 

in  the  unpaved  street  gutters  or  ponds,  or  in  fact  in 
any  natural  earth-bottoms,  but  were  always  in  artificial 
water-containers.      The  eggs  may  retain  their  vitality 
when  kept  dry   for   six   and  a  half  months.       In   my 
experience  in   searching  for  stegomyia   larvae — and   it 
is  now  considerable — I  have  invariably  found  the  rain- 
water barrel  the  seat  of  election  for  breeding  purposes. 
Given  an  old  wooden  barrel,  just  coated  with  a  green 
slime,  and  "  worms "  will  almost  invariably  be  found. 
So   expert  did   my   men    become   in   detecting  likely 
breeding  places    that    they    frequently    affirmed    that 
worms  must  be  in  a  barrel  from  its  appearance ;   yet 
a   cursory   examination   of  the  water  failed   to   reveal 
their  presence.     When,  however,  the  water  was  poured 
out  to  all  but  a  teacupful  at  the  bottom,  and  this  was 
well  agitated,  invariably  the  worms  were  found.     This 
property  of  disappearing  to  the  bottom  of  the  recep- 
tacle and  hiding  in  the  chinks  between  the  staves  and 
in  the    groove    at  the   bottom  is   very  characteristic. 
After  barrels  come  washing- tubs,  olive  jars,  and  then 
every  form  of  water  receptacle.     I  have  found  them 
in  the  blacksmith's  shop  in  his  cooling  barrel  or  tank, 
and  in  logs.      It  can  be  stated  that,  wherever  in  or 
around  a  house  water  stagnates,  there  the  larvae  will 
be  found.     Their  presence  is  a  positive  test  of  stagnant 
water.     In  the  living  and  bed  rooms  they  are  frequently 
found  in  receptacles  for  holding  flowers,  and  in  which 
the  water  is  imperfectly  removed ;    very    frequently, 
indeed,  in  vessels  in  which  a  cutting  of  a  croton  plant 
is  placed  in  order  to  make  it  take  root.     In  my  opinion 
the  essential  point  is  that  the  stagnant  water  be  in  or 


STEGOMYIA   SURVEY  151 

around  the  house — that  is,  in  the  yard  or  garden.  One 
does  not  encounter  them  breeding,  at  any  rate  in 
large  numbers,  away  from  man  ;  they  are  as  domestic 
as  the  flea,  bug,  and  cat.  In  a  few  instances  I  have 
found  them  in  drains  in  the  houses,  mixed  with  culex 
larvae.  In  these  cases  the  water  was  dirty.  This  latter 
point  recalls  the  statement  often  made  that  larvae  purify 
water,  and  that  they  are  useful  in  the  drinking-water 
butts  because  they  will  remove  pathogenic  organisms 
should  any  gain  access.  For  this  reason  certain 
municipal  authorities  have  not  been  so  active  in  their 
destruction  as  they  might  otherwise  have  been.  We 
have  no  evidence  whatever  that  they  do  remove 
pathogenic  germs  ;  their  natural  food  is  green  algae 
and  diatoms.  But  from  the  practical  point  of  view, 
we  know  the  danger  of  stegomyia  larvae  and  how  surely 
yellow  fever  will  spread  wherever  these  larvae  are,  that 
it  is  hardly  practical  to  keep  these  larvae  for  any  sup- 
posed good  they  may  do  when  we  know  the  positive 
disaster  they  bring  about. 

Stegomyia  Survey. — In  every  town  I  have  visited 
for  the  purpose  of  strengthening  or  drawing  up 
measures  against  fellow  fever,  it  has  been  my  invariable 
rule  to  visit  either  all  the  houses  or  to  take  repre- 
sentative blocks,  and  go  through  each  house,  garden, 
and  yard  systematically.  In  these  tours  I  am  accom- 
panied by  the  sanitary  inspectors  and  one  or  more 
medical  officers.  We  are  armed  with  white  enamelled 
iron  spoons,  with  which  we  can  rapidly  take  a  sample 
of  water  and  see  if  larvae  are  present.  I  examined 
all  water,  drinking  and  washing,  inside  or  outside  the 


152      THE   BREEDING    PLACES   OF  STEGOMYIA 

house,  and  whether  contained  in  cisterns,  barrels, 
buckets,  tubs,  tins,  goblets,  vases,  "  monkeys,"  "  destil- 
ladores,"  wells,  antiformicas,  broken  bottles,  etc.  If 
larvae  are  found  for  the  first  time,  the  householder  is 
handed  a  printed  slip  setting  forth  the  danger  of  having 
larvae,  and  the  penalty  for  the  same.  If  after  previous 
warning  they  are  found,  the  householder  is  summoned. 

In  the  West  Indian  Islands  the  percentage  of 
stegomyia  breeding  places  in  the  towns  and  large 
villages  has  varied  from  4  to  10  per  cent.  Our  aim 
is  to  reduce  it  to  zero. 

NOTE. — The  stegomyia  is  often  described  as  the  mosquito  of  seaports,  but 
it  must  always  be  remembered  that  it  is  by  no  means  limited  to  them.  It  is 
simply  more  abundant  in  seaports,  because  there  are  more  people  crowded 
together  there  ;  but  let  the  labourers  of  the  population  migrate  into  the 
mountains  with  their  paraphernalia  and  innumerable  receptacles  for  holding 
water,  and  stegomyia  will  go  as  certainly  as  do  the  flea,  the  dog,  the  cat, 
and  all  the  other  domestic  animals  and  insects  which  follow  man  along  his 
paths,  be  they  by  rail  or  over  sea. 


THE  YELLOW  FEVER  CAMPAIGNS  IN  (1)  HAVANA,  CUBA; 
(2)  NEW  ORLEANS;  (3)  HONDURAS;  (4)  RIO  ;  SANTOS  ; 
(5)  CANAL  ZONE  ;  (6)  WEST  INDIES  ;  AMAZON 

THE   ANTI- YELLOW  FEVER  CAMPAIGN  IN 
HAVANA,   1900 

THIS  will  always  remain  one  of  the  first  and  one  of 
the  greatest  examples  of  what  has  been  done  to  stamp 
out  a  disease  by  concerted  intelligent  action  and  using 
the  latest  and  most  modern  weapons.  When  the 
American  Government  took  over  the  administration 
of  Cuba,  one  of  the  first  things  to  be  done  was  to 
make  Havana  a  livable  place.  Hitherto  it  had  been 
a  notoriously  unhealthy  place,  the  natural  home  of 
most  pestilences,  and  with  a  corresponding  mortality. 
Thus  we  know  that  between  the  years  1853-1900  there 
perished  in  the  city  of  Havana  alone  35,952  persons 
of  yellow  fever.  This  is  equivalent  to  754  a  year, 
64  a  month,  or  to  2  deaths  a  day.  And  now,  after 
General  Woods,  Colonel  Gorgas,  Guiteras,  Finlay  and 
their  other  distinguished  colleagues,  to  whom  we  have 
had  occasion  to  refer,  took  the  situation  firmly  in  hand 
and  organised  a  thoroughly  efficient  sanitary  adminis- 

153 


154  THE   YELLOW  FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

tration  and  a  special  raid  upon  the  breeding  places  of 
the  stegomyia,  the  death  rate  for  Cuba  has  come  down 
to  between  11-17  pro  mille  !  It  must  never  be  for- 
gotten that  it  was  in  Cuba  that  the  crucial  and  famous 
test  was  made  that  only  by  the  stegomyia  could  the 
poison  of  yellow  fever  be  transmitted.  This  test  was 
made,  as  we  have  already  seen  in  a  preceding  chapter, 
by  Reed,  Carroll,  Agramonte,  and  Lazear.  Yellow 
fever  has  now  been  checked  and  annihilated.  Thus 
in  1907  only  one  case  of  yellow  fever  is  reported  in 
Havana,  and  the  general  death  rate  is  17  pro  mille. 
It  can  be  with  truth  said  to-day,  as  stated  in  the 
current  number  of  the  "  Bulletin  of  Public  Health 
and  Charities  of  Cuba,"  that  during  the  three  years 
between  1905-9  there  was  only  a  total  of  359  cases 
of  yellow  fever  throughout  the  whole  republic,  and 
during  that  same  period  only  40  deaths  in  Havana ; 
whereas  in  the  days  of  old  there  were  thousands  of 
cases. 

On  the  date  upon  which  this  new  Bulletin  was 
issued  (April  of  this  year),  the  republic  was  declared 
free  from  small-pox,  yellow  fever,  and  bubonic  plague. 
This  is  the  result  of  the  use  of  modern  weapons — a 
complete  triumph  for  civilisation. 

THE   YELLOW   FEVER    CAMPAIGN,  NEW    ORLEANS, 

1905 

This  having  been  my  first  campaign  in  which  I  was 
present  as  a  volunteer,  I  will  trace  the  steps  by  which 
the  fever  was  overcome,  for  that  purpose  reproducing 
the  proclamations  which  were  issued  in  their  chrono- 


ORGANISATION   OF  THE   CITY  155 

logical  order.  They  will  always  act  as  a  guide  in  the 
case  of  a  yellow  fever  outbreak.  New  Orleans  at  the 
time  had  an  estimated  population  of  325,000  of  mixed 
nationalities.  There  was  a  large  Italian  and  Sicilian 
labour  population  housed  in  the  oldest  and  dirtiest  part 
of  the  town,  and  amongst  them  yellow  fever  broke  out. 
It  was  clear  that  before  the  citizens  recognised  that 
they  had  yellow  fever  in  their  city,  that  disease  had 
gained  a  firm  foothold  unperceived.  Then,  when  the 
seriousness  of  the  situation  was  realised,  the  first  step 
was  to  organise  the  resources  of  the  city  to  combat  the 
disease,  and  the  following  manifesto  was  issued  by  the 
Health  Authority  and  Advisory  Committee. 

Step  I 

An  emergency  exists  in  our  city  to-day  which 
demands  the  attention  of  every  individual,  with  the 
view  to  limiting  and  preventing  the  spread  of  epidemic 
disease.  It  has  been  scientifically  proved  that  the 
mosquito  is  the  only  means  of  the  transmission  of 
yellow  fever,  and  measures  should  be  especially  directed 
against  them.  It  is  especially  urged  by  the  undersigned 
that  the  following  simple  directions  be  followed  by  the 
householders  of  this  city  for  the  summer  months  : — 

1.  Empty  all  unused  receptacles  of  water.     Allow 
no  stagnant  water  on  the  premises. 

2.  Screen  cisterns,  after  placing  a  small  quantity  of 
insurance  oil  (a  teacupful  in  each  cistern)  on  the  surface 
of  the  water. 

3.  Place  a  small  quantity  of  insurance  oil  in  cess- 
pools or  privy  vaults. 


156  THE   YELLOW   FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

4.  Sleep  under  mosquito  nets. 

5.  Screen  doors  and  windows  wherever  possible  with 
fine  screen  wire. 


Step*.—  APPEAL   FOR   CIVIC   CO-OPERATION 

On  Monday,  July  24,  a  Proclamation  was  issued, 
signed  by  the  Mayor,  and  concurred  in  by  the  Medical 
Authorities,  setting  forth  the  situation  and  calling  upon 
the  citizens  to  co-operate  with  the  Health  Authorities 
in  stamping  out  the  fever.  It  runs  as  follows  ;— 

THE  MOSQUITO  CAMPAIGN 

PROCLAMATION 

MAYORALTY  OF  NEW  ORLEANS, 

CITY  HALL,  July  24,  1905 

To  THE  PEOPLE  OF  NEW  ORLEANS  : — 

The  health  situation  in  this  city  is  serious,  but 
not  alarming.  Because  of  this  situation,  quarantine 
has  been  declared  against  New  Orleans  by  several 
States  and  Cities.  It  is  proper  that  the  actual  facts  be 
recognised  and  dealt  with  resolutely  and  calmly. 

It  is  authoritatively  stated  by  eminent  sanitarians 
that  within  recent  years  visitations  of  yellow  fever, 
more  widely  spread  than  that  which  is  in  our  city, 
have  been  successfully  met  and  absolutely  suppressed 
by  methods  whose  potency  has  been  demonstrated  by 
ascertained  results,  and  the  application  of  which  is 
simple.  Those  methods  are  now  adopted  by  our  own 
State  and  City  Health  Authorities,  with  the  volunteer 
assistance  of  the  United  States  Marine  Hospital 
Service,  and  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society  of 
this  parish.  To  the  perfect  and  speedy  success  of  the 


OBEDIENCE   TO   AUTHORITY  157 

measures  to  be  followed,  the  co-operation  of  every 
householder  is  necessary.  That  given,  the  people  may 
confidently  expect  a  speedy  release  from  the  trying 
conditions  in  which  they  are  now  placed,  and  from 
apprehension  of  its  recurrence  in  the  future. 

I,  therefore,  as  Mayor,  urge  all  citizens  and  house- 
holders to  render  cordial  and  ready  obedience  to  the 
instructions  which  may  from  time  to  time  be  given  by 
the  Health  Authorities,  and  to  render  every  aid  within 
their  power  to  those  Authorities  in  the  earnest  efforts 
which  they  are  now  making,  and  in  which  they  will 
persist  for  the  absolute  stamping  out  of  this  infection. 
Those  instructions  are  not  difficult  of  performance  ; 
they  are  easily  to  be  understood,  and  can  be  followed 
with  but  little  expense.  Since  the  consensus  of  sanitary 
and  medical  opinion  of  to-day  is  that  the  infection 
of  yellow  fever  is  transmitted,  or  can  be  transmitted, 
only  by  means  of  the  sting  of  the  insect  known  as  the 
"  cistern  mosquito,"  the  following  advice  recently  given 
by  Dr.  Kohnke,  the  City's  Health  Officer ;  by  Dr. 
Souchon,  President  of  the  State  Board  of  Health ;  Dr. 
White,  Surgeon  of  the  U.S.  Marine  Hospital  Service, 
and  an  Advisory  Committee  of  the  Orleans  Parish 
Medical  Society,  should  be  willingly  and  implicitly 
obeyed  by  every  householder  in  this  city. 

1.  To  keep  empty  all  unused  receptacles  of  water 
in  every  house,  and  allow  no  stagnant  water  on  any 
premises. 

2.  To   screen   all    cisterns    after    placing    a    small 
quantity  of  insurance  oil  (a  teacupful  in  each  cistern)  on 
the  surface  of  the  water. 

3.  To   place   a  small  quantity  of  insurance   oil  in 
cesspools  or  privy  vaults. 

4.  Sleep  under  mosquito  nets. 


158  THE   YELLOW   FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

5.  Wherever  practicable,  screen  doors  and  windows 
with  wire  screens  of  close  mesh. 

The  foregoing  advice  may  from  time  to  time  be 
given  by  the  Health  Authorities  with  more  particularity. 
Whatever  emanates  from  them  must  be  accepted  as 
given  for  the  good  of  the  city  and  the  preservation 
of  every  individual  of  its  population,  and  should  be 
respected  and  followed  to  the  letter. 

I  repeat,  upon  the  information  of  those  qualified 
from  actual  investigation  and  scientific  knowledge  to 
speak  upon  this  subject,  that  the  situation  in  our  city 
is  not  alarming,  and  that  if  it  is  treated  by  our  people 
earnestly  and  intelligently,  that  this  situation  will  soon 
be  eliminated  and  demonstration  will  be  made  to  the 
world  that  for  the  future  the  infection  of  yellow  fever 
can  have  no  permanent  lodgment  within  the  borders 
of  the  City  of  New  Orleans. 

Step  3.— APPEAL    FOR    EARLY   NOTIFICATION 

ISSUED    BY    THE    HEALTH    AUTHORITIES    AND    ADVISORY    COMMITTEE 

July  24,  1905 

DEAR  DOCTOR, 

We  want  to  specially  urge  you  to  report  all 
your  cases  of  fever — malarial,  typhoid  fever  or  fever 
of  any  kind — during  this  summer,  to  the  City  Board  of 
Health.  It  is  absolutely  essential  to  the  checking  of 
the  spread  of  yellow  fever  in  our  city  that  all  cases 
of  fever  should  be  promptly  and  conscientiously  re- 
ported. Our  patients,  the  public  and  the  surrounding 
communities,  will  naturally  look  to  our  profession  in 
this  great  emergency,  and  the  responsibility  rests  in 
a  great  measure  with  us  to  check  this  condition,  or 
at  least  to  limit  its  too  extensive  spread.  It  is  a 
well-known  and  scientifically  proven  dogma  that  the 


EARLY   NOTIFICATION  159 

mosquito  theory  is  to  be  accepted  as  a  fact ;  then  we 
must  exert  ourselves  to  the  utmost  to  destroy  the  mos- 
quito, the  only  host  of  transmission  of  yellow  fever. 
Let  us,  then,  make  a  consistent  campaign  against  it, 
educate  our  patients  regarding  this  situation  and  the 
danger  of  it,  and  direct  them  to  place  patients  im- 
mediately under  netting  pending  action  of  the  Board  of 
Health.  Neither  your  patient  nor  the  household  will 
be  subjected  to  the  obnoxious  house  quarantine  of 
several  years  ago. 

Above  all  things,  report  your  cases  promptly,  to 
permit  us  to  check  any  further  foci  of  infection. 

Even  if  you  are  not  positive  that  the  mosquito  is 
the  only  source  of  transmission  of  yellow  fever,  give 
your  city  the  benefit  of  the  doubt  in  this  important  and 
vital  matter. 

Step    4.— APPEAL    FOR    IMMEDIATE    SCREENING    OF 
ALL  SUSPICIOUS  CASES  AND  FOR  FUMIGATION 

ISSUED  BY  THE  ADVISORY  COMMITTEE 

ORLEANS  PARISH  MEDICAL  SOCIETY, 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA. 

DEAR  DOCTOR, 

In  an  earnest  attempt  to  work  in  harmony 
with  the  plan  of  procedure  adopted  by  the  Health 
Authority  and  the  U.S.  Public  Health  and  Marine 
Hospital  Service,  now  being  enforced  in  a  general 
inspection  of  our  entire  city,  we  want  to  suggest  to 
you,  as  your  Advisory  Committee  acting  with  these 
bodies,  that  you  report  at  once  any  case  of  fever  in  your 
practice  remotely  suspicious  of  being  yellow  fever.  If 
you  want  to  do  your  city  the  greatest  good  in  this  hour 
of  trial,  immediately  constitute  yourself  as  a  Health 
Officer  for  the  premises  of  the  sick  you  are  called  to 


160  THE   YELLOW   FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

attend.  Even  before  the  regular  Sanitary  Inspector  of 
the  Board  reaches  the  house,  place  the  patient  at  once 
under  a  mosquito  bar,  pending  further  proceedings. 
Also  order  at  once  another  room  fumigated  with 
sulphur — 2  Ib.  to  the  1,000  cubic  feet — and  then 
thoroughly  screen  it.  If  it  cannot  be  done  in  a  perfect 
manner,  at  least  order  all  the  openings  screened  with 
either  cheese  cloth  or  other  light  material,  well  packed 
so  as  to  allow  no  mosquitos  in  the  room.  Keep  only 
one  door  free,  covering  all  the  transoms  in  the  same 
manner.  On  entering  the  door  beat  the  air  thoroughly 
with  a  cloth  before  opening.  When  the  room  is 
prepared,  remove  the  patient  to  it,  fumigating  the  room 
just  vacated  in  the  same  manner. 

After  the  first  three  days  of  the  fever  the  Stegomyia 
fasdata  cannot  be  infected  from  that  patient,  but  we 
must  be  careful  to  keep  the  room  well  closed  until  the 
final  fumigation  or  destruction  of  any  mosquitos  which 
might  have  remained  in  the  room.  Look  to  the  general 
hygiene  of  the  house,  inquire  whether  the  cisterns  or 
any  other  open  receptacles  of  standing  water  about  the 
premises  have  been  properly  oiled  or  screened.  Act 
in  this  manner  regardless  of  the  work  which  will  be 
done  by  the  constituted  authorities,  for  your  own 
personal  good  and  for  the  greatest  good  of  your  city. 
In  other  words,  Doctor,  take  every  possible  precaution 
to  protect  all  of  your  fever  cases  from  being  bitten 
by  mosquitos  during  the  first  three  days  of  fever. 

Our  interest  in  this  entire  matter  is  the  same  as 
yours,  and  we  must  work  for  the  same  purpose.  The 
part  to  be  played  by  our  profession  is  an  extremely 
important  one ;  the  faith  and  trust  of  the  entire  com- 
munity is  placed  on  our  shoulders,  and  we  must  fully 
deserve  the  confidence  reposed  in  us. 


EDUCATION  OF  THE   PUBLIC  161 

Step  5.— APPEAL  FOR  AN  EDUCATIONAL  CAMPAIGN 

ISSUED    BY    THE    ADVISORY    COMMITTEE 

Another  circular  is  issued  on  the  24th,  directed 
to  the  Board  of  Health,  pointing  out  the  necessity 
of  a  campaign  of  education,  and  urging  the  im- 
portance of  asking  the  clergy  to  especially  disseminate 
knowledge  from  the  pulpit  in  the  matter  of  yellow 
fever.  The  circular  then  proceeds  to  give  useful 
information  in  case  of  infection  and  finally  appeals 
for  united  action  in  a  general  warfare  against  the 
stegomyia. 

NEW  ORLEANS, 

July  24,  1905 

GENTLEMEN, 

The  condition  existing  at  present  is  one  that 
calls  for  the  most  strenuous,  prompt  and  vigorous 
measures  capable  of  institution.  In  view  of  the  absence 
of  the  necessity  for  obnoxious  local  or  house  quarantine, 
the  co-operation  of  physician  and  householder  should 
be  a  matter  of  comparatively  easy  solution.  A  cam- 
paign of  education  should  be  boldly  inaugurated.  The 
clergyman,  during  his  rounds  and  from  his  pulpit, 
should  be  a  valuable  agent  in  the  dissemination  of  this 
knowledge.  The  Advisory  Committee  of  the  Orleans 
Parish  Medical  Society  begs  to  recommend  that  the 
following  measures  be  instituted  at  once,  with  the  view 
of  stamping  out  the  few  foci  of  infection  of  yellow  fever 
which  now  exist  in  our  city. 

Cases  of  fever  of  any  character  developing  in  the 
infected  area  may  be  regarded  as  suspicious,  and  the 
patient  immediately  protected  from  mosquitos.  The 
house,  cisterns,  yards,  drains,  gutters,  cesspools  and 

11 


162  THE   YELLOW   FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

vaults  should  be  carefully  inspected,  and  no  breeding 
spots  for  mosquitos  should  be  overlooked. 

The  gutters  and  streets  must  not  be  neglected. 

If  the  case  proves  to  be  one  of  yellow  fever,  the 
house  must  be  screened  and  the  rooms  in  the  house 
other  than  the  one  occupied  by  the  patient  must  be 
fumigated,  to  destroy  all  mosquitos  in  them.  When 
the  case  ends,  either  by  recovery  or  death,  the  room 
occupied  by  the  patient  must  be  fumigated,  for  the 
same  reason. 

The  success  of  these  procedures  will  largely  depend 
upon  the  promptness  and  earnestness  with  which 
mosquitos  are  prevented  from  coming  in  contact  with 
the  patient  and  the  destruction  of  all  mosquitos  in  the 
room  after  the  patient  is  cured  or  dies. 

The  new  foci  of  infection  must  be  diligently  sought 
and  drastic  measures  adopted  for  stamping  them  out. 
It  is  only  through  the  proper  conciliatory  education 
of  the  physician  and  the  layman,  and  through  their 
sincere  co-operation,  that  anything  can  be  accomplished. 

For  the  vast  portion  of  the  city  not  infected,  we 
recommend  that  a  sufficiently  large  force  of  men  be 
immediately  organised  to  place  oil  in  all  unscreened 
cisterns,  or  other  breeding  places  of  mosquitos,  and 
distribute  circulars  amongst  householders  enlisting  their 
co-operation. 

All  gutters  should  either  be  flushed  or  oiled. 

An  active,  vigorous  and  persistent  warfare  on 
mosquitos  should,  in  our  opinion,  be  immediately 
instituted  from  one  end  of  the  city  to  the  other,  as 
in  this  way  localities  now  healthy  may  be  kept  so,  even 
though  foci  of  infection  be  introduced.  We  believe 
that  the  sanitary  regeneration  of  this  city  depends 
entirely  upon  prompt  and  vigorous  action  on  your  part. 


A   WARNING  163 

With  the  profoundest  assurance  of  our  heartiest 
co-operation  with  you  in  any  movement  to  better 
the  sanitary  conditions  of  the  city. 

Step  6.— A  WARNING  TO  BEWARE  OF  THE  DANGER 
OF  OVERLOOKING  THE  LESS  OBVIOUS  BREEDING 
PLACES  OF  THE  STEGOMYIA 

A  very  useful  and  practical  notice  is  also  sent 
out  by  the  Advisory  Committee  directing  attention  to 
the  importance  of  not  overlooking  possible  receptacles 
of  water  in  the  house,  as  pitchers,  flower-pots,  etc. 
It  reads  as  follows  : — 

ORLEANS  PARISH  MEDICAL  SOCIETY, 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA. 

We  desire  to  call  your  special  attention  to  the 
wrigglers  seen  inside  of  the  residences  of  people. 
Probably  the  public  in  the  fight  against  the  mosquito 
have  directed  all  their  efforts  against  the  cisterns  and 
the  barrels  or  the  outside  containers.  Still  a  source 
of  great  danger  also  exists  inside  of  the  bedrooms  in 
the  water-pitchers,  in  the  dining-room,  or  in  the 
conservatory  in  the  water-pots,  vases  or  pots  of  plants. 
A  frequent  error  and  a  great  menace  is  the  habit  which 
some  householders  have  of  only  partly  emptying  a 
water-pitcher,  and  though  it  is  refilled  daily  it  is  never 
emptied  entirely,  leaving  always  one-half  pint  or  so 
for  the  larvae  to  develop.  Any  physician  in  his  daily 
rounds  can  see  this  illustrated  by  inspecting  the  various 
water-pitchers  in  the  bedrooms. 

On  this  same  line  we  beg  to  again  call  your  atten- 
tion to  the  accumulation  of  water  in  the  urns  in  the 
cemeteries  as  well  as  in  the  sagged  gutters  of  the 
house  drains,  which  are  a  great  source  of  mosquito 
breeding  after  rain. 


164  THE   YELLOW   FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

Step  7.— APPEAL  FOR  A  MORE  SKILLED  MEDICAL 
BODY  TO  CONDUCT  THE  CAMPAIGN 

On  August  4,  the  fever  still  making  headway  in 
spite  of  all  local  efforts,  the  Advisory  Board  takes 
very  decided  action.  It  candidly  expresses  the  opinion 
that  it  has  not  confidence  in  the  efficacy  of  the  work 
performed  up  to  date  ;  that  this  work  must  be  absolutely 
perfect  in  its  working  to  be  efficient,  and  that  to  accom- 
plish the  desired  reorganisation  it  is  necessary  to  call 
in  the  assistance  of  the  Public  Health  and  Marine 
Hospital  Service  of  the  United  States. 

NEW  ORLEANS, 

Augmt  4,  1905 

CITY  BOARD  OF  HEALTH. 

GENTLEMEN, 

As  there  has  appeared  a  new  case  in  the 
Frye  focus,  which  has  been  in  existence  since  Monday, 
while  we  had  been  told  that  the  instructions  previously 
agreed  upon  in  the  management  of  all  maturing  foci 
had  been  rigidly  carried  out,  and  especially  so  in  this 
case.  As  we  are  not  satisfied  that  the  fumigation 
performed  by  the  City  Board  of  Health  has  been 
absolutely  effective,  we  feel,  as  we  have  shared  some 
of  the  responsibility  of  this  work,  that  it  is  a  matter 
of  too  great  importance  to  be  kept  on  in  this  unorganised 
and  unsystematic  manner.  This  is  the  first  serious 
visitation  of  yellow  fever  in  this  country  since  the 
mosquito  has  been  recognised  as  the  only  mode  of 
transmission,  and  we  are  unwilling  to  support  the 
City  Board  of  Health  in  what  we  consider  an  ineffective 
service. 


DANGER   OF  MILD  CASES  165 

Step  8.— LETTER  WARNING  MEDICAL  MEN  NOT  TO 
OVERLOOK  THE  MILD  TYPE  OF  YELLOW  FEVER 
WHICH  MAY  BE  FOUND  IN  THE  NATIVE  BORN 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA., 

August  17,  1905 

DEAR  DOCTOR, 

In  the  consistent  campaign  we  are  now  waging 
throughout  the  city  against  the  fever,  we  want  to  enlist 
your  hearty  assistance. 

You  have  shown  up  to  now  a  uniform  activity,  and 
if  some  of  the  work  already  accomplished  begins  to 
show  some  little  improvement,  we  feel  it  is  greatly 
due  to  your  co-operation.  This,  though,  is  a  crucial 
moment,  and  you  must  keep  up  reporting  all  your  cases 
with  unfailing  promptness.  The  native  born  will  un- 
doubtedly begin  to  be  affected,  and  will  show  the  lightest 
and  mildest  types  of  the  disease;  it  is  specially  with 
regard  to  these  that  we  wish  to  warn  you,  for  it  is  as 
important  to  the  success  of  the  work  being  done  by  the 
U.S.P.H.  and  Marine  Hospital  Service,  that  the  mild 
cases  be  reported  as  well  as  the  marked  cases.  These 
must  be  screened  as  carefully  as  others. 

One  stegomyia  infected,  in  the  first  three  days  from 
such  a  case,  can  produce  a  number  of  serious  and  even 
fatal  cases.  The  means  employed  are  being  systematised 
and  rendered  less  objectionable  daily  by  the  service,  so 
let  us  endure  a  little  inconvenience  for  the  welfare 
of  all. 

Beware  of  the  so-called  immunisation  or  acclimatisa- 
tion fever,  and  report  these  cases  as  promptly  and 
rigidly  as  if  they  were  perfectly  characteristic,  so  that 
the  authorities  will  be  able  to  give  them  the  same 

SAN  IT  All  Y    THE  ATMEN  T. 


166  THE   YELLOW   FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

Step  9.— APPEAL  TO  HOUSEHOLDERS  TO  DELAY 
"MOVING  DAY11  ON  ACCOUNT  OF  DANGER  OF 
SPREADING  INFECTION 

In  view  of  the  near  approach  of  "  Moving  Day  " 
(October  1)  the  undersigned  deem  it  their  duty  to 
direct  your  attention  to  the  danger  likely  to  attend 
a  general  moving  of  tenants  from  house  to  house. 

Persons  moving  from  infected  localities  may  later 
develop  the  fever  in  uninfected  neighbourhoods,  thereby 
developing  new  foci.  Others  now  residing  in  uninfected 
houses  may  contract  the  disease  by  removing  into 
houses  where  mild  cases  of  fever  may  have  occurred 
and  recovered  without  medical  attention,  and  conse- 
quently escaping  fumigation.  Non-immunes  coming 
into  such  houses  will  almost  inevitably  contract  yellow 
fever,  thereby  adding  to  our  present  troubles. 

We  do  therefore  urge  the  importance  of  taking  such 
steps  as  may  be  necessary  to  delay  the  general  movement 
for  at  least  thirty  days. 

ADVISORY  COMMITTEE,  O.P.M.S. 

Step    10.— DANGER     OF    REMOVAL    OF    TEMPORARY 
CISTERN  SCREENS 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA., 

September  13,  1905 

There  being  a  pretty  general  understanding  in  the 
community  that  the  cheese-cloth  screens  over  cisterns 
have  to  be  removed  by  October  1,  and  the  regular 
18-mesh  to  the  inch  wire  screen  substituted  by  that 
date,  we  believe  that  a  number  of  persons  are  now 
having  this  change  done  to  the  great  danger  of  a 
general  liberation  of  all  mosquitos  imprisoned  or  bred 
from  the  pupa?  in  the  cisterns.  We  cannot  afford,  in 


PROTECT  THE   WATER  167 

the  final  fight  of  checking  yellow  fever  in  our  midst, 
to  neglect  so  important  a  matter  as  this,  so  we  strongly 
urge  that  the  change  from  cheese  cloth  to  wire,  if  not 
legally  postponed  until  Dec.  1,  shall  be  by  having  the 
wire  screens  placed  over  the  cheese  cloth  without 
removing  the  latter. 

ADVISORY  COMMITTEE,  O.P.M.S. 

Public  opinion  having  been  educated,  the  City 
Authority  feels  now  strong  enough  to  bring  in  an 
ordinance  to  compel  landlords  to  screen  all  vats. 

Step  11.— A   WATER-CISTERN  SCREENING 
ORDINANCE 

MAYORALTY  OF  NEW  ORLEANS, 

CITY  HALL,  August  2,  1905 

NO.  3196  NEW  COUNCIL  SERIES 

AN  ORDINANCE,  prescribing  the  manner  in  which 
water  liable  to  breed  mosquitos  shall  be  stored  within 
the  limits  of  the  City  of  New  Orleans. 

Section  1. — Be  it  ordained  by  the  Council  of  the 
City  of  New  Orleans  that  no  water  liable  to  breed 
mosquitos  shall  be  stored  within  the  limits  of  the  city, 
except  under  the  following  conditions. 

Section  2. — Water  kept  in  cisterns,  tanks,  barrels, 
buckets,  or  other  containers  for  a  period  longer  than 
one  week  shall  be  protected  from  mosquitos  in  the 
following  manner :  Cisterns  shall  be  covered  with  oil 
by  the  property  owner  or  agent  thereof  within  forty- 
eight  hours  after  the  promulgation  of  this  ordinance 
and  provided  with  a  cover  of  wood  or  metal ;  all 
openings  in  the  top  or  within  6  ft.  of  the  top  larger 
than  Y^  in.  to  be  screened  with  netting  of  not  less  than 
18-mesh,  or  cheese  cloth  or  other  suitable  material  by 


168  THE   YELLOW  FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

the  property  owner  or  agent  thereof  within  forty-eight 
hours  after  the  promulgation  of  this  ordinance,  provided 
that  after  the  first  day  of  October  1905,  all  property 
owners  shall  be  required  to  screen  cisterns  with  wire 
netting  of  the  proper  size  mesh  as  required  by  the 
Board  of  Health  in  such  a  manner  as  to  prevent  the 
entrance  of  mosquitos. 

Section  3. — Tanks  or  barrels  or  similar  containers  to 
be  constructed  in  the  manner  provided  for  cisterns,  or 
in  some  other  manner  satisfactory  to  the  Board  of 
Health. 

Section  4. — Buckets  containing  water  for  longer 
than  one  week  (such  as  fire  buckets  in  cotton  presses), 
and  other  similar  containers  of  stagnant  water,  shall  be 
covered  in  such  a  manner  as  to  prevent  the  entrance 
of  mosquitos. 

Section  5. — Water  in  ponds,  pools,  or  basins,  in 
public  or  private  parks,  places  of  resort  or  residence,  or 
in  depressions,  or  excavations  made  for  any  purpose, 
shall  be  stocked  with  mosquito-destroying  fish,  or 
covered  with  protective  netting,  or  shall  be  drained  off 
at  least  once  every  week,  or  shall  be  covered  with 
coal  oil  in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  Board  of 
Health,  by  the  owner  or  agent  thereof  within  forty- 
eight  hours  after  the  promulgation  of  this  ordinance. 

Section  6. — The  Board  of  Health  may,  in  its  dis- 
cretion whenever  deemed  necessary,  treat  stagnant 
water  by  applying  oil  to  its  surface  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  destroy  mosquitos. 

Section  7. — The  penalty  for  violations  of  this 
ordinance  or  any  section  thereof  shall  be  a  fine  of 
not  more  than  twenty-five  dollars,  or  imprisonment 
for  not  more  than  thirty  days,  or  both,  and  failure  to 
comply  with  any  provision  shall  be  considered  a 


"CLEAN   UP"  CLUBS  169 

separate  offence  for  each  day  of  its  continuance  after 
the  proper  notification  by  the  Board  of  Health. 

Adopted    by   the    Council   of    the    City   of    New 
Orleans. 


Step  12.— A    DAY    APPOINTED    TO    "CLEAN    UP" 
IN    THE     CITY 

The  following  is  an  appeal  to  the  citizens  to 
"  clean  up,"  and  it  again  should  be  copied  by  all 
towns  in  the  Yellow  Fever  zone. 

THE    MAYOR'S    PROCLAMATION 

It  has  come  to  be  recognised  as  an  indispensable 
necessity  for  the  eradication  of  disease,  and  for  the 
proper  safeguarding  of  our  public  health,  that  our 
city  should  be  thoroughly  cleaned.  Our  patriotic 
citizens  are  unanimous  in  the  sentiment  and  have 
generously  come  forward  to  aid  and  assist  in  such 
a  movement. 

The  Executive  Committee  which  was  named  to 
consider  and  take  action  upon  the  thorough  cleans- 
ing of  the  city,  recommended  that  Wednesday, 
August  9,  1905,  be  observed  as  general  cleaning-up 
day.  To  that  end,  and  to  promote  the  more  expeditious 
handling  of  the  accumulations  of  dirt,  it  has  been 
recommended  that  all  householders  begin  the  work 
of  cleaning  their  premises  Monday,  and  continue  the 
same  Tuesday,  in  order  that  the  refuse  and  pilings 
will  be  ready  and  convenient  for  removal  Wednesday, 
"  General  Cleaning-up  Day." 

It  has  been  earnestly  and  urgently  recommended 
that  all  merchants  and  business  men  assist  in  this 
work  by  closing  their  respective  establishments  on 


170  THE   YELLOW   FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

that  day,  so  that  they  and  their  employees  may  assist 
in  the  .task.  There  have  been  many  patriotic  offers 
of  carts,  wagons,  teams  and  drays,  and  all  contrac- 
tors who  are  engaged  in  work  of  public  improvement 
are  urged  to  contribute  their  teams  to  aid  in  this 
laudable  undertaking  of  removing  trash  and  pilings. 
The  details  of  this  work  will  be  planned  and  prepared 
under  the  direction  and  control  of  the  Commissioner 
of  Public  Works,  to  whom  the  tender  of  carts,  teams, 
etc.,  must  be  made  as  soon  as  possible  in  order  that 
the  full  programme  may  be  perfected  and  made 
public  not  later  than  Tuesday  morning. 

In  furtherance  of  this  great  object,  I  do  hereby 
call  upon  every  taxpayer  and  householder  to  extend 
every  assistance  towards  the  effective  performance  of 
the  work,  and  urging  that  all  merchants  and  business 
men  close  their  respective  establishments  on  that  day, 
I  do  hereby  proclaim  Wednesday,  August  9,  1905, 
to  be  "  General  Cleaning-up  Day." 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal  of  office,  affixed  this 
fourth  day  of  August,  A.D.  1905. 

MARTIN   BEHRMAN, 

Mayor. 

Step  13.— APPEAL    TO    THE    CLERGY 

FROM   THE   CITIZENS1   VOLUNTEER   WARD   ORGANISATION 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA., 

July  29,  1905 

To  THE  REVEREND  CLERGY  : 

The  influence  of  the  Reverend  Clergy  is  such, 
and  their  loyalty  and  public  spirit  have  been  so  often 
demonstrated,  that  we  venture  to  ask  your  co-opera- 
tion with  the  Citizens'  Volunteer  Organisations  in 
the  present  emergency. 

United  action  produces  the  surest  results. 


CLERGY   TAKE   ACTION  171 

We  beg  to  ask  that  you  will  speak  to  your  con- 
gregations on  Sunday,  July  30,  or  at  the  earliest 
date  thereafter  convenient  to  yourself,  in  behalf  of 
the  work  now  being  carried  on  by  the  Health 
Authorities  of  the  city. 

We  ask  that  you  will  urge  them,  whether  they 
believe  in  the  "  mosquito  theory "  or  not,  that  they 
will  give  their  hearty  assistance  to  the  authorities  who 
are  attempting  to  stamp  out  the  mosquito,  as  at  least 
one  source  of  infection.  Urge  upon  them  the  patriotic 
duty  of  allowing  cisterns  to  be  oiled  and  screened ; 
cesspools  to  be  treated  with  disinfectants,  etc. 

Many  householders  (a  small  minority,  but  still 
enough  to  work  mischief)  refuse  permission  to  the 
oilers  and  screeners  to  do  the  work.  This  refusal 
nullifies  to  a  great  extent  the  work  accomplished  on 
the  premises  of  willing  householders.  In  previous 
visitations  of  the  fever  we  have  been  fighting  in  the 
dark,  striking  at  an  unknown  enemy  coming  from  a 
mysterious  source. 

The  consensus  of  scientific  opinion  fixes  upon  the 
mosquito  as  the  agent  of  transmission  of  the  Yellow 
Fever. 

The  enemy  therefore  is  in  sight.  So  far  as  your 
power  extends,  then,  we  beg  of  you  to  use  it  for  the 
spread  of  information  concerning  the  mosquito  theory, 
and  to  use  your  influence  with  your  congregations 
to  hold  up  the  hands  of  the  constituted  Health 
Authorities. 

This  office  will  gladly  receive  suggestions  and  will 
give  all  possible  assistance  to  the  Ward  Organisations. 

It  is  proposed  to  have  two  cleaning-up  days, 
by  proclamation  of  the  Mayor,  although  this  has  not 
at  this  writing  been  definitely  decided. 


172 

The  daily  newspapers  will  announce  it  when  deter- 
mined. We  will  ask  you  to  bring  this  matter  also  to 
the  attention  of  your  congregations. 

Step  14.— REQUEST    TO    THE    HOUSEHOLDERS  OF 

THE   WARD  TO   OBSERVE   A  GENERAL 

FUMIGATION   DAY 

NEW  ORLEANS,  LA., 

September  I,  1905 

Saturday,  September  2,  and  Sunday,  September  3, 
have  been  suggested  and  agreed  upon  as  GENERAL 
FUMIGATION  DAYS,  between  the  hours  of  10  a.m.  and 
12  a.m.,  for  the  purpose  of  destroying  mosquitos, 
which  are  recognised  as  the  medium  of  communica- 
tion of  yellow  fever,  and  we  make  the  following 
suggestions  as  to  the  manner  of  fumigating  :— • 

1.  Close  all  outside  openings,   such  as  doors  and 
windows,  and  make  the  house  (or  room)  to  be   fumi- 
gated as  tight  as  possible,  by  closing  or  stopping  the 
fireplace   and  other  openings    with  paper  pasted  over 
them. 

2.  Pianos  should  be  removed  from  the  rooms  to  be 
fumigated. 

3.  Place  an  iron  vessel,  flat  skillet  preferred,  in  pan 
or  tub  with  about  one  inch  of  water  in  it ;  place  roll 
of  sulphur  or  flower  of  sulphur  (two  pounds  to  each 
ordinary-sized   room  to  be   fumigated)   in   the  skillet ; 
pour  over  it  a  small   quantity   of  alcohol,   about   two 
tablespoonfuls  to  the  pound,  and  set  fire  to  same. 

4.  Keep  the  house,  or  rooms,  closed  for  two  hours 
after  lighting  the  sulphur. 

Those  who  prefer  to  do  so  may  use  pyrethrum 
powder  (insect  powder)  instead  of  sulphur.  Where 
this  is  used  the  rooms  should  be  swept  after  the 


HOW  TO   FUMIGATE  173 

fumigation  and  the  mosquitos  so  gathered  up  should 
be  burned,  as  pyrethrum  powder  merely  stuns  the 
mosquito.  The  amount  of  pyrethrum  to  be  used  is 
one  pound  to  each  ordinary-sized  room. 


It  having  been  decided  to  call  in  experts  to  advise 
upon  the  situation  and  if  possible  to  expedite  the 
campaign,  the  special  yellow  fever  experts  arrived 
and  took  charge  of  the  situation,  and  the  campaign 
was  carried  out  with  renewed  energy  and  precision. 
It  consisted  in  : — 

1.  Discovering    every   case   of   yellow    fever    and 
isolating  it. 

2.  Killing  aid  stegomyias. 

3.  General    warfare    against  all   mosquitos,   except 
swamp. 

4.  Ensuring  that  each  Ward  was  fully  equipped  with 
its  forces  of  inspectors,  oilers,  screeners,  fumigators  and 
others  as  wanted,  and  that  there  was  an  adequate  number 
of  men. 

Each  Ward  Office  was  in  telephonic  communication 
with  the  Central  Office. 

Under  the  Marine  Hospital  Surgeon  in  each  Ward 
were  placed  one  or  more  medical  assistants,  young  local 
medical  men,  chosen  on  account  of  their  local  know- 
ledge and  ability,  and  a  staff  of  workmen,  varying 
from  28  to  128. 

Each  Ward  Centre  was  furnished  with  a  supply 
of- 

Fumigating  Materials. — Sulphur,   pyrethrum,  pots 


174  THE   YELLOW   FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

for  fumigating,  paper,  paste,  laths  and  all  accessories 
for  sealing. 

Screening  Materials. — Bobinette  and  sheeting,  wire, 
portable  wire-screened  doors,  ladders,  nails,  hammers 
and  all  accessories. 

Oiling  Materials. — Oil  and  oil  cans,  ladders,  scythes 
for  cutting  rank  grass,  carts. 

A  map  of  the  district  was  kept  at  each  office  and 
the  progress  of  the  cases,  the  number  of  cisterns 
oiled,  and  of  houses  fumigated  were  recorded  with 
dates.  The  various  gangs,  whether  inspectors,  oilers, 
screeners  or  fumigators,  left  the  Ward  Offices  early 
in  the  morning  for  their  appointed  tasks,  or  at  such 
time  as  they  were  particularly  required.  A  practitioner 
might  report  a  case  to  the  Central  Office  or  directly 
to  the  Ward  Office  in  which  the  case  occurred.  If 
in  the  former  manner,  the  Central  Office  telephoned 
to  the  Ward  Officer  concerned.  As  the  result  of 
the  call,  a  screening  and  fumigating  gang  (see 
illustration)  would  be  dispatched,  the  patient's  room 
would  be  screened  and  the  rest  of  the  house  fumi- 
gated, or  the  patient  would  be  removed  in  the 
ambulance  (see  illustration)  to  the  Emergency  Hospital, 
and  the  house  fumigated.  Depending  upon  circum- 
stances, the  surrounding  blocks  would  also  be  fumigated, 
and  from  the  tenth  to  the  thirtieth  day  of  the 
occurrence  of  the  case  the  Medical  Inspector  would 
visit  the  house  every  day  to  locate  any  secondary  cases. 

The  work  of  the  Central  Office  consisted  in 
directing  the  work  of  the  Wards,  receiving  reports 
of  cases,  preparing  and  issuing  reports  and  instruc- 


STRENGTH   OF  THE    GANGS  175 

tions,  and  in  generally  organising.  For  these  purposes 
a  large  clerical  staff,  as  well  as  a  statistical  department 
and  accountants'  office,  were  necessary.  All  cases  of 
fever  had  to  be  notified  to  this  office,  and  it  was 
in  constant  receipt  of  innumerable  complaints  and 
questions.  Every  morning  either  Dr.  White  or  Dr. 
Richardson  made  an  inspection  tour  of  the  districts. 
It  was  soon  found  necessary,  in  order  to  check 
unnecessary  expenditure,  to  establish  a  purveyor's  office. 
This  was  placed  in  the  charge  of  Dr.  Perkins  and  a 
staff  of  about  twelve  assistants.  Each  Ward  was 
required  to  send  in  a  requisition  to  this  department 
for  the  material  it  wanted,  which,  if  not  in  stock, 
was  promptly  obtained.  In  this  way  waste  was 
avoided,  and  by  purchasing  supplies  beforehand  in 
the  cheapest  markets,  considerable  saving  was  effected. 
The  office  was  most  carefully  organised  and  every- 
thing was  reduced  to  a  very  precise  system. 

TOTAL  NUMBER  EMPLOYED  IN  THE  CAMPAIGN 

Total  number  of  men,  inspectors,  oilers, 

screeners,  etc .910 

Special  Fumigating  Division  .  .156 
Special  Investigating  Division  .  .105 
Purveyor's  Department  .  .  . 32 

1,203 

The  total  Medical  Staff  was  fifty,  of  which  twenty 
were  Marine  Hospital  Service  surgeons. 

BOARDS  OF  CONSULTING  EXPERTS 

A  body  of  twenty-three  experienced  medical  men 
were   chosen   amongst  the   various  Wards,  who  were 


176  THE   YELLOW  FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

available   at   any  time  for  consultation  upon   difficult 
or  suspicious  cases. 

During  the  first  few  days  after  the  Marine  Hos- 
pital Service  was  officially  placed  in  charge  of  the 
campaign,  Dr.  White  was  busy  meeting  the  Presidents 
of  the  Ward  organisations,  placing  his  own  officers 
in  charge  of  the  Wards,  instructing  them  in  their 
duties,  and  holding  daily  conferences  with  the  various 
representative  bodies. 

On  August  11  he  met  the  Presidents  of  the 
Ward  Organisations  and  agreed  upon  the  following 
general  plans  : — 

That  the  work  of  the  Ward  Organisation  must 
be  carried  on  as  strenuously  in  the  future  as  in  the 
past. 

That  there  should  be  a  "  mosquito-killing  day " 
throughout  the  city  once  a  week,  when  the  entire 
population  should  make  an  effort  to  kill  by  fumiga- 
tion the  mosquitos  in  their  houses. 

That  all  street  gutters  should  be  flushed  out  once 
a  week. 

That  every  Ward  undertake  a  complete  minute 
inspection  of  all  cisterns  in  its  territory  to  see  that 
they  are  perfectly  screened. 

That  as  an  extra  precaution  the  oilings  of  all 
cisterns  be  continued. 

That  only  oil  of  at  least  150  flash  test  be  used, 
so  as  not  to  render  water  unpleasant. 

That  all  physicians  and  every  one  else  in  the  city 
report  to  headquarters  every  suspicious  case  they 
might  learn  of. 


RESULTS  177 

The  experts  then  issued  a  series  of  directions 
upon : — 

1.  The   formation   of   oiling,   screening,   inspecting 
and  salting  squads. 

2.  Upon  hourly  reporting  to  headquarters. 

3.  Upon  how  to  fumigate. 

4.  Necessity  of  reporting  suspicious  cases. 

5.  Necessity  of  systematic  sanitary  surveys. 

6.  That  there  is  only  one  Authority  in  the  city. 

7.  Warning  against  quack  remedies. 

All  these  directions  emphasised  those  which  had 
already  been  issued  by  the  local  authorities. 

Result  of  Campaign. — Yellow  fever  broke  out  in 
an  unprepared  densely  populated  city  (New  Orleans) 
in  July.  By  August  12  the  fever  was  at  its  height, 
numbering  on  that  day  105  cases.  In  the  meantime 
the  prophylactic  measures,  including  early  notification, 
isolation,  fumigation,  screening,  and  protection  of  the 
water  supplies,  had  begun  to  take  effect,  for  in  three 
weeks  from  the  notification  of  the  first  case  the 
number  of  fresh  cases  ceased  increasing  and  it  was 
clear  the  fever  was  in  hand.  The  infected  stegomyias 
on  the  wing  had  been  killed  and  would  no  longer 
carry  infection,  and  a  fresh  supply  of  stegomyias 
was  rendered  impossible  owing  to  the  fact  that  all 
cisterns  had  been  screened.  Thus  an  outbreak  which 
in  previous  years  would  have  developed  into  the  usual 
awful  epidemic  was  in  a  few  weeks  at  a  comparatively 
small  cost  completely  stopped,  and  that  in  the  face  of 
a  dense  population,  open  drains,  and  a  sultry  summer. 


178  THE   YELLOW  FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

ANTI- YELLOW  FEVER  MEASURES  IN  BRITISH 
HONDURAS  AND  IN  THE  ADJACENT  CENTRAL 
AMERICAN  REPUBLICS 

In  the  summer  of  1905,  whilst  I  was  then  taking 
part  in  the  yellow  fever  campaign  in  New  Orleans,  I 
was  asked  by  the  Colonial  Office  to  proceed  to  Belize 
to  investigate  an  outbreak  of  yellow  fever  there,  and 
to  report  upon  measures  to  stamp  it  out  and  prevent 
its  reappearance. 

I  gladly  availed  myself  of  the  opportunity,  and 
commenced  investigations  on  September  17,  1905. 

My  first  care  was  to  ascertain  to  what  extent  the 
epidemic  had  gained  a  foothold,  or,  in  other  words, 
the  total  number  and  distribution  of  the  human 
carriers.  I  was  soon  satisfied  that  the  officially  re- 
ported cases  did  not  represent  the  total  cases — that,  in 
other  words,  a  considerable  number  of  "  suspects " 
should  have  been  added  to  the  list.  At  the  same 
time  I  hastened  to  ascertain  the  extent  and  distribu- 
tion in  the  town  of  the  insect  carriers.  I  made  at 
once  a  stegomyia  survey,  organising  for  that  purpose 
small  search  parties  to  ascertain  accurately  the  breed- 
ing places  of  the  stegomyia,  and  so  determine  the 
numerical  strength  of  the  insect.  To  this  end  we 
made  a  house-to-house  investigation  and  examined 
1,342  barrels  containing  water,  many  hundreds  of  kero- 
sene tins,  489  large  wooden  water- vats,  271  iron  water- 
tanks,  91  wells,  and  very  many  other  likely  places,  such 
as  disused  canoes,  ditches,  pools,  crab-holes,  etc.  This 
examination  revealed  the  presence  of  the  stegomyia 


STEGOMYIA  SURVEY  179 

breeding  grounds  in  50  per  cent,  of  the  houses  and 
yards.  The  water  most  favoured  by  the  mosquito  for 
her  eggs  was  the  clean  water  for  domestic  use  stored 
in  the  cisterns,  barrels,  tins,  and  odd  receptacles  men- 
tioned above,  and  not  the  water  of  the  pools,  ditches, 
marshes,  or  crab-holes.  This  survey  proved  at  once 
that  the  insect  carriers  were  everywhere  to  hand  in 
and  around  the  houses,  and  that  therefore  the  ideal 
conditions  for  the  spread  of  the  disease  were  present. 

As  a  result  I  reported  upon  the  absolute  necessity 
of  exercising  a  vigilant  supervision  over  the  water 
supply  of  the  town — that  is  to  say,  removing  and 
destroying  all  odd  water  receptacles  and  encouraging 
the  use  of  proper  screened  domestic  and  public  cisterns. 

I  am  glad  to  say  that  the  work  commenced  by 
me  in  1905  has  borne  fruit,  for  by  a  report  of  the 
United  States  medical  officer,  dated  March  27,  1907, 
it  is  stated  that  in  Belize  much  is  being  done  to  render 
the  town  as  sanitary  as  possible.  The  tanks  are  care- 
fully screened,  and  unscreened  water-barrels  and  other 
breeding  places  of  stegomyia  have  been  removed  from 
most  of  the  premises.  Two  sanitary  inspectors  are 
constantly  employed  to  examine  into  and  report  upon 
the  proper  carrying  out  of  the  regulations  bearing  on 
these  points.  Then  the  streets  are  kept  clean,  and 
work  is  constantly  progressing  towards  eliminating 
the  breeding-places  of  mosquitos ;  mosquitos  are  not 
constantly  present  in  great  numbers  ;  and  since 
the  screening  and  cleaning  ordinance  has  been  syste- 
matically carried  out,  the  number  of  stegomyia  has 
been  reduced  to  a  very  marked  extent.  Nor  has  it 


180  THE   YELLOW  FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

been  necessary  since  my  visit  to  quarantine  on  account 
of  yellow  fever  any  ship  leaving  the  port  of  Belize,  and 
this  has  meant  a  very  considerable  saving  of  money, 
not  to  mention  loss  of  lives. 

In  further  confirmation  of  the  efficiency  of  this 
campaign,  the  Hon.  Wilfred  Collet,  Colonial  Secretary, 
British  Honduras,  writes  me  that  in  1907  an  epidemic 
of  dengue  fever  broke  out  in  the  Colony.  Naturally  a 
disease  like  dengue  caused  a  very  considerable  amount 
of  uneasiness,  on  account  of  its  close  resemblance  to 
yellow  fever,  and  as  a  result  the  Marine  Hospital 
Service  of  the  United  States  made  a  most  searching 
inquiry.  Their  representatives,  however,  reported  that 
there  were  no  stegomyia  to  be  found,  and  the  disease 
could  not  be  yellow  fever  !  The  result  was  that  the 
United  States  authorities  at  once  permitted  the  usual 
trade  facilities  between  the  Southern  States  and  Belize. 
No  ship  was  detained,  and  the  commerce  of  the  port 
was  not  interfered  with.  In  1908,  after  a  very  close 
season,  the  water-vats  warped  and  the  staves  opened, 
as  not  infrequently  happens  ;  the  result  was  that  the 
stegomyia  began  to  appear  again.  The  authorities, 
however,  immediately  instituted  a  vigorous  screening 
campaign,  which  was  followed  by  a  disappearance  of 
the  stegomyia  in  two  months'  time. 

SPANISH    HONDURAS 
PUERTO  CORTES -ANTIMOSQUITO  WORK 

We  may  take  this  small  fruit  port  as  a  further 
example  of  other  similar  ones  where  the  work  of 


ANTJMOSQUITO   MEASURES  181 

warfare  against  mosquitos  has  begun  to  be  carried  on 
with  considerable  vigour  in  Central  America.  The 
population  of  the  town  numbers  about  2,400.  The 
existence  of  yellow  fever  would  close  down  the  con- 
siderable trade  which  is  done  in  the  exportation  of 
fruit  to  the  United  States,  hence  the  necessity  for 
war  against  the  stegomyia ;  and  in  July  1907  the 
United  States  medical  officer  reported  that  the  authori- 
ties had  oiled  all  water-containers — viz.  113  cisterns, 
167  barrels,  and  26  wells,  and  that  all  surface  pools 
were  either  drained  or  oiled  thoroughly.  Result  that 
stegomyia  was  reported  not  numerous. 

ANTI- YELLOW    FEVER    CAMPAIGN    IN    THE 
CANAL   ZONE 

This  campaign  was  pushed  forward  with  great 
vigour  from  the  moment  that  the  Isthmian  Canal 
Commissioners  took  over  the  health  administration  of 
the  Zone. 

The  plan  of  campaign  lay  in  rigorously  prohibiting 
the  keeping  of  stagnant  water,  and  in  screening,  house- 
to-house  inspection,  and  the  infliction  of  fines  if  larvas 
were  discovered.  As  the  result,  yellow  fever  has  been 
banished.  Colonel  Gorgas,  under  whose  able  direction 
these  successful  operations  have  been  carried  out,  writes 
in  his  1908  Report  that  "  it  is  now  more  than  three 
years  since  a  case  of  yellow  fever  has  developed  in  the 
Isthmus,  the  last  case  occurring  in  November  1905. 
The  health  and  sick  rates  will  compare  favourably 
with  most  parts  of  the  United  States."  Surely  a  most 
successful  campaign. 


182  THE   YELLOW  FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

THE    ANTI-YELLOW   FEVER   CAMPAIGN    IN   RIO 
JANEIRO  AND  SANTOS,  1903 

In  a  very  delightful  tract  entitled  "  Comment  on 
assainit  un  Pays  " J — or  the  extinction  of  yellow  fever 
in  Rio — will  be  found  the  results  obtained  to-day  by 
the  vigorous  war  against  the  stegomyia  which  has 
been  waged  since  1903. 

Brazil  has  usually  been  regarded  as  the  home  of 
yellow  fever.  We  have  already  seen  how,  in  the 
remarkable  wanderings  of  the  famous  ship  Hankey, 
bound  from  Siam  to  the  Antilles,  there  was  an  account 
of  her  putting  into  some  port  in  Brazil,  and  how 
from  that  fact  we  concluded  that  the  so-called 
"  maladie  de  Siam "  should  be  more  appropriately 
called  "  maladie  de  Bresil."  On  the  other  hand, 
those  of  Brazil  blame  the  Antilles  for  the  introduction 
of  the  disease  in  the  seventeenth  century.  But, 
however  that  may  be,  fresh  doses  of  the  infection 
came  at  successive  intervals  as  trade  grew.  Great 
epidemics  resulted  in  consequence.  Thus  we  read 
of  great  outbreaks  in  1850,  1851,  1852.  In  1899 
the  mortality  from  the  disease  was  35,557.  This 
great  death  rate  was  just  at  the  time  when  Brazil 
was  expanding,  just  when  large  numbers  of  young 
men,  labourers  and  clerks,  had  been  attracted  from 
the  Old  World  to  the  new  country — "  conquistadores  " 
of  commerce — it  was  amongst  the  new-comers  that 
the  mortality  was  so  high,  just  as  of  yore.  It  also 
became  evident  about  the  year  1883  that  yellow 

By  Rangel  Pestana. 


THE   CAMPAIGN   IN   BRAZIL  183 

fever  could  no  longer  be  regarded  as  a  seaport  disease, 
for  it  went  into  the  interior  and  up  into  the  hills. 
The  situation  had  about  this  time  become  exceedingly 
serious ;  Brazil  had  gained  a  bad  name  for  itself— 
a  white  man's  grave,  "  Tombeau  des  etrangers,"  a 
place  where  yellow  jack  was  endemic.  Therefore 
the  Government  set  to  work,  offered  prizes  and  en- 
couraged investigators,  but  alas,  all  in  vain.  Thus 
in  1891  there  were  4,456  deaths,  4,312  deaths  in  1894, 
4,852  deaths  in  1898,  and  so  on,  mounting  up  until 
it  could  be  said  that  at  the  end  of  thirteen  years  the 
capital  had  lost  28,078  victims  from  yellow  jack.  Since 
1850  this  disease  has  cut  off  58,335  lives. 

The  time  of  the  deliverance  of  Brazil  from  this 
scourge  was,  however,  approaching.  It  came  from 
the  moment  Reed,  Carroll,  Agramonte,  and  Lazear 
risked  their  lives  to  prove  the  new  doctrine.  This 
done,  the  Havana  theory  was  taken  up  con  amore, 
and  with  such  enthusiasm  that  four  gentlemen  of 
Rio,  Domingo  Pereira  Vaz,  Oscar  Marques  Moreira, 
Januario  Fiori,  and  Andre  Ramos,  together  with 
Dr.  Emilio  Ribas,  submitted  also  to  be  bitten  by 
infected  mosquitos.  The  results  were,  as  at  Havana, 
a  complete  demonstration  of  the  stegomyia  doctrine. 
Furthermore,  numerous  other  experiments  were  made, 
and  all  proved  the  one  thing, — that  yellow  fever  could 
only  be  transmitted  by  one  particular  mosquito,  the 
stegomyia. 

The  result  was  a  vigorous  antistegomyia  policy 
under  Dr.  Oswaldo  Cruz,  and  the  pushing  aside  of 
all  doubters.  Antimosquito  brigades  were  formed. 


184  THE   YELLOW   FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

One  brigade  consisted  of  1,500  men  to  wage  relentless 
war  upon  all  the  breeding  places  of  the  stegomyia. 
All  stagnant  water  was  upset,  all  useless  receptacles 
removed  to  the  dust  tip,  and  houses  scaled  to  clear 
the  gutters.  A  rapidly  moving  column  was  organised 
to  deal  instantly  with  any  house  in  which  infected 
mosquitos  might  be ;  they  were  attacked  at  once 
with  sulphur  and  pyrethrum. 

Thus  it  came  about  that  between  the  years  1903- 
1906,  a  period  when  everything,  according  to  the  old 
doctrines,  should  have  engendered  yellow  fever — viz. 
open  putrefying  drains,  mud  dredging,  moisture,  a  close 
fcetid  atmosphere — in  fact,  a  period  of  the  old-time 
concatenation  of  circumstances  when  miasm  ought  to 
be  distilled  and  deal  death  all  around,  passed  in  perfect 
safety ;  more  emigrants  than  ever  arrived,  but  no  yellow 
fever.  A  total  of  948  deaths  in  1904  showed  that 
ignorance  had  been  at  last  conquered,  and  that  never 
again  could  there  be  room  for  doubt.  And  for  once 
the  strong  arm  of  the  law  felt  it  had  reason  on  its 
side ;  it  did  not  hesitate  to  punish  those  who  trans- 
gressed and  were  found  harbouring  the  enemy— the 
stegomyia  larvae. 

As  evidence  of  the  earnestness  of  the  people  we 
read  that  in  1909  153,670  breeding  places  of  larvae 
were  destroyed,  850,575  odd  water  receptacles 
examined,  as  well  as  44,343  reservoirs  and  604,283 
water- containers  overhauled  ;  as  many  as  814,650  sinks 
and  718,154  water-closets  oiled ;  2,545  cartloads  of 
tins  and  odd  receptacles  were  removed  from  yards. 
For  fumigation  1,242  kilos  of  pyrethrum  and  28,603 


RIO   AND   SANTOS  185 

kilos  of  sulphur  were  used.  And  this  brought  it  about 
that  in  the  summer  of  1909,  in  spite  of  the  arrival  of 
some  45,219  new-comers,  the  word  went  forth  that 
yellow  fever  no  longer  existed  in  Rio.  Can  any  one 
in  his  right  mind,  after  a  demonstration  like  this, 
afford  to  doubt  and  thwart  the  efforts  of  those  who 
believe  ? 

As  with  Rio,  so  with  Santos :  once  the  white  man's 
death  trap,  it  has  now  become  a  veritable  "  santos  "  or 
health  resort.  Yet  in  the  harbours  of  Rio  and  Santos 
ships  once  rotted  and  fell  to  pieces  for  want  of  crews — 
all  had  died  of  the  accursed  disease ;  and  to-day  no 
one  fears,  and  no  ship  rots. 

ANTI- YELLOW  FEVER  CAMPAIGN  ON  THE  AMAZON  l 

Since  April  1905,  when  the  Liverpool  School  of 
Tropical  Medicine  dispatched  a  commission  consisting 
of  Drs.  Thomas  and  Breinl,  a  great  deal  has  been 
done  to  disseminate  the  knowledge  of  the  danger  of 
the  stegomyia  amongst  the  merchants  trading  at 
Iquitos,  Para,  Manos,  etc.  The  mission  has  received 
the  warm  support  of  the  trading  firms,  and  it  is  hoped 
that  under  Dr.  Thomas  a  still  greater  amelioration  of 
the  health  conditions  will  be  brought  about,  and  yellow 
fever  banished.  In  1905  Dr.  Thomas  published  in 
Spanish  a  useful  Report  upon  the  Public  Health  of 
Iquitos.  He  found  the  Stegomyia  calopm  present  every- 
where in  water-barrels  and  odd  receptacles  throughout 

1  The  first  yellow  fever  expedition  sent  out  by  the  school  was  in  1900,  and 
consisted  of  Drs.  Durham  and  Walter  Myers.  The  latter  investigator  con- 
tracted and  died  from  the  disease 


186  THE   YELLOW   FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

the  town.  He  drew  up  recommendations  urging  com- 
pulsory screening,  removal  of  odd  receptacles,  and 
cleansing  of  yards. 

THE  ANTI-YELLOW  FEVER  OPERATIONS  IN  THE 
BRITISH  WEST  INDIES,  1906-1909 

It  was  to  be  expected  that  these  ancient  Colonies 
would  follow  the  brilliant  examples  set  them  by  Cuba 
and  on  the  Spanish  Main  by  the  Isthmian  Canal 
Zone,  and  endeavour  to  put  their  house  in  order  so 
as  to  be  able  to  withstand  yellow  fever  and  banish 
malaria.  I  have  referred  in  a  preceding  chapter  to 
the  awful  mortality  which  yellow  fever  produced  in 
the  'fifties,  a  mortality  so  great  that  to-day  we  cannot 
realise  it.  In  those  days  the  West  Indies  were  regarded 
as  the  home  of  yellow  fever,  the  islands  where  it  was 
endemic.  The  adjacent  American  Continent  regarded 
the  islands  as  the  source  of  all  their  epidemics.  When 
discussing  the  march  of  general  sanitation  we  showed 
how  both  the  yellow  fever  and  malaria  abated  before 
the  modern  weapons  of  drainage  and  water  supplies. 
Abated,  however,  only  to  a  certain  degree,  just  as  in 
Rio  and  in  many  other  parts  of  the  world.  The  really 
significant  change  did  not  occur  until  the  newest 
weapons  of  medical  science  were  unerringly  directed 
against  the  specific  enemies — the  stegomyia  in  the  case 
of  yellow  fever  and  the  anophelines  in  the  case  of 
malaria.  Then,  and  only  then,  were  these  diseases 
brought  under  absolute  control. 

I  wish  in  this  narrative  to  state  what  those  islands 
which  I  have  already  visited  have  accomplished  :  how 


HOUSE   INSPECTING  187 

far  their  methods  are  modern,  whether  they  are  still 
hampered  by  prejudice  and  tradition,  or  are  willing  to 
embrace  the  modern  method. 

In  the  first  place  I  will  begin  by  giving  my  methods 
of  procedure  when  I  arrive  in  a  colony. 

1.  I   establish  an  office   or   headquarters,  or   secre- 
tarial department,  where  the  plan  of  campaign  is  drawn 
up  with  the  assistance  of  the  local  medical  and  health 
authorities. 

2.  The  mornings  are  devoted  to   a   house-to-house 
examination    of    the    locality   in    order   to   determine 
precisely    the     number     of    breeding    places    of    the 
stegomyia,  in  the  case  of  yellow  fever.     I  invariably 
make  the   house-to-house  inspection  with   the  district 
medical  officers  and  all  the  sanitary  inspectors  available, 
together  with  the  chairman  and  others  of  the  Sanitary 
Boards  of  the  district  in  which  I  am  working.     The 
more    who    accompany   me   on  these   inspections   the 
better,  for  they  all  learn  the  methods  and  their  signifi- 
cance.   When  we  enter  a  house  with  a  yard  and  garden, 
every  water-container   is   carefully  examined   and   the 
results  entered  in  the  Special  Inspection  Book.    Nothing 
is  neglected :  the  water  receptacles  for  the  chickens — 
the  "  Cafe  de  Poule  "-—the  water  for  the  dog  or  other 
animals,  the  drinking-water  barrels,  the  washing-tubs, 
and  the  innumerable  odds  and  ends,  are  all  carefully  ex- 
amined for  the  larvae  of  the  stegomyia.     By  this  means 
a  correct  estimate  of  the   percentage   of  the   breeding 
places  is   worked   out,   and  the   efficacy   of  the   work 
accomplished    by    the    medical    authority    in    charge 
gauged. 


188  THE   YELLOW   FEVER   CAMPAIGNS 

Whilst  making  these  investigations,  ample  oppor- 
tunity is  afforded  of  talking  with  the  householders  and 
of  explaining  to  them  the  significance  of  the  visit  and 
the  necessity  for  the  removal  of  all  stagnant  water 
in  and  out  of  doors.  An  estimate  is  at  the  same  time 
made  of  the  general  cleanliness  of  the  interior  and 
exterior  of  the  house,  and  if  there  are  any  broken  bottles 
or  odd  tins  about  the  yard,  the  householder  is  ad- 
monished to  remove  them  at  once.  For  this  special 
purpose  we  are  frequently  accompanied  by  the  dust 
contractor  and  his  carts. 

To  sum  up  the  results  of  my  house-to-house  inspec- 
tions in  the  West  Indies,  I  examined — 

525  yards  in  Bridgetown,  Barbados, 
48     „      „    Georgetown,  Demerara, 

211      „      „   in  Port  of  Spain,  Trinidad, 
72     „      „   in  Castries,  St.  Lucia, 
98     „      „   in  Kingston,  Grenada, 

125     „      „   in  St.  Vincent. 

In  these  yards  I  found  and  examined  a  total  of 
2,292  water  receptacles ;  these  included  574  buckets, 
425  barrels,  695  tubs,  392  jars,  114  large  tins  and 
cans,  92  vats,  also  an  innumerable  number  of  odd 
receptacles  such  as  broken  bottles  and  pitchers,  small 
tins,  conch  shells,  calabashes,  flower  vases,  saucers,  lily 
tubs,  etc.  etc.  When  mosquito  larvae  were  found, 
they  were  those  of  the  Stegomyia  calopus. 

Nature  of  the  Water-containers. — Each  Colony  had 
for  the  most  part  its  own  peculiarities  in  the  way  of 
water-containers.  Wherever  barrels  were  used  for 


PIPE-BORNE  WATER  is9 

the  storage  of  water,  as  in  straggling  districts  and 
small  villages,  larvae  were  always  most  abundant.  In 
Castries  and  in  other  Colonies  which  were  formerly 
under  French  rule,  the  large  old-fashioned  jars  were 
the  great  offenders.  In  George  Town,  Demerara, 
vats  predominate.  In  Port  of  Spain,  Trinidad,  the 
antiformicas,  as  1  have  previously  explained,  are  a 
source  of  danger. 

It  was  abundantly  evident  from  my  visits  that 
in  all  these  six  Colonies  measures  had  been  taken  to 
abate  the  stegomyia  breeding  nuisance.  First  and 
foremost,  a  pipe-borne  water  supply  is  now  the  rule, 
but  it  wants  further  extension.  Secondly,  the  town 
councils  have  been  fairly  active  in  removing  all  odds 
and  ends  from  yards  likely  to  contain  water.  Thirdly, 
in  all  these  Colonies  health  clauses  have  been  inserted 
dealing  specifically  with  the  stagnant-water  nuisance — 
the  presence  of  larvae  being  taken  as  proof  of  this. 
Fines  are  inflicted  regularly  for  infringement  of  these 
bylaws.  Screening  is  compulsory  in  some  places. 
Fourthly,  in  many  places  an  active  antimosquito  pro- 
paganda has  been  set  on  foot  and  the  people  have  been 
educated.  Fifthly,  both  the  medical  officers  and  the 
sanitary  inspectors  have  in  many  places  been  trained 
either  in  tropical  diseases  at  the  Tropical  Schools  in 
England,  or,  as  in  the  case  of  the  sanitary  inspectors, 
they  have  been  trained  to  recognise  and  differentiate 
the  various  mosquito  larvae  arid  to  realise  their 
significance.  In  addition  to  these  antilarval  measures, 
the  health  authorities  have  also  clauses  to  deal  with  the 
fumigation  of  houses  in  which  yellow  fever  has  occurred, 


190 

the  screening  of  patients,  and  early  notification.  Had 
these  West  Indian  Colonies  not  already  commenced  to 
make  these  reforms  that  brought  them  into  line  with 
Cuba  and  the  Canal  Zone,  there  can  be  little  doubt 
that  they  would  have  been  visited  by  epidemics  of 
yellow  fever  which  in  former  days  were,  as  we  have 
seen,  the  rule.  The  best  test  of  this  is  the  recent 
epidemic  in  Barbados.  This  epidemic  has  been  kept 
under ;  it  was  practically  stamped  out  in  May  in  the 
chief  port,  Bridgetown,  whereas  in  former  days  it  would 
have  gone  on  gaining  in  force  and  virulence.  The  fever 
persisted  longer  in  the  straggling  isolated  country 
parishes  around  because  the  machinery  for  carrying  out 
thorough  fumigation  was  not  so  complete  as  in  the 
chief  town.  One  of  the  West  India  Islands  has  been 
very  severely  visited  by  yellow  fever,  viz.  the  French 
Colony  of  Martinique,  and  in  this  island  we  have 
evidence  that  antilarval  measures  had  not  been 
vigorously  pushed.  Yet,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that 
yellow  fever  was  raging  in  Martinique,  the  adjacent 
island  of  St.  Lucia  remained  absolutely  secure  owing 
entirely  to  the  wise  antilarval  measures  and  sharp 
look-out  taken  by  the  Governor  and  his  officers. 
It  proves  conclusively  that  yellow  fever  need  never 
again  be  a  source  of  alarm  to  the  West  Indies  as 
of  old,  provided  that  anti-larval  measures  are  pushed. 
Again,  a  source  of  great  danger  to  the  West 
Indian  group  is  Venezuela,  the  remaining  stronghold 
of  yellow  fever.  But,  again,  the  adjacent  Colony  of 
Trinidad,  with  its  up-to-date  antimosquito  measures, 
need  have  little  to  fear.  In  this  respect  the  "  Liver- 


THE   STEGOMYIA   RATE  191 

pool"  of  the  West  Indies  (Port  of  Spain)  has  as 
little  to  dread  as  the  Liverpool  of  Lancashire. 
Nevertheless,  no  Colony  can  afford  to  take  risks,  and 
as  rigid  an  inspection  of  all  arrivals  from  Venezuela 
must  be  made  as  the  Isthmian  Canal  authorities  enforce 
in  the  case  of  arrivals  into  their  territory.  In  other 
words,  each  Colony  must  see  that  all  its  defences  are 
perfect.  In  the  present  day,  with  our  knowledge  of 
how  yellow  fever  is  carried,  its  presence  in  any  Colony 
is  rightly  regarded  as  a  disgrace,  and  as  showing  that 
the  Colony  is  as  yet  in  the  barbarous  stage,  and  possesses 
no  medical  organisation  worthy  of  the  name.  Yellow 
fever  is  not  to-day  regarded  as  the  inevitable  penalty 
of  our  desire  to  go  to  tropical  lands ;  it  is  to-day  the 
penalty  of  ignorance  and  superstition. 

Finally,  as  the  result  of  my  investigation  of  the 
numerical  strength  of  the  breeding  places  of  the 
stegomyia,  I  found  the  rate  was  not  high,  varying  from 
4  to  10  per  cent.1  But  this  percentage  must  be 
reduced  to  zero.  In  the  Appendix  will  be  found 
collected  together  those  health  clauses  of  the  various 
Colonies  which  I  visited  which  deal  with  anti-yellow 
fever  and  antimalarial  warfare ;  they  are  useful  as  a 
guide  to  other  Colonies  which  may  not  have  yet  come 
into  line.  These  measures,  and  the  numerous  penalties 
which"  followed  their  systematic  enforcement,  constitute 
the  most  eloquent  testimony  which  we  possess  of  the 

1  In  a  letter  which  I  have  received  as  I  go  to  press  from  Dr.  Hudson  of 
Barbados,  there  is  the  gratifying  statement  that  "The  first  fortnightly 
returns  of  mosquito  destruction  in  the  parishes  shows  that  only  0'45  per 
cent,  of  the  houses  inspected  were  found  to  be  harbouring  larvae."  This  is 
a  remarkably  good  result. 


192 

earnestness  of  this  great  health  campaign  in  the  West 
Indian  Colonies. 

Thus  in  Trinidad  there  have  been  29  prosecutions 
from  March  to  April  of  1909  ;  98  in  St.  Lucia  from 
1907-9  ;  99  in  Barbados  during  April  and  May  of 
1909  ;  and  the  fines  have  ranged  from  Is.  to  40s. 

DENGUE   OR   DANDY   FEVER 

This  is  a  tropical  fever  of  wide  distribution,  occur- 
ring in  the  West  Indies,  Syria,  the  Far  East,  India, 
Australasia,  Central  and  South  America.  In  the 
present  day  it  owes  a  considerable  amount  of  its  im- 
portance to  the  fact  that,  together  with  influenza,  it 
is  liable  to  be  confused  with  yellow  fever.  Like  the 
latter  fever,  it  appears  to  follow  the  trade  routes  and 
to  burst  out  without  warning  into  considerable-sized 
epidemics  of  an  essentially  local  character.  Indeed,  in 
its  mode  of  extension  and  its  tendency  to  keep  to  the 
coast  line,  it  resembles  an  insect-borne  disease,  and 
evidence  is  accumulating  in  favour  of  this  view.  Thus 
Dr.  H.  Graham  of  Beyrouth  has  brought  forward 
reasons  which  show  that  dengue  fever  is  spread  by 
the  Culeoc  fatigans.  This  observer  states  that  he  was 
able  to  infect  (1901)  healthy  persons  by  the  bite  of 
infected  mosquitos,  that  is,  mosquitos  which  had  bitten 
patients  suffering  from  the  disease. 

Dr.  Strong  of  Manilla  likewise  (1909)  states  that 
recent  studies  in  Manilla  point  to  the  Culex  fatigans  as 
the  transmitting  agent,  and  I  have  received  a  note 
from  the  Hon.  W.  Collett,  Colonial  Secretary,  British 


p.  192] 


MALE.  FEMALE. 

FlG.    38. CULEX   FATIGANS. 


DENGUE   FEVER   AND  CULEX  193 

Honduras,  concerning  an  outbreak  of  dengue  fever  in 
that  Colony,  in  which  he  states : 

"  An  epidemic  of  dengue  broke  out  in  the  middle 
of  the  year  1907,  and  P.M.O.  Harrison  estimated  that 
45  per  cent,  of  the  population  suffered.  A  few  who 
had  previously  had  yellow  fever  contracted  the  disease, 
so  that  evidently  yellow  fever  does  not  protect.  It  was 
noted  that  wherever  dengue  fever  occurred  the  Culeoc 
fatigans  was  also  found.  Mr.  Collett  had  the  culex 
in  his  own  house,  and  his  youngest  child  contracted  the 
disease ;  both  himself  and  Mrs.  Collett,  however, 
escaped,  as  they  had  had  the  disease  in  Fiji  in  1885." 


13 


PART   II 
CHAPTER   XV 

SLEEPING    SICKNESS,    FLIES,    AND    DISEASE 

TRYPANOSOMIASIS  (SLEEPING   SICKNESS) 

THIS  morbid  condition,  better  known  in  one  of  its  forms 
in  man  as  sleeping  sickness,  belongs  to  that  group 
of  diseases,  including  malaria,  filariasis,  and  tick  fever, 
which  are  caused  by  minute  animal  parasites  living 
in  the  blood  stream  of  the  body.  Like,  also,  many  of 
the  other  tropical  diseases,  it  attacks  a  wide  range  of 
the  animal  kingdom.  I  have  had  occasion  to  refer  to 
this  significant  fact  before.  We  will  have  noted  that 
these  diseases  are  not  peculiar  to  man  alone ;  man  is 
simply  liable  to  them  just  as  are  other  species  of  the 
animal  kingdom. 

Naturally,  when  man  is  affected  in  epidemic  form, 
our  attention  is  at  once  directed  to  the  disease,  and 
investigations  made  and  the  cause  discovered.  It  was 
thus  with  sleeping  sickness.  The  trypanosome,  as  the 
small  blood  parasite  which  causes  the  disease  is  called, 
was  discovered  in  1902,  but  long  before  that  date 

194 


TRYPANOSOMA   GAMBIENSE  195 

(1869)  it  had  already  been  known  as  a  blood  parasite 
in  many  of  the  lower  animals.  In  1901  Dr.  Dutton, 
of  the  Liverpool  School,  whilst  investigating  tropical 
diseases  in  the  Gambia  Colony,  discovered  the  parasite 
in  the  blood  of  a  patient,  exhibiting  no  unusual  symp- 
toms, under  the  care  of  Dr.  Forde,  and  he  named  it  the 
Trypanosorna  gambiense  ;  and  then,  in  the  year  1902,  the 
world  was  made  aware  by  Bruce  and  Castellani  of 
the  fact  that  the  mysterious  and  deadly  disease  which 
was  rapidly  spreading  over  Central  Africa — Sleeping 
Sickness — was  due  to  the  same  parasite.  Since  then  the 
disease  has  been  subjected  to  numerous  investigations 
(see  Appendix),  and  international  action  has  been  taken 
to  endeavour  to  limit  its  ravages  and  if  possible  stamp  it 
out.  It  would  appear  that  the  disease  has  only  attained 
its  present  prominence  in  Africa  comparatively  recently, 
coincident  with  the  opening  up  of  Africa  to  develop- 
ment, consequently  necessitating  the  formation  of  trade 
routes  and  the  movement  of  large  bodies  of  natives  from 
point  to  point.  The  disease,  if  it  existed  amongst  the 
natives  in  earlier  times,  remained  confined  to  circum- 
scribed areas ;  in  opening  up  trade,  however,  the 
disease  diffused  itself,  and  is  still  doing  so,  until  it  is 
said  to  extend  over  some  million  square  miles.  The 
spread  of  this  disease  has  wiped  out  entire  communities, 
large  districts  have  been  depopulated  in  the  Congo, 
200,000  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  Uganda  Protectorate 
are  believed  to  have  perished. 

The  question  naturally  arises,  How  does  the  disease 
spread  ?  Is  it  by  contact,  by  water  and  food,  or  by 
insects  ?  Knowing  as  much  as  we  now  do  about  the 


196    SLEEPING   SICKNESS,   FLIES,   AND   DISEASE 

spread  of  tropical  diseases,  we  are  not  surprised  to 
learn  that  this  disease  is  spread  by  the  agency  of  an 
insect.  This  time  a  fly — the  well-known  tsetse  fly. 
Bruce  had  previously  proved  that  the  fly  disease  of 
horses  and  cattle  known  as  Nagana  in  Africa  was 
communicated  from  animal  to  animal  by  the  bite  of 
a  species  of  fly  (Glossina  -morsitans) ;  he  concluded, 
moreover,  that  the  transference  was  mechanical — that 
is  to  say  that,  unlike  the  case  of  the  malarial  parasite 
where  the  anophelines  play  the  part  of  intermediary 
hosts,  the  fly  simply  became  mechanically  infected  by 
the  parasite  adhering  to  the  mouth  parts,  so  that  when 
it  bit  a  healthy  animal  it  transferred  to  the  wound 
the  adherent  parasites,  in  a  manner  somewhat  analo- 
gous to  the  way  in  which  the  domestic  house-fly 
carries  infection  on  its  body.  The  mode  of  infection 
having  been  shown  in  Nagana,  it  was  not  long  before 
it  was  determined  that  an  allied  species  of  fly  (Glossitia 
palpalis]  was  probably  the  agent  which  transmitted 
sleeping  sickness. 

There  was  here,  as  in  the  case  of  yellow  (ever 
and  malaria,  the  most  significant  fact  that  sleeping 
sickness  was  found  only  in  districts  where  the  fly  was 
found.  No  tsetse,  no  sleeping  sickness :  just  as  no 
anophelines,  no  malaria ;  no  stegomyia,  no  yellow  fever. 

In  the  West  Indies,  where  although  there  are 
many  species  of  biting  flies  there  is  no  tsetse,  sleeping 
sickness  has  not  occurred. 

The  next  great  question  then  arose,  Was  the 
transference  of  infection  mechanical  ?  Or,  as  in 
malaria  and  yellow  fever,  did  the  fly  act  as  host  ? 


[Photo  by  Dr.  W.  H.  Graham. 
FlG.    39. GLOSSINA   PALPALIS,    THE    CARRIER    OF    SLEEPING 

SICKNESS.     Enlarged  Four  Times. 
Block  lent  by  S.  S.  Bureau. 


FlG.    41. NATURAL    SIZE    OF 

TSETSE    FLY. 


[Photo  by  Dr.  W.  M.  <*ranam. 
FlG.    40. GLOSSINA    FUSCA,    IN    RESTING    POSITION. 

Enlarged  about  Three  Times. 

Block  lent  by  S.  S.  Bureau, 
p.  196] 


PLAN   OF  CAMPAIGN  197 

Did,  in  other  words,  the  parasite  pass  part  of  its  life 
cycle  in  the  fly,  as  did  the  malaria  parasite  in  the 
mosquito  ?  The  answer,  as  furnished  by  the  experi- 
ments of  Kleine  and  Bruce,  point  to  the  con- 
clusion that,  much  as  in  the  case  of  yellow  fever  virus 
in  the  stegomyia,  a  latent  period  exists  in  the  fly 
during  which  period  it  is  not  infectious,  but  that 
after  the  period  of  latency,  the  fly  becomes  again 
infectious.  In  the  case  of  the  Sleeping  Sickness 
parasites  the  latent  period  appears  to  be  from  14  to 
21  days.  These  observations  point  to  the  fact  that 
the  fly  acts  as  a  true  host  to  the  trypanosome  just 
as  the  anophelines  do  to  the  parasite  of  malaria  ;  in 
other  words,  the  fly  appears  necessary  to  the  propa- 
gation of  the  disease. 

Plan  of  Campaign. — Having  proved  that  the  tsetse 
fly  is  the  carrier  of  sleeping  sickness,  and  proved  more- 
over, as  it  would  appear  from  the  most  recent 
observations,  that  it  is  only  one  species,  the  Glossina 
/Hi/jHilis,  that  can  act  as  host  to  the  trypanosome, 
we  have  the  key  of  the  plan  of  preventing  the  disease 
altogether,  viz.  by  exterminating  the  carrier,  precisely 
as  in  the  plan  of  campaign  against  malaria,  yellow 
fever,  and  plague. 

The  tsetse  fly,  like  the  common  house  fly  and 
like  the  mosquito,  has  its  two  phases — the  adult  winged 
form  and  the  larval  form.  It  can  be  attacked  at  both 
stages,  whichever  is  most  practical  or  most  convenient. 

In  the  first  place,  observations  have  shown  that 
the  breeding  place  of  the  fly  is  the  strip  of  ground 
bush  along  the  rivers ;  a  strip  about  30  yards  wide 


198    SLEEPING   SICKNESS,   FLIES,   AND   DISEASE 

extending  from  the  river-bank  is  the  usual  breeding 
zone ;  breeding  appears  not  to  extend  to  any  marked 
degree  beyond  this  distance. 

The  larval  or  pupa  stage  evidently  requires  a  certain 
amount  of  humidity  and  shade,  and  requires  to  be 
protected  from  the  direct  sun-rays,  and  hence  the 
fly  chooses  the  damp  shaded  humus  of  the  bush  in 
which  to  deposit  her  pupae.  Therefore,  as  a  first  step 
in  prophylaxis,  it  is  necessary  to  destroy  the  ground 
bush,  to  burn  it  for  a  depth  of  about  30  yards  from 
the  river-bank. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  cut  down  forests  any  more 
than  it  is  necessary  to  drain  lakes  and  run  rivers  dry 
in  antimalarial  operations.  All  that  is  essential  is  to 
go  for  the  chief  breeding  grounds  around  man  and  to 
let  the  forests  take  care  of  themselves. 

The  reason  is  precisely  similar  to  that  which  we 
fully  discussed  under  malaria  and  yellow  fever.  We 
cannot  attempt  the  impossible,  and  it  is  totally  un- 
necessary ;  the  object  is  to  protect  man  in  his  villages 
and  towns  and  camps  and  along  his  trade  routes,  and 
this  can  be  done.  It  is,  as  we  have  so  often  emphasised, 
a  question  of  protecting  man  against  his  innumerable 
insect  surroundings.  In  practice  this  has  been  found 
to  be  perfectly  feasible,  as  easy  as  preventing  the 
keeping  of  stagnant  water  in  and  around  houses  in 
yellow  fever  countries  or  getting  rid  of  pools  and 
anopheline  breeding  grounds  around  the  houses  in 
malaria  countries,  or  destroying  cover  for  rats  in 
seaport  towns. 

What  is  therefore  now  done  is  to  burn  the  ground 


SLEEPING   SICKNESS   PROPHYLAXIS  199 

bush  along  the  margins  of  rivers  and  ponds  and  around 
encampments  and  villages,  and  to  keep  the  roads  clear. 
The  sun's  heat  has  a  most  detrimental  effect  on  the 
fly  and  prevents  them  breeding  in  such  situations. 
Further,  as  in  the  case  of  the  mosquito,  the  natural 
enemies  of  the  fly  are  to  be  encouraged.  These  consist 
of  both  the  enemies  of  the  adult  fly  and  those  of 
the  pupa?,  and  amongst  them  are  described  certain 
birds,  wasps,  spiders,  ants,  and  fungi.  The  collection 
and  destruction  of  the  pupas  have  also  been  advocated. 
The  drainage  of  pools  in  the  vicinity  of  camps  and 
villages  is  also  of  use. 

The  destruction  of  wild  animals  which  the  fly 
may  use  for  sucking  blood,  such  as  the  crocodile,  is 
also  advocated. 

Having  disposed  of  the  method  of  attack  as 
regards  the  breeding  grounds  of  the  fly,  let  us  examine 
what  can  be  done  against  the  adult  insect.  In  this 
connection  a  series  of  regulations  have  been  adopted 
as  follows  :— 

Protect  the  body  as  much  as  possible  from  un- 
necessary exposure  to  the  bite  of  the  fly — 

(a)  by  wearing  plenty  of  suitable  clothing  (white), 

(b)  by  systematic  use  of  nets, 

(c)  by  screening  the  living-rooms, 

(d)  by  choosing  for  the  sites  of  houses  and  encamp- 

ments places  free  from  flies, 

(e)  avoiding  fly-infected   routes. 

In  all  these  rational  and  practical  measures,  the 
lines  followed  are  those  which  we  have  seen  accomplish 
so  much  in  malaria  and  yellow  fever.  And  as  in  the 


200     SLEEPING   SICKNESS,   FLIES,   AND   DISEASE 

case  of  yellow  fever,  so  here  a  great  deal  can  be  done 
by  rational  quarantine  administration.  Natives  coming 
from  infected  districts  should  not  be  allowed  to  freely 
travel  into  non-infected  districts.  They  must  be  sub- 
jected to  most  careful  medical  inspection  to  ascertain 
whether  they  have  the  parasite  in  their  blood  or  not, 
and  those  who  have  must  be  detained  and  isolated 
in  properly  screened  hospitals.  The  principle  of  segre- 
gation should  also  be  adopted  where  possible.  The 
healthy  should  live  at  a  distance  from  the  villages 
or  the  huts  of  those  who  may  be  suspected  to  have 
the  parasites. 

Lastly,  as  in  malaria,  an  endeavour  can  be  made 
to  kill  the  parasites  in  the  blood.  In  malaria  use  is 
made  of  quinine,  in  sleeping  sickness  the  great  drug 
is  arsenic  in  some  form  or  other ;  therefore  arsenisation 
is  a  great  curative  and  prophylactic  measure  of 
defence,  and  is  having  good  results.  According  to 
authorities  like  Koch  and  Manson,  arsenic  in  the 
form  of  atoxyl  is  as  efficacious  in  early  cases  of 
sleeping  sickness  as  quinine  is  in  malaria. 

Upon  these  lines  of  attack  a  great  anti-sleeping 
sickness  campaign  has  been  undertaken  by  all  the 
nations  possessing  Central  African  colonies. 

In  order  to  direct  the  operations  of  the  campaign 
in  British  Africa,  a  National  Bureau  has  been  established 
in  London,  and  at  these  headquarters  regular  monthly 
reports  are  issued  and  reports  collected  from  all 
sleeping  sickness  districts,  maps  are  made  and  issued 
showing  the  progress  of  the  disease  and  the  districts 
pf  the  fly.  The  Bureau,  which  has  been  established 


RESULTS   OF   CAMPAIGN  201 

under  the  auspices  of  the  Colonial  Office,  has  already 
done  excellent  service,  and  the  system  might  well  be 
copied  in  the  case  of  the  other  tropical  diseases. 

Although  it  is  early  yet  to  speak  of  the  results 
of  the  anti-sleeping  sickness  measures,  there  is  no 
question  that  much  good  work  has  been  already  done 
and  very  many  lives  saved  ;  they  serve  as  indications 
of  what  can  be  done.  The  following  Report  received 
from  the  Governor  of  Uganda  shows  clearly  that 
improvement  is  taking  place : 

RESULT    OF    ANTI-SLEEPING     SICKNESS     MEASURES 

IN    UGANDA 

(FnoM  Manchester  Guardian,  JUNE  25,  1909) 

The  Governor  of  Uganda  in  his  Report  for  1907-8 
to  the  Earl  of  Crewe  (Secretary  for  the  Colonies)  is 
able  to  report  that  the  measures  taken  during  the 
past  three  years  to  stamp  out  sleeping  sickness  are 
proving  effectual.  During  1907  the  deaths  in  the 
Kingdom  of  Buganda  numbered  less  than  4,000,  and 
in  1908  they  fell  to  1,700.  It  is  believed  (the  Governor 
says)  that  for  the  whole  Protectorate  the  deaths 
during  the  past  twelve  years  have  not  exceeded  2,500. 
No  Europeans  have  been  infected  since  1906.  Prac- 
tically the  whole  of  the  population  of  the  fly-infested 
shores  of  Lake  Victoria  have  been  removed  to  districts 
inland,  where  the  tsetse  does  not  exist,  and  it  is 
believed  that  there  can  now  be  but  few  cases  of  fresh 
infection  so  far  as  the  mainland  is  concerned.  Steps 
are  in  progress  for  the  complete  depopulation  of  the 
.islands  in  the  Lake.  It  was  feared  that  this  would 
prove  a  most  difficult  matter,  but  the  native  Govern- 
ment is  now  showing  such  confidence  in  the  efficacy 


202    SLEEPING   SICKNESS,   FLIES,  AND   DISEASE 

of  the  measures  for  the  suppression  of  the  sickness 
that  the  request  for  final  action  has  come  from  them. 
About  21,000  souls  will  have  to  be  moved,  and 
arrangements  are  being  made  to  locate  them  on 
vacant  lands  in  Chagwe  and  in  other  districts  of  the 
mainland.  The  realisation  of  this  project  will  put  the 
finishing  touch  to  the  whole  scheme. 

The  pestilent  tsetse  fly  will  still  infest  the  shores 
of  the  great  Lake,  but  it  will  find  no  more  victims 
on  which  to  play  its  malevolent  part.  Sleeping  sick- 
ness has  ceased  to  be  the  dominant  scourge  of  this 
territory,  and  the  disease  has  now  been  reduced  to  a 
merely  sporadic  scale.  Continued  vigilance,  however, 
is  essential,  and  the  recrudescence  of  sleeping  sickness 
can  only  be  averted  by  the  consistent  and  vigorous 
maintenance  of  those  preventive  measures  which  have 
already  proved  efficacious.  The  four  segregation 
camps,  in  which  several  thousands  of  sufferers  are 
still  located,  are  in  full  working  order,  and  though 
no  effective  curative  treatment  has  yet  been  discovered, 
the  lives  of  many  of  the  patients  are  being  consider- 
ably prolonged.  The  measures  taken  to  drive  away 
the  tsetse  flies  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Entebbe 
and  of  other  important  points  on  the  Lake  shore, 
from  which  the  population  could  not  be  removed, 
have  proved  successful,  and  those  places  may  now  be 
considered  perfectly  safe,  so  far  as  sleeping  sickness 
is  concerned. 

The  Principal  Medical  Officer,  A.  D.  P.  Hodges, 
furnishes  the  following  satisfactory  statement  from 
Uganda  : — 

"  I  think  that  the  continued  and  progressive 
decrease  in  the  death  rate,  which  is  apparent  in  the 


RESULTS   OF  CAMPAIGN 


203 


returns  from  individual  counties  as  well  as  in  the 
totals,  is  scarcely  likely  to  have  been  artificially  con- 
trived or  to  be  a  mere  coincidence.  I,  therefore, 
regard  it  as  a  true  decrease  and  as  decidedly  satisfac- 
tory and  encouraging ;  for,  even  though  the  actual 
figures  may  be  inexact,  the  rate  of  decrease  shown  is 
in  all  probability  substantially  a  true  one. 

"  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  decrease  on  the  main- 
land has  been  much  greater  in  1907  and  1908  than  in 
1905  and  1906,  while  the  difference  between  these  two 
periods  is  much  less  marked  in  the  case  of  the  islands. 

"  This  decrease  must  be  attributed  to  the  preventive 
measures  which  were  begun  in  1906  on  the  main- 
land, and  they  have  produced  a  fall  in  the  death- 
rate  from  3,585  in  1906,  to  1,419  in  1907." 

"  Making  full  allowance  for  other  causes,  unless  we 
are  to  place  no  reliance  at  all  on  the  Chiefs'  returns, 
the  conclusion  can  scarcely  be  avoided,  in  my  opinion, 
that  the  preventive  measures  which  have  been  applied 
are  producing  results  so  satisfactory  as  to  warrant 
their  continuance  wherever  practicable  and  their  ex- 
tension wherever  this  is  possible." 

DEATHS    FROM    SLEEPING    SICKNESS    IN    BUGANDA 

KINGDOM 


Year. 

Mainland. 

Islands. 

Totals. 

Mainland. 

Islands. 

Totals. 

1905 

1900 

4,500 
3,515 

3,503 
1,719 

8,003 
5,304 

!•  8,085 

5,222 

13,307 

1907 

1,419 

1,992 

3,407 

] 

\   1,965 

3,1G5 

5,130 

1908 

550 

1,173 

1,723 

J 

10,054 

8,387 

18,437 

— 

- 

18,437 

204    SLEEPING   SICKNESS,  FLIES,   AND   DISEASE 

THE  SEPTIC  FLY  (MusoA  DOMESTICA) 

The  awakening  of  interest  in  insects  as  carriers  of 
disease  by  the  study  of  the  tropical  diseases  malaria, 
yellow  fever,  and  plague  and  tsetse  fly  disease,  has 
been  chiefly  instrumental  in  drawing  our  attention 
to  the  danger  of  the  common  house  fly.  Recently 
Howard  of  Washington  has  proposed  to  substitute 
the  name  "typhoid  fly"  instead  of  house  fly.  He  is 
indeed  justified  in  doing  so,  for  there  is  overwhelming 
proof  that  the  house  fly  is  one  of  the  important 
carriers  of  that  disease.  It  has  been  more  especially 
during  military  campaigns  that  evidence  to  this  effect 
on  a  vast  scale  has  been  forthcoming,  but  in  the 
case  of  villages  and  towns  we  have  abundant  evidence 
also  of  the  activity  of  the  fly  in  spreading  typhoid. 
Inasmuch,  however,  as  the  common  fly  is  equally 
able  to  transmit  cholera,  tuberculosis,  and  the  various 
intestinal  bacteria  associated  with  the  diarrhoea  pre- 
valent in  towns  in  summer  time,  I  think  the  term 
"  Septic  Fly "  would  be  more  appropriate. 

It  has  for  long  been  believed  that  the  fly  can 
carry  disease  germs,  that  it  is  a  mechanical  carrier. 
Every  one  must  have  observed  that  the  fly  is  a  filth- 
eater.  What  dust-bin,  what  garbage,  exists  without 
the  fly  ?  We  become  aware  that  something  is  wrong 
or  rotten,  by  the  presence  of  flies.  We  must  have 
all  experienced  the  dread  with  which  we  have  seen 
the  common  fly  in  the  sick-room.  Wherever  there 
is  rotting,  fermentation,  or  decay,  or,  in  other  words, 
animal  or  vegetable  offal  or  excreta  of  any  kind, 


p.  204] 


FIG.  42. — MASS  or  FLY  LARVAE  IN  STABLE  MANURE.     (Natural  Size.) 

[R.  Newslead. 


DANGERS   OF   THE    HOUSE   FLY  205 

there  the  fly  must  be.  Why  ?  Because  as  the  water- 
barrel  is  to  the  larva  of  the  stegomyia  and  the 
earth-pool  to  the  larva?  of  the  anophelines,  so  is  putrid, 
fermenting  material  to  the  larvae  or  maggots  of  the 
fly.  The  fly  breeds  there,  deposits  its  eggs  there, 
and  they  hatch  out  into  the  well-known  maggots. 
It  is  not  surprising,  then,  that  the  natural  breeding 
grounds  being  filthy  material,  the  fly  should  carry 
on  its  body  some  of  this  filth  to  the  sugar  basin, 
the  entree  dish,  or  the  milk  in  the  bowl  in  the  pantry. 
Unquestionably  the  fly  can  and  does  contaminate  our 
food  supplies,  and  by  landing  on  the  face  around 
the  eyes  and  mouth  it  may  directly  inoculate  disease 
germs.  Beauperthuy  long  ago  directed  attention  to 
this.  The  presence  of  flies  in  a  house  means  that 
filth  is  close  at  hand — not  miles  away,  but,  in  all 
probability,  close  outside  the  kitchen  window  in  the 
dust-bin,  or  in  the  adjacent  stables,  or  in  the  highly 
manured  garden  soil  around  the  house. 

We  must  have  often  observed  by  the  sea  foreshore 
the  prevalence  of  flies  especially  where  the  foreshore 
is  used  as  a  dumping  ground  for  garbage.  Yet  town 
councils  have  wondered  why  their  apparently  beauti- 
fully situated  seaside  resorts  should  still  have  cases 
of  typhoid  and  other  intestinal  fevers.  There  is  no 
wonder  when  we  realise  that  the  fly  is  the  common 
carrier.  The  fly  has  now  been  proved  experimentally 
to  be  a  carrier  in  the  case  of  cholera,  typhoid,  tubercle, 
and  no  doubt  of  the  germs  of  summer  diarrhoea.  In 
Egypt  the  dissemination  of  the  common  ophthalmia 
present  amongst  the  poor  people  is  also  largely  due  to 


206     SLEEPING   SICKNESS,   FLIES,   AND   DISEASE 

the  fly  ;  for  we  have  no  doubt  seen  in  that  country 
the  eyes  of  children  rendered  black  by  swarms  of 
them.  The  relationship  of  the  fly  to  leprosy  has 
often  been  commented  upon,  and  in  my  own  ex- 
perience I  have  on  many  occasions  been  struck  by 
the  great  abundance  of  flies  swarming  around  the 
patients. 

Plan  of  Campaign. — Knowing  the  danger  of  the  fly, 
the  next  step  is  to  get  rid  of  it.  As  far  as  I  am  aware, 
the  first  Corporation  to  move  in  this  direction  was  that 
of  the  City  of  Liverpool.  In  December  1906  the 
Medical  Officer  of  Health  of  this  city,  Dr.  Hope, 
instructed  Mr.  Newstead  of  the  Liverpool  School  of 
Tropical  Medicine  to  undertake  a  minute  inquiry  into 
the  breeding  places  of  the  fly  throughout  the  city.  A 
report  was  drawn  up  by  Mr.  Newstead  which  has 
served  as  a  model  for  many  other  corporations  in  this 
and  other  countries.  The  chief  strongholds  of  the  fly 
were  found  to  be  manure-heaps  in  connection  with 
stables  and  shippons,  and  ashpits  of  all  kinds.  Mr. 
Newstead  found  that  25  per  cent  of  ashpits  were 
infected  with  larvae.  Other  breeding  places  were  all 
odd  collections  of  fermenting  material,  vegetable  or 
animal,  accumulations  of  manure  at  the  wharves,  bed- 
ding for  poultry,  pigs,  etc.  Mr.  Newstead  lays  stress 
upon  the  selective  affinity  which  flies  have  for  human 
dejecta  for  feeding  purposes,  and  in  this  propensity  lies 
of  course  the  great  danger  of  the  house  fly.  It  cannot 
be  too  clearly  understood. 

As  the  results  of  this  investigation  Mr.  Newstead 
recommends  the  following  plan  of  warfare : 


PLAN   OF  CAMPAIGN  207 

1.  That  stable  manure  and  spent  hops  should  not 
be  allowed  to  accumulate  in  the  middensteads  during 
the  months  of  May  to  October  inclusive,  for  a  period  of 
more  than  seven  days. 

2.  All  middensteads  should  be  thoroughly  emptied 
and  carefully  swept  at  the  period  stated  in  1. 

The  present  system  of  partly  emptying  such  recep- 
tacles should  in  all  cases  be  discontinued. 

The  walls  of  middensteads  should  also  be  cemented 
over,  or,  failing  this,  the  brickwork  should  be  sound  and 
well  pointed. 

3.  That    all    ashpits    should    be    emptied,    during 
the   summer   months,  at   intervals   of  not   more  than 
ten  days. 

4.  That  the  most  strenuous  efforts  should  be  made 
to    prevent    children    defecating    in   the    courts    and 
passages  ;    or   that   the  parents   should   be   compelled 
to  remove   such  matter  immediately  ;  and  defecation 
in   stable   middens  should  be  strictly  forbidden.     The 
danger  lies  in  the  overwhelming  attraction  which  such 
fecal  matter  has  for  house  flies,  which  latter  may  after- 
wards come  into  direct  contact  with  man  or  his  food- 
stuffs.    They   may,   as   Veeder    puts    it,    "in   a   very 
few  minutes  .  .  .  load  themselves  with  dejections  from 
a  typhoid  or  dysenteric  patient,  not  as  yet  sick  enough 
to  be  in  hospital  or  under  observation,  and  carry  the 
poison  so  taken  up  into  the  very  midst  of  the  food  and 
water  ready  for  use  at  the  next  meal.     There  is  no  long 
roundabout  process  involved." 

5.  Ashpit  refuse,  which  in  any  way  tends  to  fermen- 
tation, such  as  bedding,  straw,  old  rags,  paper,  waste 
vegetables,   dirty  bedding  from  the  "  hutches  "  of  pet 
animals,    etc.,    should,   if  possible,  be   disposed   of  by 
the   tenants,  preferably  by  incineration,  or  be   placed 


208    SLEEPING   SICKNESS,   FLIES,   AND  DISEASE 

in  a  separate  receptacle  so  that  no  fermentation  can 
take  place.  If  such  precautions  were  adopted  by  house- 
holders, relatively  few  house  flies  would  breed  in  the 
ashpits,  and  the  present  system  of  emptying  such 
places  at  longer  intervals  than,  say,  four  to  six  weeks, 
might  be  continued. 

6.  The  application  of  Paris   green  (poison)  at  the 
rate   of  two  ounces   to  one  gallon  of  water  to  either 
stable  manure   or    ashpit   refuse   will   destroy    99    per 
cent,    of   the    larva?.      Possibly    a   smaller   percentage 
of  Paris  green  might  be  employed  with  equally  good 
results. 

One  per  cent,  of  crude  atoxyl  in  water  kills  100  per 
cent,  of  fly  larva?. 

The  application  of  either  of  these  substances  might, 
however,  lead  to  serious  complications,  and  it  is  very 
doubtful  whether  they  could  be  employed  with  safety. 
Paris  green,  at  the  rate  of  one  to  two  ounces  to  twenty 
gallons  of  water,  is  used  largely  as  an  insecticide  for  fruit 
pests.  It  does  no  harm  to  vegetation  when  applied  in 
small  quantities ;  but  cattle  might  be  tempted  to  eat 
the  dirty  straw  in  manure  which  had  been  treated  with 
this  substance,  and  the  results  might  prove  fatal  if  large 
quantities  were  eaten. 

7.  The  use  of  sun-blinds  in  all  shops  containing  food 
which  attracts  flies  would,  in  my  opinion,  largely  reduce 
the  number  of  flies  in  such  places  during  hot  weather. 
Small  fruiterers'  and  confectioners'  shops,  as  a  rule,  are 
not  shaded  by  sun-blinds,  and   in  their  absence  flies 
literally  swarm  on  the  articles  exposed  for  sale. 

The  rules  laid  down  by  the  Merchants'  Associations 
Committee  on  pollution  of  the  waters  of  New  York  are 
as  follows : 


209 

RULES  FOR   DEALING  WITH  THE   FLY   NUISANCE 

Keep  the  flies  away  from  the  sick,  especially  those 
ill  with  contagious  diseases.  Kill  every  fly  that  strays 
into  the  sick-room.  His  body  is  covered  with  disease 
germs. 

Do  not  allow  decaying  material  of  any  sort  to 
accumulate  on  or  near  your  premises. 

All  refuse  which  tends  in  any  way  to  fermentation, 
such  as  bedding,  straw,  paper  waste,  and  vegetable 
matter,  should  be  disposed  of  or  covered  with  lime  or 
kerosene  oil. 

Screen  all  food. 

Keep  all  receptacles  for  garbage  carefully  covered, 
and  the  cans  cleaned  or  sprinkled  with  oil  or  lime. 

Keep  all  stable  manure  in  vault  or  pit,  screened 
or  sprinkled  with  lime,  oil,  or  other  cheap  preparation. 

Cover  food  after  a  meal ;  burn  or  bury  all  table 
refuse. 

Screen  all  food  exposed  for  sale. 

Screen  all  windows  and  doors,  especially  the  kitchen 
and  dining-room. 

Don't  forget,  if  you  see  flies,  their  breeding  place 
is  in  near-by  filth.  It  may  be  behind  the  door,  under 
the  table  or  in  the  cuspidor. 

If  there  is  no  dirt  and  filth  there  will  be  no  flies. 

If  there  is  a  nuisance  in  the  neighbourhood  write  at 
once  to  the  Health  Department. 


14 


CHAPTER   XVI 

ANKYLOSTOMIASIS  I    DIRT    CONTAMINATION 

ANKYLOSTOMIASIS 

THIS  is  a  disease  which,  like  so  many  of  the  others 
which  we  have  described  in  the  preceding  pages,  teaches 
a  very  instructive  lesson.  It  is  the  disease  par  ex- 
cellence of  workmen  and  labourers,  which  breaks  out 
frequently  amongst  them  when  they  are  working  and 
living  under  insanitary  conditions,  or  rather,  not  under 
strict  sanitary  discipline.  Masses  of  men  when  left 
to  themselves,  away  from  the  intelligent  eye  of  the 
sanitary  officer,  revert  to  the  primitive  conditions  of  less 
civilised  nations,  or  to  the  condition  of  our  ancestors. 
In  other  words,  they  surely  tend  to  contaminate  their 
surroundings,  to  "  foul  their  nest,"  to  pollute  their 
houses,  villages,  water  supplies,  etc.  We  know  from 
history  how  frequently  this  occurred  in  the  movements 
of  armies  in  the  Middle  Ages.  It  was  the  frightful 
mortality  from  these  causes  which  brought  into  exist 
ence  the  study  of  hygiene. 

So  with  ankylostomiasis.  This  disease  has  been 
known  for  a  very  considerable  time  under  different 
names.  In  Egypt  there  was  a  well-marked  condition 

210 


TROPICAL   ANAEMIA  211 

of  profound  anaemia,  which  occurred  amongst  the 
labouring  population,  and  was  known  as  Egyptian 
chlorosis.  During  the  construction  of  the  St.  Gothard 
tunnel  there  broke  out  an  intense  anaemia  amongst  the 
workmen,  which  received  the  name  of  Tunnel  Anaemia. 
In  more  recent  times  severe  loss  was  caused  by  its  ex- 
tensive prevalence  under  the  name  of  Miners'  Anaemia 
in  the  coal  mines  of  Westphalia  ;  and  still  jnore  recently 
Professor  Haldane  has  given  prominence  to  it  by 
making  accurate  observations  upon  its  presence  and 
cause  in  Cornish  mines.  In  the  tropics,  under  the 
name  Tropical  Anaemia,  it  produces  a  very  great 
sickness  and  death  rate  amongst  the  labouring  classes ; 
this  is  notably  so  in  India  and  Ceylon,  and  to  a  certain 
extent  amongst  the  coolie  labourers  employed  in  the 
West  Indies.  The  disease  is  therefore  widely  distri- 
buted over  the  globe.  Its  leading  feature  is  profound 
anaemia,  and  the  consequences  of  anaemia — i.e.  loss  of 
working  capacity  and  invaliding ;  it  is  therefore  the 
labour-paralysing  disease,  and  it  has  in  consequence 
received  great  attention  from  scientific  observers  all 
over  the  world,  and  we  are  now  reaping  to  the  full 
the  benefits  of  their  discoveries.  Observers  found  that, 
whether  the  disease  was  called  "  tropical,"  "  miner  "  or 
"  tunnel  "  araemia,  "  Egyptian  chlorosis  "  or  "  earth- 
eater's  disease,"  "  grounditch  "  or  "  hook-worm  disease," 
the  cause  was  one  and  the  same,  a  small  intestinal 
parasite,  the  Aiikijlostomwri  duodcnalc,  which  inhabited 
the  intestines  in  very  large  numbers  and  led  to  a 
considerable  loss  of  blood  in  consequence.  The  eggs 
of  the  adult  worms  were  passed  in  the  excreta, 


ANKYLOSTOMIASIS  :   DIRT  CONTAMINATION 

and  the  latter,  either  not  being  carefully  removed  or 
disinfected,  contaminated  the  water  and  food  supplies 
of  the  workmen,  or  else  the  abode  and  ground  around 
the  dwellings  and  villages  ;  it  was  shown  especially  by 
Loos  of  Cairo  that  not  only  could  infection  take  place 
by  means  of  infected  water  and  food,  but  that  the 
young  worms  which  had  hatched  out  from  the  eggs 
passed  in  the  excreta,  in  the  cane  or  other  plantations 
surrounding  the  houses,  were  capable  of  penetrating 
the  skin  of  the  barefooted  workmen  and  children  and 
induce  the  disease.  The  method  of  prevention,  the 
plan  of  campaign,  was  also  made  clear  from  these 
observations.  Obviously  the  first  thing  is  to  prevent 
the  disease  spreading  by  insisting  upon  the  proper 
treatment  of  the  excreta  of  the  workmen  by  erecting 
suitable  latrine  accommodation,  rigorously  preventing 
the  pollution  of  the  ground  and  plantations,  etc.,  around 
the  villages  and  houses  and  camps  ;  careful  treatment 
of  those  suffering  from  the  disease  in  hospitals  and  at 
dispensaries  where  some  intestinal  vermifuge  and  dis- 
infectant of  approved  efficacy  can  be  obtained.  By 
the  use  of  these  drugs  the  worms  are  expelled  from  the 
intestines  and  the  sufferer  rendered  non-infectious—just 
as,  in  the  case  of  malaria,  quinine  is  employed  to  kill 
the  parasites  in  the  circulation.  By  the  combination 
of  these  wise  measures  splendid  results  have  been 
obtained  in  different  parts  of  the  world,  and  tropical 
anaemia,  like  yellow  fever  and  leprosy,  will  be  steadily 
driven  back.  In  the  West  Indies  the  disease  is 
receiving  very  careful  attention ;  the  labourers  and 
their  families  are,  in  the  first  place,  very  carefully 


PROPHYLAXIS  213 

housed  and  medically  cared  for ;  they  have  good 
hospitals,  where  they  are  promptly  treated,  and  regu- 
lations have  been  framed  for  their  protection.  The 
following  extract  from  a  circular  issued  by  C.  J.  Cox, 
Colomal  Secretary,  British  Guiana,  shows  that  good 
work  is  being  done  : 

"  I  am  directed  by  the  Governor  to  inform  you  that 
in  connection  with  the  efforts  which  have  been  made 
by  the  Government  to  stamp  out  Ankylostome  infection 
among  East  Indian  immigrants,  it  has  been  found  that 
upon  those  sugar  estates  where  suitable  latrine  accom- 
modation has  been  provided,  and  where  efforts  have 
been  made  to  prevent  the  resident  population  from 
defalcating  elsewhere,  there  has  been  a  marked  im- 
provement in  health  conditions." 

But  it  is  to  the  Philippines  under  American  rule 
that  we  must  turn  for  examples  of  the  most  extensive 
safeguarding  measures. 

THE  CAMPAIGN   AGAINST  ANKYLOSTOMIASIS   OR 
UNCINARIASIS   IN  PORTO   RICO 

The  permanent  commission  appointed  by  the  United 
States  to  study  and  institute  measures  for  the  prevention 
and  cure  of  anaemia  in  Porto  Rico  has  recently  issued 
a  report. 

"  The  campaign  commenced  in  1906-7 ;  35  stations 
for  treatment  were  established  in  the  island,  and  a 
total  number  of  89,233  patients  were  treated.  The 
population  of  the  island  is  800,000,  scattered  over  an 
area  of  3,306  square  miles.  It  was  calculated  that 


214     ANKYLOSTOMIASIS:   DIRT   CONTAMINATION 

90  per  cent,  of  the  population  harboured  the  parasite. 
To  cany  out  the  prophylactic  and  curative  campaign 
the  island  was  divided  into  three  zones,  each  under 
the  control  of  a  commissioner.  Numerous  '  Anaemia 
Stations '  were  formed  in  each  district.  The  diagnosis 
of  each  case  was  made  accurately  by  the  use  of  the 
microscope.  An  active  educational  propaganda  was 
instituted,  and  the  people  taught  the  nature  of  the 
disease  and  how  it  was  contracted  ;  stress  was  laid 
upon  the  necessity  of  using  only  privies,  and  that  on 
no  account  must  the  people  defecate  on  the  ground ; 
the  people  were  also  exhorted  to  wear  shoes.  The 
treatment  consisted  in  the  use  of  thymol  and  beta 
naphthol.  The  total  number  of  people  treated  amounted 
to  89,233  ;  of  this  number  43  per  cent,  were  cured,  and 
in  16  per  cent,  the  conditions  were  improved." 

It  is  especially  to  be  noted  that  the  campaign  against 
the  ankylostome  has  a  most  marked  effect  in  reducing 
the  general  death  rate.  Dr.  Heiser,  Chief  Quarantine 
Officer  for  the  Philippine  Islands,  lays  great  stress  upon 
this  aspect  of  the  campaign,  and  I  fully  agree.  Given 
a  man  or  woman  or  child  suffering,  say,  from  tuber- 
culosis or  other  disease,  the  chances  of  recovery  are 
immensely  decreased  if  the  anaemic  condition  produced 
by  ankylostomes  is  also  present.  If  a  low  mortality 
rate  is  desired,  then  war  must  be  pressed  against  these 
parasites. 


CHAPTER   XVII 

MALTA   FEVER 

Malta  Fever. — A  bacterial  parasitic  disease  com- 
municated to  man  chiefly  by  the  milk  of  goats  suffering 
from  this  bacterial  disease.  The  germ  is  a  minute 
micrococcus. 

This  disease  is  an  excellent  example  of  the  principle 
underlying  every  previous  chapter,  and  that  is  the 
danger  of  the  domestic  animal  as  a  source  of  disease. 
We  have  shown  that  it  is  the  domestic  or  man-loving 
mosquito  which  is  to  be  feared,  and  which  is  the  very 
fertile  source  of  spreading  diseases.  As  it  is  with 
insects,  so  with  the  mammals.  From  the  cow  man  may 
be  infected  with  tuberculosis,  anthrax,  and  perhaps 
scarlet  fever,  from  the  horse  man  may  acquire  glanders, 
from  the  pig  trichinosis,  and  so  on.  Invariably  the 
higher  animals  associated  with  man  are  liable  to  suffer 
from  diseases  which  are  also  harmful  to  man,  and 
therefore  which  they  communicate  to  man  by  the  milk, 
flesh,  or  excreta.  Malta  fever  is  an  exquisite  example 
of  this  principle.  It  cannot  be  too  strenuously  insisted 
upon  that  the  domestic  economic  animals  like  cattle, 
swine,  and  sheep  and  poultry  require  hygienic  super- 

215 


216  MALTA   FEVER 

vision  equally  with  man.  Forgetfulness  of  this  principle 
has  over  and  over  again  led  to  the  spreading  of 
disease  in  man.  The  question  can  be  grappled  with 
in  many  ways.  It  can  be  dealt  with  as  Sir  David 
Bruce  dealt  with  the  goats  which  he  found  to  be  the 
source  of  the  fever  in  Malta,  by  either  banishing  them 
or  their  products  from  man  altogether  ;  or,  as  in  the 
case  of  diseased  swine,  by  a  most  rigorous  inspection 
of  the  swine  flesh  as  is  done  in  Germany ;  or,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  cow,  by  a  most  searching  examination  for 
the  presence  of  tubercle  in  the  animal.  When  it  can 
be  carried  out,  the  most  effective  way  is  the  method 
employed  in  the  case  of  Malta  fever.  It  resembles  more 
closely  the  method  used  against  the  mosquito. 

But  whilst  the  economic  domestic  animals  are  a 
source  of  danger  to  man,  it  must  never  be  forgotten 
that  the  domestic  pets  of  man  are  also  a  fertile  source 
of  disease.  For  instance,  man  may  be  infected  with 
glanders  from  the  horse,  but  it  is  more  especially 
against  the  dog  and  cat  that  man  must  be  on  his 
guard.  For  example,  in  Iceland  the  dog  is  a  very 
necessary  help  to  the  Esquimaux  for  draught  purposes, 
therefore  the  dogs  are  numerous  and  live  close  to  him, 
in  or  around  the  house.  A  frequent  disorder  of  these 
dogs  is  tape-worm  disease  ;  but,  living  in  such  close 
contact  with  their  employer,  man,  it  is  not  to  be 
wondered  at  that  man  should  share  the  disease  with 
the  dogs.  It  thus  comes  about  that  the  adult  tape- 
worm phase  of  this  disease  is  passed  in  the  dog,  and 
the  cystic  or  hydatid  phase  in  man.  Similarly  with 
rabies :  where  dogs  are  abundant  and  neglected,  there 


DANGERS  OF   DOMESTIC  ANIMALS  217 

also  rabies  in  man  may  be  expected.  The  lesson  to 
be  learnt  from  the  foregoing  facts  is  that  the  fewer  the 
domestic  pets  in  and  around  the  dwellings  of  man  the 
better  ;  because  it  stands  to  reason  that,  difficult  as  it 
is  to  maintain  the  health  and  cleanliness  of  man,  it 
must  necessarily  be  far  more  so  in  the  case  of  cats  and 
dogs,  whose  wanderings  in  dirty  places  can  no  more 
be  prevented  than  those  of  the  common  fly. 

Geographical  Distribution. — Malta  fever  has  a  wide 
distribution,  producing  much  suffering  and  loss  of  time. 
It  occurs  in  the  islands  of  the  Mediterranean,  Italy, 
Greece,  Turkey,  Palestine,  North  Coast  of  Africa,  Cape 
Colony,  Orange  River  Colony,  Arabia,  India,  China, 
Philippine  Islands,  Fiji  Islands,  North  America,  West 
Indies,  and  South  America,  etc. 

Discovery  of  Virus  and  Carrier. — This  disease 
remained  a  mystery  until  its  nature  and  significance 
were  worked  out  by  Sir  David  Bruce,  F.R.S.,  in  Malta. 
In  the  following  account  of  the  results  achieved  I  follow 
closely  the  account  given  by  the  discoverer  of  the 
disease  and  the  author  of  the  simple  but  absolutely 
effective  prophylactic  measures.  The  virus  consists  of 
a  small  coccus,  and  is  therefore  not  of  the  nature  of 
an  animal  parasite,  but  belongs  to  the  bacterial  group. 

Distribution  of  the  Disease  in  Malta. — The  popula- 
tion of  the  island  is  about  200,000.  The  garrison 
averages  about  8,000  troops ;  in  addition  there  is  a 
considerable  sailor  population.  Bruce  states  that  almost 
every  native  of  Malta  suffers  at  one  time  or  another 
from  the  disease. 

He  remarks,  "  Amongst  our  troops  in  the  past  up 


218  MALTA   FEVER 

to  1905  the  average  yearly  incidence  was  37*6  per 
thousand.  In  the  year  1905  as  many  as  403  officers 
and  men  were  invalided  home,  and  in  previous  years 
the  numbers  were  also  uniformly  high.  The  average 
stay  of  the  soldiers  and  sailors  in  hospital  in  Malta 
was  90  days,  and  say  a  further  120  days'  stay  in 
hospital  when  invalided  home  ;  therefore  on  an  average 
624  soldiers  and  sailors  were  in  hospital  120  days 
each,  making  up  a  total  of  74,880  days  of  illness." 
Bruce  adds,  "  What  the  amount  of  personal  suffering 
and  loss  to  the  State  this  sickness  and  invaliding 
entailed  it  is  impossible  to  estimate,  but  the  mere 
pecuniary  loss  must  have  been  very  considerable." 

Discovery  of  the  Virus. — This  was  found  by  Bruce 
to  be  a  micrococcus — the  Micrococcus  melitensis.  Its 
presence  is  demonstrable  in  all  persons  suffering  from 
the  fever. 

Discovery  of  the  Source  of  Infection. — Suspicion 
fastened  upon  the  goats,  which  were  very  plentiful 
and  were  the  source  of  the  milk  supply.  Examina- 
tion of  these  animals  revealed  the  fact  that  50  per 
cent,  of  them  contained  the  parasite,  although  appearing 
to  be  perfectly  healthy,  and  in  10  per  cent,  of  them 
the  milk  contained  the  micrococcus.  Here  then  was 
a  magnificent  example  of  so-called  "  healthy  carriers  " 
of  the  disease,  in  this  case  in  the  animal. 

As  happened  in  the  case  of  other  infectious  pro- 
cesses in  man,  so  here  an  accidental  infection  in  man 
gave  the  final  proof.  In  1905  a  steamer  sailing  to 
the  States  shipped  65  goats  from  Malta;  their  milk 
was  consumed  by  the  captain  and  many  of  the  crew, 


PLAN   OF  CAMPAIGN  219 

with  the  result  that  an  epidemic  of  Malta  fever  broke 
out  on  the  ship,  and  every  one  who  drank  this  milk 
contracted  the  disease. 

Plan  of  Campaign. — Preventive  measures  com- 
menced in  June  1906.  First  the  goat's  milk  was 
banished  from  the  hospitals  and  regiments  ;  then  it 
was  forbidden,  and  in  Gibraltar  the  goats  were  them- 
selves got  rid  of. 

Results. — The  prophylactic  measures  commenced 
in  July  1906,  and  almost  immediately  a  diminution 
of  the  disease  occurred.  Thus  for  the  months  of 
July,  August,  and  September  1905  there  were  258 
cases  ;  for  the  same  months  of  1906  there  were  only 
26  cases. 

In  the  Naval  Hospital  in  Malta,  a  model  institution 
in  every  respect  previous  to  the  stopping  of  the 
goats'  milk,  nearly  every  patient  suffered  from  the 
disease  ;  after  stopping  the  supply  of  milk  not  a  single 
case  occurred. 

From  Gibraltar  MAJOR  HORROCKS  reports  the  dis- 
appearance of  Malta  fever  simultaneously  with  the 
disappearance  of  the  Maltese  goats. 


CHAPTER     VIII 

THE      RISE      AND      FALL     OF     DISEASE. — PLAGUE,     TICK 
FEVER,    LEPROSY   AND    TUBERCLE 

RELAPSING   FEVER  (SPIRILLOSIS)  AND   PLAGUE 

Plague. — The  term  "  vermin  fevers  "  might  not 
inappropriately  be  given  to  the  two  diseases  known 
respectively  as  relapsing  fever  and  plague — two  diseases 
as  widely  distributed  over  the  globe  as  the  vermin 
which  have  been  proved  to  take  a  large  share  in  their 
transmission.  In  their  very  wide  distribution  over  the 
temperate  and  tropical  zones  they  differ  from  yellow 
fever,  malaria,  and  sleeping  sickness,  the  insect  carriers 
of  which  diseases  flourish  more  vigorously  in  warm 
climates. 

It  is  therefore  not  surprising  that  both  these 
fevers  have  a  world-wide  distribution,  as  world-wide 
as  the  crawling  and  lively  insects  associated  with 
them,  namely,  ticks  and  possibly  bugs  in  the  case 
of  relapsing  fever,  and  fleas  in  the  case  of  plague. 
Nor  is  it  surprising  to  find  that  both  these  diseases 
are  being  confined  to  diminishing  areas  of  the  globe. 
Time  was  when  probably  both  had  a  far  wider  dis- 
tribution than  they  have  to-day.  We  know  that 

220 


&* 

i.  §        1 


THE   HOME   OF  PLAGUE  221 

Europe  was  in  the  Middle  Ages  and  even  in  later 
times  devastated  by  epidemics  of  the  plague  or  black 
death,  the  pestilence  which  wiped  out  entire  populations 
and  which  we  have  every  reason  to  believe  was 
plague.  To-day,  the  homes  of  plague  have  to  be 
sought  in  the  East  and  in  India,  to  a  less  extent 
in  Egypt ;  and  it  also  bursts  out  sporadically  in  those 
parts  of  the  world  having  intercourse  with  the  East 
and  which  are  not  on  the  alert  and  are  dirty,  viz. 
the  Pacific  coast  of  the  United  States  of  America, 
and  Australia,  the  Pacific  seaboard  of  Central  and 
South  America,  Mauritius,  Madagascar,  South- West 
Africa,  South  Africa,  then  finally  the  larger  seaports 
in  Europe. 

If  every  now  and  then  a  few  sporadic  cases  are 
found  in  Liverpool  or  Glasgow,  or  London,  they  are 
not  feared,  for  they  cannot  spread,  as  the  conditions 
for  their  spreading  are  not  at  hand  ;  formerly  they 
were,  but  now  they  have  ceased  to  exist.  Of  course 
this  is  not  the  case  in  all  parts  of  the  world.  Those 
places  which  have  not  come  into  line  with  these 
cities  as  regards  modern  hygiene  are,  as  Europe  was 
in  the  Middle  Ages,  still  vulnerable.  If  we  inquire 
into  the  reasons  why  plague  has  to  so  large  a  degree 
disappeared  from  countries  where  once  it  was  pre- 
valent, and  why  to-day  it  is  being  confined  to  narrower 
areas,  we  must  first  recall  what  we  have  already 
learnt  about  malaria  and  yellow  fever.  We  have  seen 
how  these  diseases  have  steadily  fallen  back  before 
improved  water  supplies  and  drainage — that  is,  before 
the  destruction  of  the  agents,  the  mosquitos,  which 


THE   RISE   AND   FALL  OF  DISEASE 

propagate  these  diseases.  Similarly  with  plague,  the 
forces  which  have  led  to  its  extinction  and  curtailment 
are  those  grouped  under  Sanitary  Reform— improved 
ways  of  living,  less  overcrowding,  refuse  removal 
and  destruction,  sewering  and  water  supplies,  better 
food,  hospitals  for  the  isolation  of  suspected  cases, 
strict  sanitary  control  by  means  of  medical  officers  and 
sanitary  inspectors  ;  these  are  the  weapons  of  civilisation 
which  have  steadily  driven  back  the  agencies  at  work 
in  transmitting  plague.  Now  let  us  inquire  what 
these  agencies  are.  Plague  is  a  disease  caused  by  a 
bacillus,  that  is  to  say  by  a  bacterial  parasite  or  virus, 
and  belongs  to  the  class  of  diseases  which  also  em- 
braces typhoid,  cholera,  tubercle,  leprosy.  Like  all 
the  bacterial  diseases,  it  may  be  transmitted  in  various 
ways,  such  as  by  direct  contact,  by  contaminated  food 
and  clothing.  But  there  is  one  special  way  by  which 
we  know  it  is  spread,  and  that  is  why  we  discuss  it 
here,  namely  by  means  of  an  insect, — in  this  case  the 
flea.  It  has  been  shown  by  several  observers,  notably 
in  1906  by  the  investigations  of  the  Plague  Com- 
mission in  India,  that  especially  the  rat  flea,  Pulex 
cheopis,  acts  as  the  carrier.  It  appears  that  when  the 
flea  takes  up  a  meal  of  infected  blood  from  a  person 
suffering  from  plague,  the  bacilli  are  not  killed  in 
the  body  of  the  flea ;  it  has  been  shown  that  they 
even  multiply  ;  when  the  infected  flea  bites  a  rat  or 
a  healthy  human  being  it  transmits  the  virus.  The 
rat  flea,  it  would  appear  therefore,  is  the  chief  trans- 
mitting agent,  and  this  explains  why  the  rat  in  common 
with  man  is  the  greatest  sufferer  from  plague. 


DERATISATION  223 

Epidemics  of  plague  amongst  rats  often  precede  those 
in  man,  and  dead  and  sick  rats  have  always  been 
regarded  with  the  gravest  suspicion  in  countries 
liable  to  plague.  These  observations  therefore  teach 
us  that  the  rat  and  the  particular  flea  which  infests 
it  are  the  agents  which  must  be  regarded  as  largely 
responsible  for  the  spread  of  this  disease.  And,  just 
as  in  the  case  of  the  mosquito-borne  diseases  special 
sanitary  measures — the  attack,  in  other  words — must  be 
directed  against  them,  so  in  plague  in  all  anti-plague 
measures  a  special  war  must  be  waged  against  the  rat. 
Anti-rat  measures  are  enforced;  steps  are  taken  in  all 
epidemics  to  exterminate  them  both  on  ships  and 
in  towns.  Indeed  as  a  precautionary  measure  in  those 
places  where  plague  is  liable  to  be  introduced,  the 
rats  are  systematically  examined  throughout  the  year, 
as  in  Liverpool,  to  try  to  detect  at  the  earliest 
possible  stage  an  acutely  or  chronically  infected  rat. 
The  rats  on  ships  coming  from  ports  where  plague  is 
known  to  exist  are  of  course  subjected  to  very  special 
bacteriological  scrutiny  ;  and  as  a  further  precaution 
means  are  adopted  to  prevent  the  rats  from  such  ships 
getting  on  shore.  By  these  means,  if  plague  is 
discovered  in  the  rat  the  sanitary  authority  is  fore- 
warned, and  is  able  to  take  effective  steps  before  the 
disease  has  attacked  man.  Again,  just  as  in  the  case 
of  yellow  fever  and  malaria  the  essential  part  of  the 
plan  of  campaign  is  to  exterminate  the  anophelines  and 
the  stegomyia,  so,  in  the  case  of  plague,  the  root  of 
prophylaxis  is  to  exterminate  the  rat,  and  with  it,  its 
own  special  flea  which  is  the  carrier.  We  see  now, 


THE   RISE   AND   FALL   OP   DISEASE 

moreover,  how  improved  sanitation,  better  housing, 
prevention  of  overcrowding,  sewering,  and  destruction 
of  filth  will  diminish  the  natural  hunting  grounds  of  the 
rat,  and  therefore  of  its  flea,  and  will  in  consequence 
lessen  the  chance  of  spreading  the  disease ;  and  this  is 
why  plague  has  died  out  in  places  where  hygiene  is 
good  and  survives  where  there  still  exist  overcrowding, 
squalor,  and  dirt. 

TICK   FEVER 

This  is  the  second  of  the  diseases  communicated  by 
vermin.  The  name  is  of  comparatively  recent  intro- 
duction, but  the  disease  in  some  form  has  been  known 
for  many  years.  The  relationship  of  ticks  to  the 
propagation  of  disease  has  been  worked  out  most 
carefully  in  animals.  Investigations  by  Drs.  Smith, 
Kilborne,  and  Stiles  in  the  United  States  showed 
that  Texas  cattle  fever  or  red-water  was  spread 
from  animal  to  animal  by  the  bites  of  the  ticks  with 
which  they  were  often  covered.  A  tick  bites  an 
infected  animal,  and  by  so  doing  infects  itself.  In 
the  case  of  the  female  tick  the  infection  is  passed 
on  to  the  offspring,  which,  being  infected,  are  capable 
of  transmitting  the  virus  to  healthy  beasts,  and  so  the 
disease  is  spread. 

As  so  often  happens,  that  which  occurs  in  the 
lower  animals  finds  its  parallel  in  man.  And  in  effect, 
in  1904,  two  sets  of  investigators  working  indepen- 
dently in  Africa  proved  that  the  well-known  spirillum 
of  relapsing  fever,  the  parasite  which  sets  up  this 
disease  in  man,  was  transmitted  from  man  to  man  by 


TICK   FEVER  225 

the  bite  of  a  tick,  the  Ornithodoros  moubata,  the  disease 
induced  receiving  in  consequence  the  name  of  Tick 
Fever. 

Two  of  the  investigators  who  had  been  sent  out 
by  the  Liverpool  School,  Drs.  Dutton  and  Todd, 
proved  the  further  interesting  facts,  namely,  that  the 
parasite  taken  up  by  the  parent  tick  in  its  meal  of 
blood  could  pass  into  the  egg  and  larva ;  in  other 
words,  could  pass  into  the  blood, — facts  which  Pasteur 
had  shown  to  occur  in  the  case  of  silkworm  disease. 
The  infected  silkworm  moth  transmitted  to  the  egg, 
and  these  to  the  worms  which  developed  from  them, 
the  virus  of  that  disease.  So  with  these  ticks.  As  the 
result  of  biting  a  man  harbouring  the  parasite,  they 
infected  themselves  and  their  offspring,  thus  producing 
a  miniature  epidemic  amongst  themselves  and  their 
offspring ;  and  presumably  these  infected  or  diseased 
ticks  are  capable  of  communicating  the  parasite  to 
man  when  they  attack  him.  It  was  whilst  engaged 
upon  this  research  that  Dr.  Dutton  lost  his  life  by 
accidentally  becoming  infected  with  the  disease. 

It  thus  having  been  established  that  fleas  can  infect 
man  with  plague,  and  that  ticks  transmit  the  parasites 
of  relapsing  fever,  it  is  not  unreasonable  to  suppose 
that  other  crawling  vermin  can  also  take  their  part 
in  the  propagation  of  disease ;  hence  the  great  import- 
ance of  measures  to  ensure  the  cleanliness  of  the 
people,  as,  for  example,  by  the  anti-verminous  Act. 
Insects  that  can  pass  from  person  to  person  are 
highly  dangerous,  and  every  endeavour  should  be  made 
to  get  rid  of  them.  Further,  as  we  have  evidence 

15 


226  THE   RISE   AND   FALL   OF  DISEASE 

that  relapsing  fever  was  once,  like  plague,  a  disease 
widely  spread  over  the  temperate  as  well  as  over  the 
tropical  zones,  and  as  we  know  that  it  still  persists 
in  those  districts  where  there  is  still  overcrowding, 
so  we  must  naturally  come  to  the  conclusion  that 
this  disease  is  dying  out  as  the  result  of  civilisation 
and  its  attendant  sanitary  reforms.  It  is,  like  plague 
and  yellow  fever,  being  chased  out  of  the  world  or 
confined  to  smaller  and  smaller  areas.  What  has  been 
accomplished  in  the  case  of  relapsing  fever  and  plague 
should  encourage  man  to  redouble  his  energies  to 
finally  stamp  out  yellow  fever,  malaria,  and  plague, 
more  especially  now,  as  there  is  no  excuse  for  their 
existence  seeing  that  we  know  precisely  how  to  attack 
them.  In  addition  to  the  methods  of  general  sanita- 
tion, we  have  now  specific  weapons,  and  the  world 
should  not  rest  content  until  these  diseases  are 
absolutely  eradicated. 

These  are  not  theoretical  considerations  ;  they  are 
eminently  practical,  as  the  history  of  the  rise  and  fall 
of  disease  has  proved  to  us.  To  recapitulate,  we 
stated  how  only  fifty  years  ago  the  mortality  from 
yellow  fever  in  the  West  Indies  reached  69  per  cent, 
amongst  our  garrisons.  Plague  was  once  the  pestilence 
of  Europe.  Cholera  once  swept  over  Europe  and 
many  parts  of  the  world.  Small-pox  was  once  much 
more  deadly  and  common  ;  so  common,  in  fact,  that 
it  was  regarded  as  the  right  thing  to  get  it  and 
have  done  with  it,  just  as  often  the  planter  to-day 
regards  malaria.  Clearly  the  victory  is  on  our  side, 
and  we  must  push  it  home. 


PARASITE   OR   MAN?  227 

A  very  fascinating  object-lesson  is  furnished  by  the 
struggle  between  man  and  disease,  and  it  is  this.  We 
are  apt  to  regard  the  virus  or  germs  of  disease  as  a 
dead  chemical  and  poisonous  substance,  a  substance 
which  having  been  introduced  into  our  system  will 
have  to  run  itself  out,  during  which  process  we  may 
or  may  not  survive.  The  study  of  the  tropical 
diseases  reveals  to  us  the  fact  that  the  causes  of  the 
diseases  are  organised  living  elements — we  term  them 
parasites — which  are  struggling  for  an  existence  in 
our  bodies  and  those  of  animals ;  like  all  other  species 
of  living  matter,  they  only  want  to  live.  When 
man,  however,  finds  out  that  this  living  is  done  at 
his  expense,  in  the  shape  of  loss  of  health  and  very 
often  death,  he  bestirs  himself  against  these  competi- 
tors. He  has  to  adopt  every  means  in  his  power  to 
ward  them  off,  for  he  is  now  aware  that  these  living 
parasites  in  his  blood  or  intestines  are  equally  strug- 
gling to  survive  in  our  bodies,  and  when  we  use  one 
method  of  defence  they  in  their  turn  harden  them- 
selves to  withstand  it.  This  is  seen,  for  example,  in 
the  gradually  increasing  resistance  which  the  parasites 
of  malaria  and  sleeping  sickness  offer  respectively  to 
quinine  and  arsenic.  When  these  drugs  are  first  ad- 
ministered they  are  much  more  efficacious,  that  is  to 
say,  they  kill  more  parasites  ;  later  the  parasites  develop 
natural  resisting  powers  and  are  less  affected.  The 
struggle  therefore  resolves  itself  into  a  deliberate  contest 
for  supremacy  in  the  animal  kingdom  between  the 
highest  and  the  lowest  representatives.  This  considera- 
tion should  still  further  fortify  us  to  continue  the  fight. 


228  THE   RISE   AND   FALL   OF   DISEASE 

LEPROSY     AND     TUBERCULOSIS 

Just  as  tick  fever  or  plague  teaches  us  a  very  signifi- 
cant lesson  as  regards  the  rise  and  fall  of  disease  in 
the  history  of  mankind,  so  to-day  the  bacterial  diseases 
known  by  the  respective  names  of  leprosy  and  tuber- 
culosis also  give  us  very  much  cause  for  reflection. 

Leprosy  is  a  very  widely  distributed  disease.  It 
can  still  be  seen  in  its  most  flourishing  condition  in 
the  tropics,  but  it  is  by  no  means  limited  to  the 
warmer  latitudes ;  there  is  much  of  it  still  in  the  north 
of  Europe.  And  we  must  all  be  familiar  with  the 
fact  that  formerly  it  was  not  only  very  prevalent  in 
Europe,  but  even  in  this  country.  The  precise  manner 
in  which  it  is  transmitted  from  person  to  person  is  not 
known.  Numerous  theories  to  account  for  its  spread 
have  been  from  time  to  time  propounded,  but  they 
are  none  of  them  satisfactory.  Beauperthuy,  who 
had  a  very  considerable  experience  of  the  disease, 
regarded  the  insect  vermin  Sar copies  scabeii  as  taking 
a  very  leading  share  in  its  transmission ;  he  also 
viewed  with  suspicion  the  house  fly.  It  is  a  fact 
that  the  sarcoptes  is  very  frequently  associated  with 
leprosy ;  and,  just  as  in  the  case  of  the  tick-  and 
flea-carried  diseases,  there  may  be  some  intimate 
relationship.  But  the  great  lesson  which  leprosy 
teaches  us  is  the  magnificent  results  which  sanitation 
and  the  skilled  care  of  the  sick  can  bring  about. 
The  leper  no  longer  roams  about  or  is  allowed  to 
rot  in  some  disused  hut  little  better  than  a  dog- 
kennel.  He  is  taken  and  cared  for  in  beautifully 


THE   DECREASE   OF   LEPROSY  229 

kept  hospitals  and  lazarettos,  where  he  is  well  fed 
and  his  existence  made  tolerable ;  and  those  of 
us  who  have  seen  him  in  these  institutions  will,  I 
am  sure,  agree  that  a  great  debt  of  gratitude  is  due 
to  those  devoted  nurses  and  to  the  sisterhoods  who 
devote  their  lives  to  his  care :  they  are  helping  in 
an  unmistakable  way  to  make  the  world  healthier, 
and  it  is  one  of  the  great  reasons  why  this  terrible 
disease  is  becoming  less. 

While  leprosy  is  diminishing,  an  allied  disease,  often 
called  the  white  man's  plague,  appears  to  be  spreading 
in  the  tropical  world.  The  cause  is  probably  not  very 
far  to  seek.  We  know  that  the  wild  animals  are  not 
prone  to  this  disease,  but  the  domestic  animals  are. 
Similarly,  we  have  reason  to  believe  that  the  wild  man 
is  less  prone  than  the  civilised  man  to  contract  the 
disease.  When,  however,  with  the  extension  of  com- 
merce, the  native  races  begin  to  copy  more  and  more 
our  ways  of  living,  they  render  themselves  equally 
liable  to  our  diseases.  We  have  already  pointed  out 
how  the  domestic  animals  share  with  us  diseases  in 
common.  The  native,  instead  of  living  as  of  old  in  his 
freer  and  less  crowded  state,  comes  into  the  larger 
villages  and  towns  to  seek  work  ;  overcrowding  in  con- 
sequence results,  too  many  live  huddled  together  in  one 
room  and  with  hardly  any  ventilation.  The  consequence 
is  that  if  tubercle  is  once  introduced,  it  tends  to  spread 
and  to  infect  the  floors  and  walls  of  the  living  rooms. 
No  wonder  then  that  the  question  of  tuberculosis  is 
giving  much  cause  for  anxiety  in  some  of  our  tropical 
possessions,  for  no  doubt  history  will  repeat  itself,  and, 


230  THE   RISE   AND   FALL   OF   DISEASE 

just  as  we  have  witnessed  the  spread  of  consumption  in 
this  country  and  have  taken  energetic  measures  to  stop 
it,  so  with  tropical  countries  and  with  crowded  popula- 
tions the  disease  will  spread  and  most  energetic  measures 
will  have  to  be  adopted  to  stem  it.  Tuberculosis  is  not 
the  only  white  man's  disease  which  shows  signs  of  in- 
crease ;  there  are  also  others.  Thus  we  are  brought  face 
to  face  with  the  curious  fact  that  whilst  man  is  steadily 
stamping  out  certain  diseases  which  for  the  most  part 
interfere  with  his  commerce,  there  are  a  few  diseases 
associated  more  especially  with  his  comparatively  luxuri- 
ous way  of  living  which  are  not  kept  under  and  are 
especially  apt  to  spread  quickly  amongst  the  native  races 
who  come  in  contact  with  us  and  copy  our  methods. 


APPENDIX 

ANTILARVAL  AND  DRAINAGE  REGULATIONS,  ORDI- 
NANCES, AND  BYE-LAWS,  RAT  AND  PLAGUE 
REGULATIONS,  IN  TRINIDAD,  BRITISH  GUIANA, 
BARBADOS,  ST.  VINCENT,  ST.  LUCIA,  GRENADA, 
NASSAU,  MAURITIUS,  SIERRA  LEONE,  SAN  FRANCISCO 

EXPEDITIONS  AND  COMMISSIONS  SENT  TO  THE  TROPICS 
BY  THE  ROYAL  SOCIETY  AND  THE  LIVERPOOL  AND 
LONDON  SCHOOLS  OF  TROPICAL  MEDICINE 


IN  March  1907  Regulations  were  made  under  Section  8  of 
Ordinance  188  to  deal  with  yellow  fever  by  screening  patients, 
fumigation,  etc.,  and  by  prohibiting  the  keeping  of  stagnant 
water,  unless  properly  protected.  It  runs  as  follows : 

(«)  No  water  shall  be  stored  (except  in  small  quantities 
for  drinking  purposes)  unless  efficiently  protected  against 
mosquitos  by  the  following  method  : 

All  tanks,  barrels,  etc.,  for  storing  water  shall  have 
all  openings  except  the  draw-off  opening  covered  with 
wire-gauze  (18  mesh  to  the  inch),  or  with  a  piece  of  cheese 
cloth  or  fine  mosquito  netting,  and  all  fountains,  pools, 
ponds,  antiformicas  or  excavations  made  for  any  purpose 
whatever,  in  public  or  private  property,  which  may 
contain  water,  shall  be  kept  stocked  with  mosquito- 
destroying  fish,  or  shall  be  kept  covered  with  a  film  of 
petroleum  oil. 

(6)  The  occupier  or  owner  of  any  premises  shall   keep  such 
premises  free  of  stagnant  water,  liable  to  breed  mosquitos, 
231 


ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS 

and  the  presence  of  mosquito  larvae  in  any  collection 
of  water,  wherever  situated,  shall  be  sufficient  evidence 
that  such  water  is  stagnant. 

(c)  The    occupier   or   owner  of  any   premises  shall    keep   his 
premises  free  of  all  articles  (bottles  whole  or  broken,  old 
tins,    boxes,   conch    shell,    etc.)    which   may   retain   water 
and  so  become  the  breeding  places  of  mosquitos. 

(d)  All    watery    cess-pits    shall    be   disinfected   or   oiled   and 
all  catch-pits  cleaned  out  at  least  once  a  week. 

(e)  All    eaves-gutters   and   down-pipes    shall    be   maintained 
in  good  repair  and  free  of  obstruction  so  as  to  allow  the 
ready  passage  of  water  from  the  roofs  of  houses. 

(f)  The  Medical  Officer  of  Health  or  any  person  authorised  by 
him  in  writing  shall  have  authority  to  enter  any  premises 
at  any  time  between  the  hours  of  6  a.m.  and  8  p.m.  for 
the  purpose  of  seeing  that  these  regulations  are  carried 
out. 

6.  Any  person  failing  to  comply  with  these  regulations  shall 
be  guilty  of  an  offence  arid  be  liable  to  a  fine  not  exceeding 
twenty  pounds. 

In  the  new  draft  Ordinance  for  1909  provisions  similar  to  the 
above  are  inserted  for  dealing  with  the  breeding  places  of 
mosquitos. 

In  March  1909  a  leaflet  was  widely  distributed  by  the 
Surgeon-General  repeating  these  clauses  and  emphasising  the  dP20 
penalty.  Action  was  taken  and  many  fines  inflicted. 

On  January  16,  1908,  additional  regulations  were  passed 
dealing  with  "  Contacts,1'  and  a  Report  published  as  follows  : 

The  regulations  of  the  22nd  March  and  6th  April,  1907, 
were  revised,  provisions  for  dealing  with  "  Contacts "  were  added 
and  the  whole  were  consolidated — passed  by  the  Governor  in 
Council  on  the  16th  January,  1908,  and  published  in  the  Royal 
Gazette. 

In  each  case  of  yellow  fever  occurring  in  Port-of-Spain  a  large 
area  surrounding  the  infected  house  was  promptly  defined  and 
every  house  and  yard  within  such  area  was  rapidly  subjected  to 
a  rigid  inspection  and  cleansing,  special  attention  being  devoted 
to  actual  and  potential  breeding  places  of  mosquitos. 

A  portable  and  readily  adaptable  apparatus  for  screening 
yellow  fever  patients  was  devised  and  used  when  required.  Isola- 
tion was  maintained  in  each  case  at  the  patient's  residence.  The 


ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS  233 

number  of  these  was  reduced  as  circumstances  permitted,  and 
they  were  dispensed  with  altogether  for  a  short  period,  four  being 
re-employed  between  1st  January  and  7th  March. 

The  numbers  were  gradually  reduced  and  the  brigade  was 
disbanded  towards  the  end  of  November  1907.  It  was  again 
brought  into  operation  on  the  6th  January,  and  has  since  been 
employed  in  reduced  number.  Every  building  in  which  a  case  ol 
yellow  fever  occurred  was  thoroughly  fumigated — including  all 
outbuildings  within  the  same  curtilage,  and  adjacent  premises 
when  necessary  ;  twenty-nine  premises  were  dealt  with,  including 
the  convents  of  St.  Joseph  and  Holy  Name. 


ST.   LUCIA 

Shortly  after  his  arrival  in  1905  Administrator  P.  Cork  directed 
the  attention  of  the  Sanitary  Officers  to  the  importance  of  the 
destruction  of  the  breeding  places  of  mosquitos  in  towns  and 
villages,  and  gave  special  instructions  to  the  police  on  the  subject. 

In  November  1905  the  Administrator,  P.  Cork,  wrote  to  the 
Inspector  of  Prisons. 

A  circular  was  also  directed  by  the  Administrator  in  November 
1905  to  all  Medical  Officers. 

A  Police  Order,  dated  November  1905,  was  also  issued : 

CIRCULAR  TO   MEDICAL  OFFICERS 

GOVERNMENT  OFFICE 

November  25,  1905 

Being  desirous  of  obtaining  reliable  information  as  to  the 
prevalence  of  mosquito-borne  diseases  in  this  Colony,  I  shah1  feel 
very  much  obliged  if  you  will  be  so  good  as  to  favour  me  with  a 
return  showing  the  number  and  description  of  such  disease  which 
may  have  come  under  your  notice  either  hi  your  public  capacity 
or  in  your  private  practice  during  the  past  twelve  months. 

2.  If  convenient  to  you  to  add  particulars  of  any  other 
preventible  disease  which  may  be  prevalent  I  shall  be  much 
obliged. 

THE  FOLLOWING   USEFUL    NOTICE   HAS    RECENTLY    BEEN 
ISSUED    TO    HOUSEHOLDERS   IN   ST.    LUCIA 

1.  In  the  general  interest  of  the  public  health  and  particularly 
to  prevent  the  introduction  and  spread  of  yellow  fever  which 


234  ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS 

would  most  seriously  affect  the  trade  of  the  island,  every  house- 
holder is  invited  to  co-operate  with  the  Health  Authorities  in  the 
destruction  of  mosquitos. 

2.  It  is  by  mosquitos  that  both  yellow  fever  and  the  ordinary 
malarial  fever  are  carried  and  spread. 

3.  Mosquitos  can  only  breed  in  stagnant  water,  therefore  you 
are  requested  to  see  that — 

(a)  Any  tanks  or  jars  or  other  water  receptacles  in  your  yard 
are  screened  according  to  the  Board  of  Health  Regulations, 
to  prevent  mosquitos  getting  into  the  water  to  breed. 

N.B. — The  Health  Authorities  will  be  prepared  to  examine 
premises  and  give  advice  as  to  the  proper  way  of  screening,  etc. 
In  Castries  a  specimen  of  such  screening  can  be  seen  at  the  Police 
Station. 

(6)  All  wells  are  filled  up. 

N.B. — Well  water  in  Castries  is  most  unwholesome. 

(c)  That  none  of  the  following  articles  are  kept  lying  about 
your  yard  or  lots  : 

i.  Bottles :  whole  or  broken, 
ii.  Tins, 

iii.  Broken  pieces  of  earthenware, 
iv.  Coco-nuts, 
v.  Calabashes, 
or  any  other  thing  capable  of  holding  water. 

(d)  That   all    hollows   in    the   ground   about   your   yards   or 
adjacent  premises  are  filled  up  to  the  level,  so  that  water 
may  not  collect  in  them. 

(e)  That  water  kept  in — 

i.  Washing-tubs, 
ii.  Flower  vases, 
iii.  Chickens'  drinking  vessels 

is  changed  very  frequently  and  the  vessels  kept  free  from 
moss,  because  the  green  moss  found  in  such  vessels  harbours 
the  mosquito  larvae  and  keeps  them  alive  while  the  water 
is  being  changed. 
Issued  by  advice  of  the  Medical  Board. 

H.  A.  SMALLWOOD, 

Acting  Colonial  Secretary. 
July  7,  1909. 

GRENADA 

Under  the  Public  Health  Ordinances  1902  and  1905,  regula- 
tions were  made  April  24,  1907,  to  deal  with  yellow  fever  from 


ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS  235 

the  point  of  view  of  reporting  suspects,  fumigation  and  antilarval 
measures.     It  runs  as  follows  : — 

YELLOW   FEVER 

1.  A  Medical  Officer   upon  becoming  aware  or  on  suspecting 
that  any  person  in  his  district  is  suffering  from  Yellow  Fever  shall, 
if  he  has  not  already  done  so,  visit  such  person  without  delay  and 
report  the  facts  to  the  Local  Sanitary  Authority  of  his  district, 
as  well  as   to  the   General    Board    of  Health  through  Colonial 
Secretary  as  required  by  section  4  of  Ordinance  No.  13  of  1905. 

2.  Where  the  patient  is  found  or  suspected  on  such  visit  to 
be  suffering  from  Yellow  Fever  the  Medical  Officer  shall  forthwith 
cause  him  to  be  placed  under  a  mosquito  net,  and  may  direct  him 
to   be  isolated   in    an    apartment  or   building   so  screened   as  to 
effectually  prevent  the  access  of  mosquitos  thereto,  and  it  shall  be 
the  duty  of  the  occupier  of  such  premises  to  carefully  cause  such 
screens  to  be  kept  closed. 

3.  Where   the   patient   aforesaid   is    ordered    by    the    proper 
authority  to  be  removed  to  an  Isolation  Station  or  Hospital,  he 
shall  only  be  so   removed   in   an  ambulance    or  vehicle  which  is 
effectually  screened  against  mosquitos,  and  it   shall  be    the  duty 
of  the  person  in  charge  of  such  ambulance  or  vehicle  to  see  that 
such  screen  is  not  opened  unnecessarily.     Any  such  Isolation  Station 
or  Hospital  shall  be  so  screened  as  to  effectually  prevent  the  access 
of  mosquitos  thereto. 

4.  Where  any  house  or  building  or  any  part  thereof  in  which 
any  case  of  Yellow  Fever  or  suspected  case  of  Yellow  Fever  has 
occurred   is   ordered   to   be  cleansed    and   disinfected  (under   the 
authority  of  section  8  of  Ordinance  No.  13  of  1905)  such  operation 
shall    include   its  fumigation    to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Medical 
Officer  and  so  as  to  effectually  destroy  any  mosquitos  therein. 

5.  Immediately  upon  any  case  of  Yellow  Fever  being  reported 
in  any  place  in  a  district,  the  Local  Sanitary  Authority  shall  cause 
regular  house-to-house  visitation  to  be  made   in   the  vicinity   of 
such    place   to   ascertain    whether  any  other  cases  of  fever  have 
occurred ;   and  the  district  Medical  Officer  shall  assist  the  Local 
Sanitary  Authority  and  its  inspectors  in  such  visitation,  and  they 
are  hereby  empowered  to  strictly  enforce  the  following  measures 
for  the  eradication  of  mosquitos  in  such  place  and  its  neighbour- 
hood : 

(«)  No  water  shall  be  stored  (except  in  small  quantities  for 
drinking  purposes)  unless  efficiently  protected  against 
mosquitos  by  the  following  method  : 

All  tanks,  barrels,  etc.,  for  storing  water  shall  have  all 


236  ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS 

openings  except  the  draw-off  opening  covered  with  wire 
gauze  (18  mesh  to  the  inch),  or  with  a  piece  of  cheese  cloth, 
and  all  fountains,  pools,  ponds,  or  excavations,  made  for 
any  purpose  whatever,  in  public  or  private  property,  which 
may  contain  water,  shall  be  kept  stocked  with  mosquito- 
destroying  fish,  or  shall  be  kept  covered  with  a  film  of 
petroleum. 

(&)  The  occupier  or  owner  of  any  premises  shall  keep  such 
premises  free  of  stagnant  water,  liable  to  breed  mosquitos, 
and  the  presence  of  mosquito  larvae  in  any  collection  of 
water,  wherever  situated,  shall  be  sufficient  evidence  that 
such  water  is  stagnant. 

(c)  The   occupier   or   owner  of  any    premises   shall   keep   his 
premises  free  of  all  articles  (bottles  whole  or  broken,  old 
tins,  boxes,  conch  shells,  &c.)  which  may  contain  water  and 
so    become   the   breeding   places   of  mosquitos,   including 
broken  bottles  on  walls. 

(d)  All  watery  cess-pits  shall  be  disinfected  or  oiled  and  all 
catch-pits  cleaned  out  at  least  once  a  week. 

(e)  All   eaves-gutters    and  down-pipes  shall  be  maintained  in 
good  repair  and  free  of  obstruction  so  as  to  allow  the  ready 
passage  of  water  from  the  roofs  of  houses. 

(f)  The  District  Medical  Officer  or  any  person  authorised  by 
him  in  writing  shall  have  authority  to  enter  any  premises 
at  any  time  between  the  hours  of  6  a.m.  and  8  p.m.  for  the 
purpose  of  seeing  that  these  Regulations  are  carried  out. 

On  August  30,  1907,  a  further  notice  was  issued  entitled  : 
REGULATION  FOR  THE  PREVENTION  OF  YELLOW  FEVER 

The  Regulation  No.  4,  passed  by  the  General  Board  of  Health, 
on  April  24,  1907,  is  hereby  rescinded,  and  the  following  regula- 
tion is  made  in  its  place. 

4.  Where  any  house  or  building  or  any  part  thereof  is,  in 
consequence  of  the  occurrence  of  any  case  of  Yellow  Fever,  or 
suspected  case  of  Yellow  Fever,  ordered  to  be  cleansed  and  dis- 
infected (under  the  authority  of  section  8  of  Ordinance  No.  13  of 
1905)  such  operation  shall  include  its  fumigation  to  the  satis- 
faction of  the  Medical  Officer,  and  so  as  to  effectually  destroy  any 
mosquitos  therein,  as  well  as  the  fumigation  in  like  manner  of 
such  of  the  houses  or  buildings  in  the  immediate  neighbourhood 
thereof,  as  the  said  Medical  Officer  may  certify  in  writing  to  be 


ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS  237 

necessary    with   a   view    to   the   destruction   of  possibly    infected 
mosquitos. 

Approved  and  passed  by  the  General  Board  of  Health  this 
30th  day  of  August,  1907. 

Since  my  visit  (May  1909)  most  useful  regulations  dealing  with 
mosquito  larvae  have  been  passed,  as  follows  : 

PUBLIC   HEALTH   ORDINANCES,   1902  AND   1905 

REGULATIONS    FOR    DECLARING   THE    BREEDING    PLACES    OF   MOS- 
QUITOS, IN    AND    ABOUT    HUMAN    HABITATIONS,  TO   BE    STATUTORY 

NUISANCES 

Under  and  by  virtue  of  sections  11  and  23  of  the  Public 
Health  Ordinance  1902,  the  General  Board  of  Health  hereby 
declares  the  following  matters  to  be  deemed  nuisances  liable  at 
all  times  to  be  dealt  with  summarily  under  the  provisions  of  the 
said  Ordinance : 

1.  Any  accumulation  of  any  stagnant  water  in  any  town  or  in 
or  about  any  human  habitation,  which  accumulation  results  from 
want  of  proper  care  or  from  want  of  repair  to  any  construction  or 
defective  construction. 

2.  Any    articles   or   receptacles   or   any   construction    holding 
stagnant    water,  not   being  a  receptacle  or  construction  designed 
and  used  for  the  storage  of  water. 

3.  Any  receptacle  or  construction,  designed  and  used  for  the 
storage  of  water,  which  is  not  either — 

(i)    cleared  or  emptied  daily,  or 

(ii)  effectively  screened,  from  the  access  thereto  by  mosquitos, 
with  wire-gauze  (18  mesh,  at  least,  to  the  inch)  or,  in  the 
case  of  receptacles  kept  in  the  house,  with  a  covering  of 
cheese  cloth,  or 

(iii)  stocked  with  mosquito-destroying  fish,  or 

(iv)  covered  with  a  film  of  oil. 

4.  Any  pond   or   pit  containing  water,  situate  in  a  town,  or 
within  150  yards  of  a  human  habitation,  which  is  not  stocked  with 
mosquito-destroying  fish  or  covered  with  a  film  of  oil. 

5.  Any  receptacle  used  for  storing  water,  which  receptacle  may 
have  been  condemned   as  unnecessary  under  notice  in  writing  of 
the   local   sanitary  authority  served  or   left   on    any  premises   in 
pursuance  of  the  provisions  of  any  Regulations  made  under  the 
authority  of  section  20  of  Ordinance  No.  13  of  1905. 

And  it  is  hereby  declared  that  any  collection  of  water  shall  for 


238  ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS 

the  purposes  of  these  Regulations  be  regarded  as  "  stagnant 
water "  if  the  same  contains  mosquito  larvae  or  if  the  same  has 
been  left  undisturbed  for  a  period  exceeding  18  hours. 

Made  by  the  General  Board  of  Health  this  21st  day  of  June, 
1909. 

By  order  of  the  Board, 

T.  T.  DYER. 
Clerk  to  General  Board  of  Health. 

Also  a  most  useful  Ordinance  for  the  destruction  of  rats : 

THE   RATS   ORDINANCE,   1909 
REGULATIONS  FOR  THE  DESTRUCTION  OF  RATS,  ETC.,  ON  VESSELS 

1.  Any  Medical  Officer,  on  becoming  aware  or  upon  suspecting 
that  any  vessel  lying  within  any  waters  of  the  Colony  is  infested 
with  rats  or  other  vermin,  is  hereby  empowered  to  strictly  enforce 
the  adoption  of  such  measures  as  may  in  his  discretion  be  deemed 
most  efficacious  for  the  purposes  of  exterminating  the  said  rats 
or  vermin  and  of  preventing  such  rats  or  vermin  passing  from  such 
vessel  to  the  shore  or  from  the  shore  to  such  vessel.    Such  measures 
may  include  the  following  : 

(«)  Require  the  owner,  master  or  person  in  charge  of  the 
vessel,  when  at  any  mooring  or  when  loading  or  unloading 
cargo  at  any  port  within  the  Colony,  to  use  rat-guards  of 
a  pattern  approved  by  the  said  Officer  on  every  rope,  cable 
or  such-like  communication  passing  between  such  vessel 
and  the  shore  or  between  the  vessel  and  any  lighter  or 
barge  or  other  vessel,  or  between  the  vessel  and  its  buoys 
or  anchors  or  the  mooring. 

(Z>)  Require  the  owner,  master  or  person  in  charge  to  generally 
abate  all  insanitary  conditions  where  they  exist,  and  to 
effectually  remove  or  burn  all  rubbish  and  deposits  on  the 
vessel  likely  to  harbour  rats  or  vermin. 

(c)  Whenever  it  shall  appear  to  the  Medical  Officer  that  the 
rats  or  vermin  can  only  be  exterminated  by  cleansing  and 
disinfection  in  a  specified  manner,  the  Medical  Officer 
may,  by  notice  in  writing,  either  require  the  owner,  master 
or  person  in  charge  of  the  vessel  to  cleanse  and  disinfect 
or  fumigate  the  same  accordingly,  or  may  inform  such 
owner,  master  or  person  that  it  is  the  intention  of  the 
Medical  Officer  to  conduct  such  cleansing  and  disinfection 
or  fumigation  at  a  time  to  be  specified  in  the  notice. 

2.  Where  the  owner,  master  or  person  in  charge  of  such  vessel 


ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS  239 

fails  to  comply  with  any  requirements  made  under  these  Regula- 
tions, or  is,  from  poverty  or  otherwise,  unable  to  effectually  carry 
out  such  requirements,  the  Medical  Officer  may  cause  the  requisite 
measures  to  be  taken  forthwith,  and  the  expenses  thereby  incurred 
may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  General  Board  of  Health,  be  either 
defrayed  from  General  Revenue,  or  be  recovered  wholly,  or  in 
part,  from  such  owner,  master,  or  person. 

3.  It   shall   be   the   duty  of  all   Port,    Revenue,   and    Police 
Officers  to  assist  the  Medical  Officers  in  enforcing  the  provision 
of,  and  preventing  any  infringement  of,  these  Regulations. 

4.  Any  person  acting  in  violation  of  these  Regulations,  either 
by  way  of  refusing  to  obey  any  requisition  or  instruction,  made  or 
given  hereunder,  or  by  obstructing  in  any  way  the  due  execution 
of  these  Regulations,  renders  himself  liable  to  a  fine  not  exceeding 
twenty  pounds. 

Made  by  the  Governor  in  Council  this  21st  day  of  June,  1909. 

T.  T.  DYER. 

Clerk  of  Council. 


ST.   VINCENT 

The  Public  Health  Act  of  1865  naturally  contained  no  anti- 
mosquito  regulations. 

Therefore  an  ordinance  (No.  3,  1901)  was  passed  to  repeal  it, 
and  under  this  ordinance  Regulations  were  made  in  1907  to 
deal  according  to  modern  methods  with  yellow  fever  and  mosquitos 
as  follows  : 

THE   PUBLIC   HEALTH   ORDINANCE,    1901 

REGULATIONS  MADE  BY  THE  GOVERNOR  IN  COUNCIL  UNDER  THE 
AUTHORITY  OF  SECTION  20 

1.  When  disinfection  of  any  house  or  premises  is  ordered  or 
effected    under   Regulations  8-11    of  the  Public  Health  Regula- 
tions   of   the  16th  March,   1903,  such   disinfection    may  include 
fumigation  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Government  Medical  Officer 
so  as  to  effectually  destroy  any  mosquitos  therein. 

2.  The  provisions  contained  in  Regulations  14  and  15  of  the 
Public  Health  Regulations  of  the  16th  March,  1903,  as  to  isolation 
and   removal  of  persons  suffering  from   infectious  or   contagious 
disease  shall,  notwithstanding  anything  contained  in    the    Public 
Health   Regulations  of  the  23rd   July,   1903,   apply    where  any 


240  ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS 

Government  Medical  Officer  suspects  that  any  person  is  or  may  be 
suffering  from  Yellow  Fever. 

3.  The  occupier  of  any  premises  in  any  town,  or  in  case  of 
their  being  no  person  in  occupation,  the  owner  thereof,  shall  keep 
the  premises  free  from  stagnant  water  likely  to  breed  mosquitos. 
and  the  presence  of  mosquito  larvae  in  any  collection  of  water  shall 
be  sufficient  evidence  that  such  water  is  stagnant ;  and  he  shall 
also  keep  the  premises  free  from  tins,  bottles,  whole   or  broken 
(including  broken  bottles  on  walls),  tubs,  barrels,  odd  receptacles, 
broken  crockery,  etc.,  kept  or  left  in  a  position  likely  to  accumu- 
late and  retain  water  and  so  become  breeding  places  for  mosquitos. 

4.  Immediately  upon  any  case  of  Yellow  Fever  or  suspected 
Yellow    Fever    being   reported,    the    Local   Authority    or   Local 
Authorities  for  the  district  or  districts  in  or  near  to  which  the 
case  has  occurred  shall  make  or  cause  to  be  made  regular  house-to- 
house  visitation    in    their  district   in  the  vicinity  of  such    place 
to  ascertain  whether  any  other  cases  of  fever  have  occurred,  and 
the  Government  Medical  Officer  of  the  district  shall  assist  the 
Local   Authority  by  examining  any  person  the  Local  Authority 
may  require,  and  the  Local  Authority  shall  see  that,  in  any  town, 
the  provisions  of  the  last  preceding  Regulation  have  been,  and 
are,  observed,  and  shall  also  have  power  and  authority  to  order 
and  direct  the  owner  or  occupier  of  any  premises  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  which    any    such    case   has   occurred,   and   whether   the 
premises  be,  or  be  not  in  any  town,  for  a  period  of  not  exceeding 
three  months  from  such  order  and  direction  : 

(a)  To   comply  with    the  requirements  of  the  last  preceding 
Regulation. 

(b)  To   cover   ail   openings   except    the   draw-off  opening   in 
tanks,  barrels,  etc.,  used  for  storing  water,  with  wire-gauze 
(not  less  than  in  18  mesh  to  the  inch),  or  with  a  piece  of 
cheese  cloth. 

(c)  To  either  cover  and  keep  covered  with  a  film  of  kerosene 
oil,  or  draw  off  and  keep  drawn  off,  or  fill  up,  all  pools, 
ponds  or  excavations  made  for  any   purpose,  which  may 
contain  water. 

(d)  To  disinfect  in  manner  directed,  or  to  oil  once  a  week  any 
watery  cess-pit,  and  to  flush  out  or  clean  at  least  once  a 
week  any  drain,  or  gutter. 

(e)  To  repair  and  free  from  obstruction  any  eaves-gutters  and 
down-pipes  and  to  keep  the  same  repaired  and  freed  from 
obstruction  so  as  to  allow  the  free  passage  of  water  from 
the  roofs  of  houses. 

All  persons  shall  comply  with  the  orders  or  directions  of  the 


ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS  241 

Local    Authority,   or   of  any   inspector   authorised    by    them    in 
writing,  in  respect  of  any  of  the  above  matters. 

5.  The  Local  Authority  or  any  person  authorised  in  writing 
by  the  Local  Authority  is  hereby  empowered  to  enter  any  premises 
at  any  time  between  the  hours  of  6  a.m.  and  6  p.m.  for  the 
purpose  of  enforcing  the  provisions  of  these  Regulations. 

Made  by  the  Governor  in  Council  this  8th  day  of  May,  1907. 

V.  F.  DRAYTON, 
Acting  Clerk  of  Council. 

N.B. — By  the  provisions  of  Section  21  of  the  Public  Health 
Ordinance  1901,  any  person  who — 

1.  Violates  these  regulations  :  or 

2.  Refuses  or  neglects  to  obey  the  same ;  or 

3.  Resists,  opposes,  or  obstructs  the  lawful  execution  thereof, 
— is   liable   to   a   penalty   not    exceeding   twenty    pounds   or   to 
imprisonment   with    or  without  hard  labour  for  any  period  not 
exceeding  six  months. 

This  year  (1909)  a  new  Bill  is  being  prepared,  to  be  called 
the  Public  Health  Ordinance  1909,  containing  provisions  against 
stagnant  water  and  mosquito  larvae.  Provision  is  made  for 
bringing  water  under  proper  control  and  supervision,  etc. 


BRITISH   GUIANA 

The  old  Public  Health  Act  not  containing  any  reference  to 
antimosquito  measures,  special  bye-laws  were  enacted. 

In  1905  a  bye-law  for  the  cleansing  of  tanks  without,  however, 
special  reference  to  larvae,  was  issued. 

In  1907  bye-laws  relating  to  the  screening  of  vats,  etc.,  as  a 
preventive  against  mosquitos  were  promulgated  under  the  title 
"  Mosquito  Prevention  Bye- Laws,  1907,"  as  follows  : 

BYE-LAWS   RELATING  TO  THE  SCREENING  OF  VATS,   ETC., 
AS   A   PREVENTIVE   AGAINST  MOSQUITOS 

1.  These  bye-laws  may  be  cited  as  the  Mosquito  Prevention 
Bye-Laws,  1907. 

2.  All  vats,   tanks,  or   other   vessels   shall    be   screened    with 
mosquito-proof  wire-netting   or   other  suitable  material  so  as  to 
prevent  the  entrance  into  or  exit  of  mosquitos  from  such  vats  or 
tanks  or  other  vessels. 

16 


242  ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS 

3.  The  inlet  and  overflow  pipes  into  such  vats,  tanks  or  other 
vessels   shall  be   placed  in  such  positions  or   screened  in    such  a 
manner  as  to  prevent  the  entrance  into  or  exit  from  the  same  of 
mosquitos. 

4.  All    buckets   or   other   vessels    containing    water   for   fire- 
extinguishing  or  other  purposes  shall  be  emptied  and  cleansed  at 
least  once  a  week. 

5.  The  work  of  screening  the  vats,  tanks,  and  all  such  other 
vessels  shall  be  done  by  the  owners  of  the  properties  on  which 
they  are  situated,  and  all  vats,  tanks,  or  other  vessels  shall  be 
screened  within  three  months  from  the  date  of  the  coming  into 
force  of  these  bye-laws. 

6.  Any  person  contravening  any    of  these  bye-laws  shall  be 
guilty  of  an  offence,  and  on  summary  conviction,  be  liable  to  a 
penalty  not  exceeding  ten  dollars. 

Made  by  the  Mayor  and  Town  Council  of  Georgetown  under 
Section  179  of  the  Local  Government  Ordinance,  1907, 
and  confirmed  by  the  Governor  and  Court  of  Policy  on 
the  second  day  of  September,  1907. 

These  do  not  appear,  owing  to  considerable  prejudice,  to  have 
been  enforced.  I  had,  however,  the  opportunity  of  discussing 
them  with  the  Mayor  and  Town  Council,  with  the  result  as 
follows : 

PUBLIC   NOTICE 

VAT  SCREENING 

THE  Mayor  and  Town  Council  having  directed  that  the  Vat 
Screening  Regulations  of  1907  are  in  future  to  be  rigidly  enforced, 
and  the  Sanitary  Inspectors  of  the  several  Wards  having  been 
instructed  to  notify  property  owners  and  householders  accordingly, 
public  notice  is  hereby  given  that  all  persons  failing  by  the  15th 
July  next  to  comply  with  such  Regulations  in  respect  to  the 
efficient  screening  of  tanks,  vats,  barrels,  and  other  vessels  used 
for  the  storage  of  water,  will  be  proceeded  against  as  the  law 
directs. 

Advice  as  to  the  best  methods  of  screening  to  be  adopted  will 
be  given  when  required  on  application  at  my  office. 
By  order  of  the  Mayor  and  Town  Council. 

LUKE  M.  HILL, 

Town  Superintendent. 
TOWN  HALL,  GEORGETOWN, 
June  8,  1909. 


ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS  243 

VAT  SCREENING   IN  GEORGETOWN 

Sir, — In  reference  to  your  paragraph  in  this  morning's  issue 
about  vat  screening  in  Georgetown,  I  may  mention  for  the  in- 
formation of  the  public  that  many  hundred  vats  have  already  been 
screened,  notwithstanding  your  statement  that  only  "  a  compara- 
tively small  number  "  have  been  so  treated. 

It  may  be  of  some  interest  to  those  property  owners  still  in 
default  to  know  that  the  following  general  order  to  Town  Over- 
seers was  issued  by  me  on  Thursday  : 

"  As  the  days  of  grace  allowed  for  vat  screening  expire  to-day, 
I  shall  be  glad  if  the  overseers  will  make  out  a  return  of  all 
vats  screened  and  unscreened  in  their  respective  districts  with 
a  view  of  instituting  some  prosecutions  of  recalcitrant  owners  and 
occupiers,  as  an  example  to  others  ;  and  to  show  that  it  is  intended 
to  enforce  the  vat  screening  regulations. 

"  I  expect  these  returns  to  be  made  from  personal  inspections 
of  the  storage  vessels,  and  not  from  casual  inquiries  made  from 
the  householders." — I  am,  sir,  etc., 

LUKE  M.  HILL, 

Town  Superintendent. 
TOWN  HALL, 
July  16,  1909. 

By  Ordinance  13,  1907,  stress  had  been  laid  upon  the  necessity 
of  drainage.  The  bye-Laws  are  as  follows  : 

DRAINAGE  BYE-LAWS 

FOR  THE  CITY  OF  GEORGETOWN,  IN  THE  COUNTY  OF  I3EMERARA, 
COLONY  OF  BRITISH  GUIANA,  WITH  RKSPECT  TO  THE  DRAIN- 
AGE OF  LOTS 

MEMORANDUM 

THE  PUBLIC  HEALTH  ORDINANCE,  1878  (NOW  LOCAL 
GOVERNMENT  ORDINANCE  No.  13,  1907),  ENACTS  : 

23.  (174,  new  Ordinance  13,  1907.)  The  owner  or,  when 
required  by  the  local  authority,  the  occupier  of  every  lot  of  land 
situate  in  a  Town  or  Village  district  shall  effectually  drain  the  lot, 
and  for  that  purpose  shall : 

1.  Make  such  dams  and  drains  on  the  lot  as  may  be  necessary 
for  effectually  draining  the  lot ; 

2.  Fill  up  all  irregularities  in  the  surface  of  the  lot ;  and 

3.  Adjust  the  surface  thereof,  and  if  necessary  raise  the  level 
of  the  surface  thereof,  in  such  a  manner — 


244  ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS 

(a)  That  the  water  received  on  the  lot  may  flow  into  the 

drains  without  obstruction  ; 
(6)  That  no    water   can  remain    on    any  portion    of  the 

surface  of  the  lot  other  than  the  drains ;  and 
(f)  That  the  surface  of  the  lot  does  not  remain  swampy  : 
Provided  that  where  the  swampy  state  of  any  lot  in  any  such 
district  is  occasioned  by  the  main  drains  into  which  the  drains  of 
the  lot  discharge  not  having   a  sufficient  outfall-  or   a  sufficient 
capacity  to   carry  off  all    the   water   discharged   into   them,  the 
owner  or  occupier  of  the  lot  shall  not  be  liable  under  this  section 
to  raise  the  level   of  the  surface  of  the  lot  if  the  level  of  such 
surface  is  as  high  as  the  average  height  of  the  level  of  the  land 
surrounding  such  a  lot  for  a  distance  of  twenty  roods ;  and 

Provided  that  any  owner  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  local 
authority  of  the  district  in  which  the  lot  is  situate,  have  a  pond 
on  the  lot. 

24.  (175,  new  Ordinance  13,  of  1907.)  Every  local  authority 
may  make  bye-laws : 

1.  For  regulating  the  number,  position,  length,  and  width  of 
all  drains,  the  materials  of  which  they  are  to  be  constructed, 
the  mode  of  their  construction,  and  the  main  drains  into 
which  they  are  to  discharge  ; 

2.  For  imposing  on  the  owner  of  the  lot,  or  on  the  occupier, 
or  on  each  occupier  of  the  lot  or  of  any  building  thereon, 
the  duty  of  keeping  the   drains  on  or   adjoining   the  lot 
clean  and  wholesome  and  free  from  obstruction ; 

3.  For  determining  in  what  cases   there   is   to  be   one   drain 
common  to  two  adjoining  lots  and  how  the  expense  of  the 
same  is  to  be  divided  between  the  owners  or  occupiers  of 
such  lots ;  and  such  bye-laws  may  apply  to  the  whole  or  any 
specified  part  of  the  district  of  such  local  authority. 

26.  (New  Ordinance  176.)  Where  any  lot  within  a  town  or 
village  district  is  not  effectually  drained  .  .  .  the  local  authority 
shall,  by  a  written  notice,  require  in  the  first  case  the  owner  or 
occupier  of  the  lot  or  of  any  building  on  the  lot,  and  in  the 
second  case  the  owner  or  occupier  of  the  land  or  of  the  dwelling- 
house  thereon,  or  if  there  be  more  than  one  of  such  owners  or 
occupiers,  then  any  one  or  more  of  such  owners  or  occupiers,  to 
perform  within  a  reasonable  time  to  be  specified  in  the  notice  all 
or  any  of  the  obligations  imposed  by  this  Ordinance  on  the  owner 
or  occupier  for  effectually  draining  the  lot  or  portion  of  the  land. 

If  any  owner  or  occupier  fails  to  perform  any  act  required  by 
such  notice  to  be  performed  he  shaU  be  liable  to  a  penalty  not 
exceeding  twenty-four  dollars,  and  to  a  further  penalty  not  ex- 


ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS  245 

feeding  three  dollars  for  each  day  during  which  such  failure  shall 
continue  after  the  expiration  of  the  time  specified  in  the  notice. 

Where  the  notice  is  not  complied  with  (and  notwithstanding 
proceedings  may  have  been  or  are  about  to  be  instituted  for  the 
recovery  of  the  penalty  for  non-compliance  therewith)  the  local 
authority  may,  after  the  expiration  of  the  time  specified  in  the 
notice,  do  the  work  required,  and  may  recover  in  a  summary 
manner  the  expenses  incurred  by  them  in  so  doing  from  the  owner 
or  occupier  of  the  lot  in  the  first  case,  and  in  the  second  case  from 
the  owner  or  occupier  of  the  land  or  the  dwelling-house  thereon, 
or  may  by  order  declare  the  same  to  be  private  improvement 
expenses. 

Any  expense  incurred  by  the  occupier  of  any  lot  or  building  in 
complying  with  any  notice  under  this  section  may  be  recovered  by 
him  from  the  owner  of  the  lot  or  of  the  land  on  which  the  building 
is  erected,  unless  the  necessity  for  the  work  required  by  the  said 
notice  to  be  performed  was  rendered  necessary  by  the  act  of  the 
occupier,  or  unless  it  has  been  otherwise  agreed  between  the  owner 
and  occupier. 

AS  TO  DRAINAGE. 

1.  Every  lot  exceeding  fifty  feet  in  width  shall  have  not  less 
than  two  drains,  and  every  lot  under  and  not  up  to  fifty  feet  in 
width  shall  have  at  least  one  drain. 

2.  Each  such  drain  shall  be  so  placed : 

(a)  That  the  centre  thereof  shall  not  be  less  than  two  feet  from 
the  nearest  boundary  line  of  the  lot  unless  the  Town 
Superintendent,  the  circumstances  being  exceptional,  shall 
give  permission  in  writing  to  place  any  such  drain  nearer 
to  such  boundary  line  ; 

(6)  That  such  drains  shall  run  clear  from  and  outside  of  all 
buildings  on  the  lot  in  a  straight  line  without  any  bend  or 
angle  unless  the  Town  Superintendent,  the  circumstances 
being  exceptional,  shall  give  permission  in  writing  to  place 
any  such  bend  or  angle  in  any  such  drain ; 

(c)  That  the  tops  of  the  sides  of  such  drain  shall   be  below 
the  level  of  the  surface  of  the  lot  and  that  the  said  sides 
shall  be  pierced  at  intervals  of  not  less  than  ten  feet  with 
holes  of  not  less  than  one  square  inch  in  area,  and  being 
not  less  than  two  inches  above  the  level  of  the  bottom  of 
the  drain  ; 

(d)  That  the  bottom  of  such  drain  shall  at  the  upper  end  or 
highest   level  thereof  have  a   depth  of  not  less   than  six 
inches,  and  shall  have  a  fall  towards  the  point  of  discharge 
of  not  less  than  two  inches  in  every  one  hundred  feet ; 


246  ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS 

(c)  That  such  drain  shall  discharge  into  the  main  drain  in  rear 
of  the  lot  in  all  cases  where  such  back  drainage  is  pro- 
vided ;  in  all  other  cases,  into  the  nearest  main  drain 
provided  by  the  local  authority  for  the  reception  of  the 
lot-drainage  of  the  district,  and  every  question  as  to  which 
is  such  nearest  main  drain  shall  be  determined  by  the 
Town  Superintendent. 

3.  Each  such  drain  shall  run  through  the  lot  from  end  to  end 
or  from  side  to  side  as  may  be  necessary,  having  reference  to  the 
position  of  the  main  drain  unless  the  Town  Superintendent,  the 
circumstances  being  exceptional,  shall  give  permission  in  writing  to 
construct  any  such  drain  for  a  shorter  distance. 

4.  Each  such  drain  shall  have  an  internal  width  of  not  less 
than  nine  inches  at  the  top  and  six  at  the  bottom. 

5.  Each  such  drain  shall  be  constructed  of  stone,  brick,  con- 
crete, hardwood,  or  other  suitable  material,  and  in  such  manner  as 
the  Town  Superintendent  shall  approve. 

6.  The  drains  on  or  adjoining  any  lot  shall  be  kept  clean  and 
wholesome,  and  free  from  obstruction    by  the  parties  hereinafter 
named : 

(a)  The  owner  or,  where  there  are  more  than  one,  each  owner 

of  the  lot. 
(6)  The  occupier  of  the  lot  or,  where  there  are  more  occupiers 

than  one,  by  each  occupier, 
(c)  The  occupier  of  any  building  on  the  lot. 

7.  The  owner  or   owners  of  two  adjoining   lots  may,  having 
first   obtained   the   permission  in  writing  of  the  Town   Superin- 
tendent, construct  one  drain  common  to  such  two  adjoining  lots. 

8.  Every  such  common  drain  shall  be  of  not  less  than  one  and 
a  half  times  the  width  required  by  these  bye-laws  for  the  drain  of  a 
single  lot. 

9.  The  expense  of  constructing  any  such  common  drain  shall 
be  divided  between,  and  be  payable  in  equal  proportions  by  the 
owners  of  the  lots  drained  thereby  unless  the  Town   Authority 
shall  otherwise  order  in  cases  where  the  special  circumstances  show 
that  one  owner  ought  justly  to  pay  more  than  the  other. 

10.  If    in    the   opinion   of    the   Town   Superintendent   it   is 
necessary  for  the  efficient  drainage  of  a  lot  that  the  drainage  shall 
pass  through  or  over  an  adjoining  lot,  the  drains  carrying  off  such 
drainage  shall  whenever  practicable  be  made  to  pass  through  the 
side  drains  of  the  said  adjoining  lot  hereinbefore  provided  for, 
and,    if  not  so  practicable,  then  such  drainage  shall  be  carried 
across  such  adjoining  lot  by  means  of  a  tunnel  or  covered  drain 
of  sufficient  capacity  constructed  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Town 


ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS  247 

Superintendent  as  regards  position,  size  and  material,  and  the 
expense  of  constructing  such  tunnel  or  covered  drain  and  of 
replacing  the  surface  earth  shall  be  borne  wholly  by  the  owner 
or  owners  of  the  lot  from  which  the  drainage  comes. 

11.  If  the  Town  Superintendent  certifies  that  on  the  coming 
into   operation    of  these   bye-laws  any  lot   is    or  was  sufficiently 
drained,  these  bye-laws  shall  not  be  taken  or  held  to  require  the 
construction  of  new  drains  on  such  lot,  unless  the  drainage  of  the 
lot  subsequently  becomes  defective  or  insufficient. 

12.  Efficient  subsoil  drainage,  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Town 
Superintendent,  may  be  permitted  in  lieu  of  the  drains  described 
in  Bye-laws  2,  3  and  4. 

13.  The  owner  of  any  lot  feeling  aggrieved  by  the  action  of 
the  Town  Superintendent  in  any  manner  by  these  Bye-laws  left  to 
his  decision  may  appeal  to  the  Town  Authority,  whose  decision 
shall  be  final. 

14.  Every  person  who  shall  offend  against  any  of  these  bye-laws 
shall  be  liable  for  every  such  offence  to  a  penalty  of  twenty-four 
dollars,  and  in  the  case  of  a  continuing  offence  to  a  further  penalty 
of  three  dollars  for  each  day  after  written  notice  of  the  offence 
from  the  Town  Authority : 

Provided  nevertheless  that  the  magistrate,  before  whom  any 
complaint  may  be  made  or  any  proceedings  may  be  taken  in 
respect  of  any  such  offence,  may,  if  he  think  fit,  adjudge  the 
payment  as  a  penalty  of  any  sum  less  than  the  full  amount  of  the 
penalty  imposed  by  this  bye-law. 

BARBADOS 

The  Public  Health  Act  of  1898,  Section  8,  contained  some 
up-to-date  regulations  for  the  destruction  of  mosquitos.  Good 
as  they  were,  they  were  not,  unfortunately,  rigorously  enforced. 

2.  The   occupier   or  owner  of  any  premises  shall  keep   such 
premises  free  of  stagnant  water,  liable  to  breed  mosquitos,  and  the 
presence  of  mosquito  larvae  in  any  collection  of  water,  wherever 
situated,  shall  be  sufficient  evidence  that  such  water  is  stagnant. 
All  tanks,  fountains,   pools,   ponds,  or  excavations  made  for  any 
purpose    whatever,   in    public    or   private   property,    which    may 
contain    water,    shall   be    kept  stocked  with  mosquito-destroying 
fish,  or  shall  be  kept  covered  with  a  film  of  petroleum  oil. 

3.  The    occupier   or   owner   of  any    premises   shall    keep   his 
premises  free  of  all  articles  (bottles  whole   or  broken,  old  tins, 
boxes,  conch  shells,  etc.)  which  may  retain  water  and  so  become 
the  breeding  places  of  mosquitos. 


248  ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS 

4.  All  cess-pits  which  retain  water  shall  be  disinfected  or  oiled 
except  they  be  efficiently  covered  and  trapped. 

5.  All  gutters  and  down-pipes  shall  be  maintained  in    good 
repair  and  free  of  obstruction  so  as  to  prevent  the  accumulation 
of  water  therein  and  to  allow  the  ready  passage  of  water  from  the 
roofs  of  houses. 

6.  All  Inspectors  of  Health  shall  have  authority  to  enter  any 
premises  at  any  time  between  the  hours  of  7  a.m.  to  6  p.m.  for 
the  purpose  of  seeing  that  these  Regulations  are  carried  out,  and 
may  pour  oil  or  cause  oil  to  be  poured  on  the  surface  of  water 
contained  in  any  receptacle  in  or  on  such  premises. 

Made  by  the  General  Board  of  Health  this  22nd  day  of 
February,  1909. 

President. 

Confirmed  by  the  Governor  in  Executive  Committee  this 
day  of  February,  1909. 

Colonial  Secretary. 

When  the  epidemic  broke  out  a  manifesto  was  issued  by  the 
President  of  the  Board  of  Health,  Dr.  Chandler,  to  Commissioners 
and  Inspectors  of  Health,  etc.  : 

SIR, 

Yellow  Fever  is  spreading  in  various  parts  of  the  Island. 

There  are  two  points  whose  importance  you  probably  realise 
already  but  which  cannot  be  too  frequently  impressed  on  every 
Commissioner  of  Health  and  every  Inspector  of  Health  in  view  of 
the  grave  danger  resulting  from  a  want  of  their  proper  con- 
sideration. 

1.  It  is  during  the  first  three  days  of  illness  that  the  Yellow 
Fever  patient  infects  mosquitos,  and  every  such  patient  who 
remains  unscreened  from  mosquitos  during  the  whole  or  a  material 
part  of  these  three  days  if  bitten  by  Stegomyia  mosquitos,  which 
abound  in  Barbados,  makes  his  place  of  abode  the  centre  of  a  new 
Yellow  Fever  infected  district. 

Our  recent  experience  has  clearly  demonstrated  that  in  many 
cases  it  is  difficult  for  the  attendant  medical  practitioner  to 
diagnose  Yellow  Fever  in  the  earlier  stage  of  the  disease. 

The  returns  made  of  the  cases  that  have  occurred  during  the 
present  epidemic  show  that  a  large  number  of  cases  have  only  been 
seen  for  the  first  time  by  a  medical  man  after  the  expiration  of 
the  first  three  days  of  the  disease.  With  this  result  of  the  present 
state  of  things  its  continuation  can  only  mean  the  spread  of  the 
epidemic. 


ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS  249 

To  prevent  this  spread  steps  must  be  taken  to  ensure  as  far 
as  possible  that  every  Yellow  Fever  patient  be  screened  from 
rnosquitos  during  the  first  three  days  of  his  illness. 

To  effect  this  every  person  suffering  from  fever  of  any  sort 
should  as  a  matter  of  precaution  be  screened  from  mosquitos 
as  soon  as  possible  after  the  development  of  fever.  Patients  of 
the  labouring  classes  are  not  in  ordinary  circumstances  seen  by  a 
medical  man  until  some  time  after  the  occurrence  of  fever. 

To  cope  with  the  existing  situation  there  must  be  a  daily 
house-to-house  inquiry  as  to  the  health  of  inmates  not  likely  to 
summon  a  medical  man  on  the  first  appearance  of  illness,  prompt 
attendance  by  a  medical  man  at  the  public  expense  on  every 
person  having  fever  of  any  sort,  and  proper  arrangements  for 
immediately  carrying  out  at  the  public  expense  every  direction  by 
a  medical  man  to  screen  a  patient  from  mosquitos. 

2.  The  destruction  of  the  largest  possible  number  of  mosquitos 
which  have  had  the  opportunity  of  coming  into  contact  with  a 
Yellow  Fever  patient  is  most  essential. 

A  mosquito  infected  with  Yellow  Fever  can  live  and  infect 
persons  with  that  disease  for  many  months. 

In  the  returns  made  to  the  Board  of  Health  by  Sanitary 
Inspectors  they  invariably  report  that  they  have  "  disinfected  and 
fumigated,"  and  the  result  of  inquiries  made  show  that  in  many 
cases  these  words  correctly  describe  the  order  of  procedure 
adopted. 

Some  Inspectors  in  their  use  of  disinfectant  do  everything 
possible  to  chase  the  mosquitos  out  of  the  infected  premises,  and 
having  done  this  more  or  less  effectively  then  proceed  to  close  up 
the  premises  and  fumigate  for  the  destruction  of  mosquitos. 

One  can  scarcely  imagine  any  mode  of  procedure  which  would 
tend  more  to  the  spread  of  the  epidemic. 

Similar  directions  were  placarded  in  all  prominent  places 
throughout  the  town  and  many  districts. 

At  the  same  time  also  a  large  number  of  handbilk  were  printed 
warning  householders  against  the  danger  of  keeping  stagnant 
water,  and  the  penalties  for  the  same. 

IMPORTANT  NOTICE 

Extract  from  Bye-Laivs  made  by  the  Commissioners  of 
Health  for  the  Parish  of  St.  Michael  for  the  City 

2.  The  occupiers  of  all  houses,  stores,  warehouses,  or  other 
premises  within  the  limits  of  the  city  shall  daily  have  swept  and 


250  ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS 

cleaned  the  yards  and  enclosures  thereof,  the  streets,  pavements 
and  gutters  in  front  of  and  around  the  same,  as  far  as  the  centre 
of  the  streets,  some  time  before  the  hour  of  eight  every  morning  ; 
and  shall  collect  the  sweepings  and  rubbish,  with  other  refuse 
matter  on  their  premises,  in  a  box  or  some  other  receptacle,  to  be 
placed  ready  to  hand  on  the  premises  for  removal  by  the 
scavengers'  carts.  And  where  such  premises  are  not  occupied,  it 
shall  be  the  duty  of  the  owners  to  have  the  streets,  pavements 
and  gutters  daily  swept  and  cleansed,  and  the  rubbish  removed  or 
deposited  as  aforesaid  for  removal  by  the  carts. 

Extract  from  Bye-Laws  for  Suburbs  of  Bridgetown 

No.  4.  The  owners  or  occupiers  of  all  houses  or  other  premises 
throughout  the  city  and  suburbs  are  required  at  all  times  to  keep 
such  premises  in  every  respect  clean  and  free  from  offensive  matter 
and  rubbish  of  every  kind  ;  and  the  occupiers  or  owners  of  all 
houses,  stores,  or  other  premises  within  the  suburbs  shall  have 
swept  and  cleaned  the  yards  and  enclosures  thereof,  and  gutters  in 
front  of,  and  around,  the  said  premises. 

Extract  from  the  General  Board  of  Health  Rides,  %£nd  February r, 
1909,  confirmed  by  the  Governor  in  Executive  Committee  on 
February  26,  and  proclaimed  in  the  Official  Gazette  on 
March  1,  1909 

2.  The   occupier   or  owner   of  any  premises  shall  keep  such 
premises  free  of  stagnant  water,  liable  to  breed  mosquitos,  and 
the    presence   of    mosquito    larvae,   in   any  collection   of  water, 
wherever  situated,  shall  be  sufficient  evidence  that  such  water  is 
stagnant.     All  tanks,  fountains,  pools,  ponds,  or  excavations  made 
for  any  purpose  whatever,  in  public   or  private  property,  which 
may  contain  water,  shall  be  kept  stocked  with  mosquito-destroying 
fish,  or  shall  be  kept  covered  with  a  film  of  petroleum  oil. 

3.  The   occupier   or  owner   of  any   premises   shall   keep   his 
premises  free  of  articles  (bottles  whole  or  broken,  old  tins,  boxes, 
conch  shells,  etc.)  which  may  retain  water   and   so   become   the 
breeding  place  of  mosquitos. 

4.  All  cess-pits  which  retain  water  shall  be  disinfected  or  oiled 
except  they  be  efficiently  covered  and  trapped. 

5.  All  gutters  and   down-pipes  shall  be  maintained  in  good 
repair  and  free  of  obstruction  so  as  to  prevent  the  accumulation  of 
water  therein  and  to  allow  the  ready  passage  of  water  from  the 
roofs  of  houses. 

6.  All  Inspectors  of  Health  shall  have  authority  to  enter  any 


ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS  251 

premises  at  any  time  between  the  hours  of  7  a.m.  to  6  p.m.  for 
the  purpose  of  seeing  that  these  Regulations  are  carried  out,  and 
may  pour  oil  or  cause  oil  to  be  poured  on  the  surface  of  water 
contained  in  any  receptacle  in  or  on  such  premises. 

Penalty  for  infringement  of  Bye-Laws  of  the  Commissioners  of 
Health,  a  sum  not  exceeding  £5. 

Penalty  for  infringement  of  Rules  of  the  General  Board  of 
Health,  a  sum  not  exceeding  <£°10,  to  be  recovered  before  a  Police 
Magistrate. 

By  order, 

S.  E.  BREWSTEE, 
Inspector  of  Health,  No.  2  District. 


THE   BAHAMAS,   NASSAU 

Measures  were  first  taken  in  1905  by  the  Board  of  Health 
against  mosquito-borne  diseases.  In  1906  the  authorities  circu- 
lated my  pamphlet  upon  the  prevention  of  Yellow  Fever  and 
imported  wire-gauze  for  distribution.  In  1907  the  following 
useful  antilarval  regulations  were  drawn  up  and  circularised,  and 
quinine  was  distributed  at  cost  price  and  free  of  cost  to  the  poor. 

BOARD  OF  HEALTH  ACT,  1872 
RULES  AND  REGULATIONS,  OCTOBER  1907 

1.  The  owner  or  person   in  control  of  any  cistern,  vat,  tank, 
barrel,  bucket,  or  other  vessel  used  for  the  storage  of  water  shall 
within  such  time  as  may  be  specified  by  notice  protect  the  same 
from  mosquitos  in  the  following  manner,  that  is  to  say  : 

i.  Cisterns,  tanks,  vats,  and  barrels  shall  be  provided  with 
covers  of  wood  or  metal,  and  all  openings  other  than  the 
delivery  exit  shall  be  screened  with  netting, 
ii.  Buckets  and  similar  or  other  retainers  shall  be  protected 
in  the  same  way  as  cisterns,  or  in  some  other  manner 
approved  by  the  Board. 

iii.  Owners  and  occupiers  of  premises  on  which  there  is  any 
water  in  wells,  ponds,  pools  or  basins,  or  in  depressions  or 
excavations  made  for  any  purpose,  or  which  by  any  means 
have  occurred,  and  in  which  mosquitos  can  breed,  shall 
within  such  time  as  may  be  specified  by  notice  protect  the 
same  from  mosquitos  in  the  following  manner,  that  is 
to  say — 
(1)  Stock  them  with  mosquito-destroying  fish ; 


252  ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS 

(2)  Or  cover  them  with  protective  netting ; 

(3)  Or  drain  them  off  at  least  once  a  week  ; 

(4)  Or  cover  them  with  oil  at  least  once  every  week  :  or  fill 
them  up. 

(5)  Or   (in    case    of  wells)    provide   them    with    a   pump  and 
mosquito-proof  cover  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Board. 

3.  All  empty  and  open  tins  shall  be  kept  in  such  a  position  as 
to  prevent  mosquitos  breeding  in  them,  and  all  odd  receptacles, 
such  as  jars,  broken    crockery,   condensed    milk    tins   and    other 
rubbish  which  form  receptacles  for  water  shall  be  removed  and 
buried.     All  doreys,  pit-pans  and  boats,  in  use  or  discarded,  must 
be  kept  free  of  fresh  water. 

PENALTIES 

4.  Any  person  committing  a  breach  of  any  of  these  Rules  and 
Regulations  shall  be  liable  on  summary  conviction  to  a  penalty  of 
£2,  and  on  a  second  conviction  to  a  penalty  not  exceeding  £5 
or  to  imprisonment  with  or  without  hard  labour  not  exceeding 
30  days. 

NOTICE 

5.  "  Notice  "  shall  mean  a  written  notice  addressed  by  a  person 
authorised  in  that  behalf  by  the  Board  to  the  occupier  or  the  owner 
of  any  premises,  or  water  receptacle,  and  every  such  notice  shall 
be  deemed  to  have  been  duly  served  by  delivering  the  same  or  a 
duplicate  thereof  to  some  person  on  the  premises,  or  if  there  is  no 
person  on  the  premises  who  can  be  so  served,  by  fixing  the  same 
on  some  conspicuous  part  of  the  premises,  or  in   the  case  of  a 
water   receptacle  as  aforesaid   by  fixing  the  same  on   the  water 
receptacle  in  respect  of  which  such  notice  is  issued. 

J.  BENSON  ALBURY,  M.D., 

Chairman  of  Board  of  Health. 

MAURITIUS.     PROPOSED   ANTILARVAL   AND 
DRAINAGE   MEASURES,   1908 

ORDINANCE  NO.  OF   1908 

1.  In    this     Ordinance     "  owner,"     "  occupier,"     "  premises," 
"sanitary  authority"  shall  have  the  same  meaning  as  in  Ordinance 
No.  32  of  1894-5. 

2.  The    following    paragraph    is    added    to    Article    29    of 
Ordinance  32  of  1894-5. 

All   collections   of  water,  sewage,  rubbish,  refuse,  ordure,  or 


ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS  253 

other  fluid  or  solid  substances,  and  all  other  conditions  which 
permit,  or  facilitate,  or  are  likely  to  permit  or  facilitate,  the 
breeding  or  multiplication  of  animal  or  vegetable  parasites  of  men 
or  domestic-  animals,  or  of  insects  or  other  agents  which  are  known 
to  carry  such  parasites,  or  which  may  otherwise  cause  or  facilitate 
the  infection  of  men  or  domestic  animals  by  such  parasites. 

3.  (a)  Notwithstanding  the   above  provisions  or   any  of  the 

provisions  of  Ordinances  No.   32  of  1894-5,  21   of  1903, 
12  of  1889,  31  and  32  of  1895— 

It  shall  be  lawful  for  any  Sanitary  Authority  or  any 
person  deputed  by  him  in  writing  to  take  immediate  steps 
to  destroy  mosquito  larva?  on  any  premises  where  they 
may  be  found,  and  to  take  such  action  as  may  be  necessary 
to  render  any  pools  or  accumulations  of  water  unfit  to  be 
breeding  places  for  mosquitos. 

(b)  The  persons  so  deputed  shall  have  a  right  to  enter  any 
premises,   dwelling-houses  excepted,  between  the  hours  of 
six  in  the  morning  and  six  in  the  afternoon. 

(c)  When  such  pools  or  accumulations  of  water  lie  on  premises 
under  the   charge   of  a  public  body  or  corporation  they 
shall   not   be   dealt   with   as   above   provided,  unless   due 
warning  has  been  given  in  writing  to  such  public  body  or 
corporation,  and   no   action    has  within  reasonable  delay, 
not  to  be  less  than  24  hours,  been  taken  by  them.     In  such 
cases  the   expenditure   incurred    shall   be   borne   by   such 
public  body  or  corporation. 

(d)  Any  owner  or   occupier  who   shall   object   to    pools  and 
collections    of  water  on  his   premises  being  dealt  with  as 
above  provided  shall  within  24  hours  submit  his  reasons  to 
the  Sanitary  Authority,  who,  after  inquiry,  shall  order  such 
action  to  be  taken  as  he  shall  consider  necessary  to  meet 
the  provisions  of  this  Ordinance.     Should  the  objections 
be  rejected  the  measures  originally  ordered  shall  be  carried 
out  at  the  expense  of  the  said  owner  or  occupier. 

4.  It  shall  not  lie  lawful  for  any  owner  or  occupier  to  allow 
mosquitos  to  breed  on  his  premises  or  to  allow  the  presence  on 
.such  premises  of  any  receptacles  in  which  water  is  kept  or  may 
collect  unless  such  receptacles  are  properly  protected  from  access 
of  mosquitos,  or  unless  the  water  they  may  contain  is  treated  in 
such  a  way  as  to  prevent  the  breeding  therein  of  mosquitos,  nor 
shall  such  owner  or  occupier  allow  on  his  premises  any  conditions 
which  may,  in  any  way,  be  favourable  to  the  breeding  of  mosquitos. 

5.  Trees  on   all    premises  shall    be   at   all    times    kept    freely 
lopped  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Sanitary  Authority  by  the  owner 


254  ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS 

or  occupier,  and  no  trees  shall  be  allowed  to  grow  within  ten  feet 
from  any  dwelling-house.  The  Sanitary  Authority  may,  in 
writing,  direct  the  said  owner  or  occupier  to  carry  out  the  above 
provision  within  a  reasonable  delay,  not  to  l)e  less  than  48  hours, 
and,  in  case  of  non-compliance,  the  trees  shall  be  lopped  or  cut 
down  at  the  expense  of  the  owner  or  occupier.1 

6.  It  shall  be  lawful  for  the  Director  of  the  Health  Department 
to  make  such  regulations  as  may  be  necessary  to  carry  out  the 
provisions  of  this  Ordinance. 

7.  It  shall  be  lawful  for  the  Director  of  the  Health  Depart- 
ment, in  any  case  when  the  owner  or  occupier  of  any  premises  is 
liable  for  the  expense  of  any  measures  carried  out  on  his  premises, 
to  relieve  such  owner  or  occupier  from  the  said  expense,  if,  after 
inquiry,  the  Director  is  satisfied  that  such  owner  or  occupier  is  not 
in  a  position  to  incur  such  expense.     In  such  cases  the  expendi- 
ture shall  be  borne  by  Government. 

8.  Any  person  acting  in  breach  of  Articles  4  and  5,  or  of  the 
regulations  made  under  Article  6,  shall  be  liable  to  a  fine  not 
exceeding  Rs.  100. 

9.  Expenses  incurred  by  the  Sanitary  Authority  under  para- 
graphs (c)  and  (d)  of  Article  3,  and  under  Article  5,  shall  be 
dealt  with    in    the   manner   provided  by  Articles  52   and  53  of 
Ordinance  No.  32  of  1894-5. 

10.  This  Ordinance  may  be  cited  as  the  Malaria  Prevention 
Ordinance. 

WEST  AFRICA 

In  the  year  1905  clauses  were  inserted  by  Dr.  Prout,  C.M.G., 
in  the  Public  Health  Ordinance  of  Sierra  Leone  dealing  with 
mosquito  larvae,  and  it  was  made  a  nuisance  under  this  Ordinance 
(1905)  to  have  any  collection  of  water  in  any  well,  pool,  channel, 
barrel,  tub,  bucket  or  any  other  vessel,  and  found  by  the  Sanitary 
Authority  to  contain  mosquito  larvae. 

Under  clause  4,  paragraph  (d)  it  states : 

When  mosquito  larvae  are  found  in  any  collection  of  water,  or 
in  any  well  or  pool,  channel,  barrel,  tub,  bucket,  or  in  any  other 
vessel,  the  Sanitary  Authority  may  themselves  abate  the  same, 
and  may  do  what  is  necessary  to  prevent  the  recurrence  thereof. 

1  Some  specific  provision  ought  to  be  made  to  enable  tbe  Sanitary 
Authority  to  fill  up  with  concrete,  or  otherwise  to  treat,  holes  and  hollows 
in  trees  which  breed,  or  are  likely  to  breed,  mosquitos  ;  and  also  to  compel 
owners  to  cut  insanitary  undergrowth  (see  particularly  addendum  3). 

R.  Ross. 


ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS  255 

PENALTIES 

Where  a  notice  has  been  served  on  a  person  under  this 
section  (4) — 

Where  mosquito  larvae  are  found  in  any  collection  of  water 
or  in  any  well  or  pool,  channel,  barrel,  tub,  bucket,  or  any 
other  vessel,  within  ten  days  from  the  service  of  such  notice  on 
any  such  person  in  respect  of  any  such  collection  of  water,  well, 
pool,  channel,  barrel,  tub,  bucket  or  other  vessel,  he  shall  be 
liable  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  ten  pounds  for  each  offence,  whether 
any  such  nuisance  order  as  in  this  Ordinance  mentioned  is  or 
is  not  made  upon  him. 

Under  Section  31  dealing  with  provisions  as  to  water,  it  is 
stated  : 

Every  person  who  shall  keep  an  any  premises  any  collection 
of  water  in  any  well,  barrel,  tub,  bucket  or  other  vessel  intended 
for  the  storage  of  water  without  providing  them  with  covers 
so  constructed  as  to  prevent  the  ingress  of  mosquitos  into  the 
same,  shall  be  liable  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  twenty  shillings.  If  a 
person  shall  fail  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  this  section, 
he  shall,  after  notice  received  from  the  Sanitary  Authority  to 
comply  therewith,  be  liable  to  a  further  fine  not  exceeding 
seventy  shillings  a  day  during  his  default. 

THE   ANTIPLAGUE    CAMPAIGN   IN    SAN    FRANCISCO 

There  has  just  been  issued  an  account  of  the  eradication  of 
plague  in  San  Francisco.  It  is  a  very  excellent  and  stimulating 
account  of  what  has  been  accomplished,  and  it  should  serve  to 
stimulate  this  country  to  wake  up  to  do  likewise  for  India. 

As  was  the  case  during  the  1905  yellow  fever  outbreak,  so 
in  San  Francisco  one  of  the  first  steps  was  the  organisation  of 
a  Citizens'  Health  Committee  to  combat  the  plague  which  had 
burst  out  again  in  1909.  This  committee  organised  in  all  the 
useful  directions,  and  at  the  end  of  six  weeks  reported  as  follows  : 

42,460  premises  inspected, 
334  premises  disinfected, 
171  dangerous  houses  destroyed, 
54  buildings  condemned, 

17,564  nuisances  abated, 

56,994  rats  trapped  or  poisoned. 


256  ANTIMOSQUITO   LAWS 

The  committee  had  enlisted  the  sympathy  of  the  entire  popu- 
lation. One  hundred  meetings  had  taken  place  ;  a  vast  quantity 
of  literature  had  been  distributed  ;  numerous  improvement  clubs 
had  been  organised  throughout  the  city.  With  regard  to  the 
support  given  by  the  clergy,  the  Report  states  : 

Rat  destruction,  cleanliness  and  sanitary  doctrine  in  general 
were  preached  in  the  churches  and  sabbath  schools  for  several 
months.  A  general  meeting  of  the  clergy  of  ah1  denominations  was 
held  in  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  to  advance  the  sanitary  crusade. 

The  Report  further  remarks  : 

Before  San  Francisco  could  get  rid  of  plague  it  had  to 
go  to  school  and  study  zoology,  bacteriology  and  fleas.  The 
whole  community  had  to  learn  about  plague  as  a  disease  and 
an  epidemic — that  plague  zcas  a  rat  disease. 

Again,  the  Report  adds  : 

Fleas  shun  the  sunlight  and  the  air.  They  deposit  their  eggs 
in  rat-nests  and  the  rats  hatch  them  out  with  the  warmth  of  their 
bodies  and  then  give  the  young  fleas  free  transportation  wherever 
they  go.  Sulphur  fumes  will  kill  them,  so  that  fumigation  has 
been  found  effective. 

Ordinances  were  passed  by  the  Mayor  and  Council  of  San 
Francisco : 

(a)  Dealing  with  the  collecting  of  garbage. 

(b)  The    suitable    construction    of    all    stables,    which    were 
further  sources  of  rat  breeding. 

(c)  The  proper  flooring  of  markets  and  yards  and  basements. 

(d)  The  keeping  of  animals  and  fowls. 

(e)  The  suppression  of  insanitary  buildings  and  many  other 
matters. 

The  Report  makes  some  ugly  comparisons  between  what  has 
been  accomplished  in  San  Francisco  with  what  is  occurring  in 
India  to-day.  It  says  in  1896  the  plague  reached  Bombay  and  is 
still  there.  It  has  spread  all  over  India,  and  in  the  face  of 
modern  medical  skill  it  has  claimed  over  five  and  a  quarter 
million  victims.  In  1904,  the  year  the  first  epidemic  was  sup- 
pressed in  San  Francisco,  it  killed  over  a  million  people  in  the 
Indian  Empire,  destroying  in  a  single  week  over  76,000  lives — a 
number  equal  to  the  British  Army  in  India  ! 


LIST  OF  COMMISSIONS  AND  EXPEDI- 
TIONS SENT  TO  THE  TROPICS  TO 
STUDY  TROPICAL  DISEASES 

ROYAL  SOCIETY 

INVESTIGATIONS  INTO  TROPICAL  DISEASES  CARRIED  OUT  UNDER  THE 
DIRECTION  OF  COMMITTEES  OF  THE  ROYAL  SOCIETY 

TSETSE  FLY. — No  expedition  sent  out,  but  investigations 
carried  on  in  Natal  by  Surgeon-Major  (now  Colonel  Sir  David) 
Bruce  more  or  less  independently  of  the  Committee,  and  by  Dr. 
W.  H.  F.  Blandford,  Dr.  Kanthack,  and  Dr.  H.  E.  Durham  in 
London  under  the  direction  of  the  Committee,  in  1896  and 
1897. 

MALARIA  AND  BLACKWATER  FEVER. — Dr.  C.  W.  Daniels,  Dr. 
J.  W.  W.  Stephens,  and  S.  R.  Christophers,  M.B.,  sent  to  British 
Central  Africa  in  1898.  Daniels  also  to  East  Africa  and  Stephens 
and  Christophers  to  West  Coast.  Stephens  and  Christophers  sent 
to  India  in  1901  to  carry  out  researches  on  Blackwater  and 
Malaria :  returned  to  England  in  1 902  ;  work  on  Malaria  con- 
tinued by  Captain  James,  I.M.S. 

SLEEPING  SICKNESS. — Dr.  G.  C.  Low,  Dr.  C.  Christy,  Dr.  A. 
Castellani,  sent  to  Uganda  in  June  1902.  In  1903,  Colonel 
Bruce  and  Dr.  Nabarro  joined  the  Commission.  In  1904-5  the 
work  of  the  Commission  was  conducted  by  Captain  Grieg  and 
Lieutenant  Gray,  R.A.M.C.  In  1908  Colonel  Sir  David  Bruce 
again  left  for  Uganda  in  September,  accompanied  by  Captains 
A.  E.  Hammerton  and  H.  R.  Bateman,  R.A.M.C.  This  Com- 
mission is  still  in  Uganda. 

257  17 


258  LIST   OF  COMMISSIONS 

MEDITERRANEAN  FEVER. — The  first  Commission  was  sent  out 
in  1904,  and  consisted  of  Major  Horrocks,  R.A.M.C.,  Staff 
Surgeon  Shaw,  R.N.,  and  Dr.  Zanmet,  under  Colonel  Bruce, 
R.A.M.C.  In  1905  the  Commission  consisted  of  Staff  Surgeon 
Shaw,  R.N.,  Dr.  Kennedy,  R.A.M.C.,  Major  Horrocks,  R.A.M.C., 
and  Lieut.-Colonel  Davies,  R.A.M.C.,  under  Colonel  Bruce.  In 
1906,  the  members  of  the  Commission  under  Colonel  Bruce  were 
Major  McCulloch,  R.A.M.C.,  Major  Weir,  R.A.M.C.,  and  Major 
McNaught,  R.A.M.C.,  Staff  Surgeon  Clayton,  and  Dr.  Eyre. 

The  brilliant  work  of  these  Commissions  is  published  in  a 
series  of  Reports  issued  by  the  Royal  Society. 

LIVERPOOL   SCHOOL   OF  TROPICAL  MEDICINE 

The  following  is  a  complete  list  of  the  Expeditions  sent  out 
to  the  Tropics  from  the  commencement  of  the  School  to  the 
end  of  1908  :— 

THE  FIRST  (MALARIAL)  EXPEDITION  :  Major  Ronald  Ross, 
C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Dr.  H.  E.  Annett,  Mr.  E.  E.  Austen  (of  the  British 
Museum),  and  Dr.  Van  Neck  (of  Belgium),  despatched  to  Sierra 
Leone  in  the  summer  of  1899. 

THE  SECOND  (MALARIAL)  EXPEDITION  :  Dr.  R.  Fielding  Ould, 
despatched  to  the  Gold  Coast  and  Lagos  in  the  winter  of  1899. 

THE  THIRD  (MALARIAL)  EXPEDITION  :  Dr.  H.  E.  Annett, 
Dr.  J.  Dutton,  and  Dr.  Elliot,  despatched  to  Northern  and  Southern 
Nigeria  in  the  spring  of  1900. 

THE  FOURTH  (YELLOW  FEVER)  EXPEDITION  :  Dr.  H.  E.  Durham 
and  the  late  Dr.  Walter  Myers,  despatched  to  Cuba,  and  to  Para, 
Brazil,  in  the  summer  of  1900. 

THE  FIFTH  (SANITATION)  EXPEDITION  :  Major  Ronald  Ross, 
C.B.,  F.R.S.,  and  Dr.  Logan  Taylor,  despatched  to  Sierra  Leone  in 
the  early  summer  of  1901. 

THE  SIXTH  (TRYPANOSOMIASIS)  EXPEDITION  :  Dr.  J.  E.  Dutton, 
despatched  to  the  Gambia  in  the  autumn  of  1901. 

THE  SEVENTH  (MALARIAL)  EXPEDITION  :  Dr.  C.  Balfour  Stewart, 
despatched  to  the  Gold  Coast  in  November  1901. 

THE  EIGHTH  (SANITATION)  EXPEDITION  :  Major  Ross,  despatched 
to  Sierra  Leone  on  February  22,  1902. 

THE  NINTH  (MALARIAL)  EXPEDITION  :  Major  Ross  accompanied 
by  Sir  William  MacGregor,  K.C.M.G.,  the  Governor  of  Lagos, 
despatched  to  Ismailia,  September  11,  1902. 


LIST   OF  COMMISSIONS  259 

THE  TENTH  (TRYPANOSOMIASIS)  EXPEDITION  :  Dr.  J.  E.  Dutton 
and  Dr.  J.  L.  Todd,  despatched  to  the  Gambia  and  French 
Senegal  on  September  21,  1902.  This  Expedition  received  great 
assistance  from  M.  Roume,  Governor-General  of  French  West 
Africa,  and  all  the  French  officials  with  whom  they  came  in  contact. 
Two  valuable  Reports  in  connection  with  the  Expedition  have  been 
issued  by  the  School. 

THE  ELEVENTH  (SANITATION)  EXPEDITION  :  Dr.  M.  Logan 
Taylor,  despatched  to  the  Gold  Coast  from  Sierra  Leone  on 
October  11,  19U2.  This  Expedition  was  sent  to  the  Gold  Coast 
in  consequence  of  unsatisfactory  rumours  as  to  the  health  of 
that  district.  The  services  of  Dr.  Taylor  were  utilised  by  the 
Governor  of  the  Colony,  and  his  recommendations  for  improving 
the  sanitary  conditions  of  Cape  Coast  Castle  carried  out  with 
most  successful  results. 

THE  TWELFTH  (TRYPANOSOMIASIS)  EXPEDITION:  Dr.  J.  E. 
Dutton,  Dr.  J.  L.  Todd,  and  Dr.  C.  Christy,  despatched  to  the 
Congo  Free  State  on  September  23,  1903.  This  Expedition  gives 
promise  of  being  the  most  important  Expedition  sent  out  by  the 
School  since  the  Expedition  in  1899,  which  discovered  the  presence 
of  the  Anopheles  Mosquito  in  West  Africa.  It  was  sent  out  as 
a  result  of  representations  made  to  the  School  by  H.M.  the  King 
of  the  Belgians,  who  made  the  Expedition  possible  by  granting 
a  handsome  donation  towards  its  expenses. 

THE  THIRTEENTH  EXPEDITION  :  Professor  Rubert  Boyce,  M.B., 
F.R.S.,  Dr.  Arthur  Evans,  M.R.C.S.,  and  Dr.  Herbert  H.  Clarke, 
M.A.,  B.C.  (Cantab.),  were  despatched  to  Bathurst,  Conakry  and 
Freetown  on  November  14,  1904,  to  report  on  the  Sanitation  and 
Antimalarial  Measures  in  practice  at  the  towns  visited.  The 
members  of  the  Expedition  have  drawn  up  a  valuable  Report, 
which  has  been  issued  by  the  School. 

THE  FOURTEENTH  EXPEDITION  :  Lieut.-Col.  G.  M.  Giles, 
M.B.,  F.R.S.,  Indian  Medical  Service  (Rtd.),  and  Dr.  R.  Ernest 
McConnell,  M.D.  (Canada),  despatched  to  the  Gold  Coast  on 
December  31,  1904.  Unfortunately,  Col.  Giles  had  to  return  to 
England  on  February  8,  1905,  through  illness.  Dr.  McConnell 
remained  for  several  months  on  the  Coast  to  carry  on  the  work  of 
the  Expedition. 

The  Thirteenth  and  Fourteenth  Expeditions  were  sent  to  West 
Africa  in  appreciation  of  Sir  William  MacGregor"s  great  services 
to  health  and  sanitation  in  West  Africa. 

THE  FIFTEENTH  (YELLOW  FEVER)  EXPEDITION  :  Dr.  H.  Wol- 
ferstan  Thomas  and  Dr.  Anton  Breinl,  despatched  to  the  Amazon 
in  April  1905.  Both  members  of  the  Expedition  contracted  yellow 


260  LIST  OF  COMMISSIONS 

fever  and  Dr.  Breinl  had  to  be  invalided  home.  Dr.  Thomas  is 
still  carrying  on  the  work  of  the  Expedition. 

THE  SIXTEENTH  (YELLOW  FEVER)  EXPEDITION  :  Professor  Boyce, 
F.R.S.,  despatched  to  New  Orleans  in  August  1905  to  observe 
the  work  of  the  United  States  Medical  Authorities  in  dealing  with 
the  outbreak  of  yellow  fever  there.  Professor  Boyce  subsequently 
visited  British  Honduras  at  the  special  request  of  the  Colonial 
Office,  to  make  a  report  on  the  conditions  existing  in  that  Colony 
with  reference  to  a  recent  outbreak  of  Yellow  Fever. 

THE  SEVENTEENTH  (MALARIAL)  EXPEDITION:  Professor  Ross, 
C.B.,  despatched  to  Lake  Copias,  in  Greece,  on  May  20,  1906,  at 
the  request  of  the  Lake  Copias  Company. 

THE  EIGHTEENTH  (SLEEPING  SICKNESS)  EXPEDITION  :  Dr.  Allan 
Kinghorn,  M.B.,  and  Mr.  R.  E.  Montgomery,  M.R.C.V.S.,despatched 
to  Rhodesia  and  British  Central  Africa  on  May  5,  1907. 

THE  NINETEENTH  (BLACKWATER  FEVER)  EXPEDITION  :  Dr.  J.  O. 
Wakelin  Barratt,  M.D.,  D.Sc.  (Lond.),  and  Dr.  W.  Yorke,  M.D., 
despatched  to  Nyassaland  on  August  14,  1907. 

THE  TWENTIETH  EXPEDITION  :  Professor  Ronald  Ross,  C.B., 
despatched  to  Mauritius  on  October  28,  1907. 

THE  TWENTY-FIRST  EXPEDITION  :  R.  Newstead,  M.Sc.,  A.L.S., 
F.E:S.,  Dr.  W.  T.  Prout,  M.B.,  C.M.G.,  and  Dr.  Alan  Hanley, 
M.D.,  C.M.G.,  despatched  to  Jamaica  on  November  14,  1908. 


EXPEDITIONS   ORGANISED  BY   THE   LONDON 
SCHOOL  OF  TROPICAL  MEDICINE 

1900.  MALARIA. — Drs.  Sambon  and  Low  practically  demon- 
strated that  in  the  Roman  Campagna,  Malaria  could  not  be 
acquired  without  the  mosquito. 

1902.  FILARIASIS. — Dr.  Low  went  to  the  West  Indies  to 
study  Filariasis  and  the  relationship  of  Mosquitos  to  disease. 

1902.  SLEEPING  SICKNESS. — Drs.  Low  and  Castellani  members 
of  the  Royal  Society's  Commission  in  Uganda. 

1902.  BERI-BERI.  Dr.  Durham  went  to  Christmas  Island 
to  investigate  this  disease  and  afterwards  proceeded  to  Singapore 
and  the  Malay  States. 

1905.  Dr.  Leiper :  investigations  upon  the  Guinea  Worm, 
West  Africa. 

1907.  Dr.  Wenyon  :  investigations  in  Egypt  and  the  Soudan. 

1908.  Professor    Simpson :    Plague   investigations    in    West 
Africa  for  Colonial  Office. 


INDEX 


Acclimatisation  Fever,  18 

Africa,  Antimalarial  Campaign,  72-9 

Agramonte,  127 

Algeria,  Antimalarial  Campaign,  72-5 

Amazon,  Yellow  Fever  Campaign,  185 

Anaemia,  Miners',  211 

—  Tropical,  210-14 

—  Tunnel,  211 
Ankylostomiasis,  210,  213-4 

—  and  Porto  Rico,  213 

—  Prophylaxis,  213 
Ankyloatomum  duodenale,  211 
Anopheline  Mosquitos,  31 
Breeding  Places,  56 

Measures  against,  52,  53,  56-7 

Natural  Enemies  of,  53 

Antigua,  Antimalarial  Campaign,  85 

—  and  Yellow  Fever,  114 
Antilarval  Regulations,   Ordinances, 

and  Bye-laws,  231  (Appendix) 
Arsenisation,  200 
Atoxyl  and  Sleeping  Sickness,  200 
Australia,  11 

Balfour,  Dr.  (Antimosquito  work),  72 
Bancroft,  Dr.,  120 
Barbados,  119 

—  Antilarval  Bye-laws,  249-50 

—  and  Malaria,  50,  54-5 

—  and  Yellow  Fever,  113 
Barretto  de  Barros,  127 
Bathurst,  77 
Beauperthuy,  Dr.,  23,  25,  228 

—  and  Flies,  101 

—  and  Itch,  99 

—  and  Malaria,  102 

—  and  Stegomyia,  97 

—  and  Tradition,  97 


Beauperthuy     on     Transmission     of 
Yellow  Fever,  97-110 

—  and  Yellow  Fever,  102 
Belize,  83,  130-1 
Beyer,  127 

Blair,  Surgeon-General,  27,  97,  107 
Blake,  Sir  Harry,  23,  25 
Botanic  Gardens  and  Malaria,  92-3 
Branch,  Dr.  (St.  Vincent),  57 
Brazil,  89-90 

—  and  Yellow  Fever,  120 

—  Yellow  Fever  Campaign,  182-5 
Breinl,  Anton,  127 

British  Guiana,  82-3,  1 10 

and  Ankylostomiasis,  213 

Drainage  Bye-laws,  243-7 

Screening  Bye- laws,  241-3 

British  Honduras,  82 

Yellow    Fever    Campaign, 

178-80 

Bromeliacece,  58,  94 
Bruce,  Sir  David,  10,  195,  216-8 
Bulam  Fever,  121 
Bush-clearing,  94-5 

Campaigns — Antimalarial : 
Africa,  72-9 
Algeria,  72-5 
Antigua,  85 
Brazil,  89-90 
British  Honduras,  82-3 
Colon,  81 
East  Indies,  90-1 
Europe,  62 
Greece,  64 
Hong  Kong,  91 
India,  63 


261 


INDEX 


Campaigns — Antimalarial :    (contd.) 

Ismailia,  65 

Isthmian  Canal  Zone,  80-1 

Italy,  63 

Jamaica,  86 

Khartoum,  72 

Klang,  90 

Mauritius,  88 

Nassau,  87 

Panama,  81 

Philippines,  88-9 

Rio  de  Janeiro,  82 

Sierra  Leone,  64,  76 

St.  Lucia,  84-5 

United  States,  91 

West  Africa,  79 

West  Indies,  83,  87 
Campaign,  Plan  of,  49 
Campaigns,    Antimalarial,    61-5,    72, 

75-6,  79-91 
Camphor,  142 
Canopy,  23 
Carbolic  Acid,  142 
Carroll  (Army  Surgeon),  126 
Carter,  L.  H.  B.,  Dr.  (Marine  Hos- 
pital Service),  110,  127 
Castellani,  195 
Chamberlain,  Rt.  Hon.  Joseph,  M.P., 

5,  7,  9 

Chisholm,  Dr.,  120 
Cholera,  3,  13,  226 
Christophers,  Captain,  47,  73 
Clarke,  H.  H.,  77 
Cocoa  Plantations,  93 
Collet,  Hon.  Wilfred,  180,  192-3 
Columbus,  119-20 
Conakry,  77 
Cottrell,    H.     (African    Association), 

78 

Crab,  Crab-holes,  and  Mosquitos,  96 
Cromer,  Earl  of,  8,  70 
Cruz,  Oswaldo,  131,  183 
Cuba,  127 

—  and  Yellow  Fever,  121 

—  Yellow  Fever  Campaign,  153-4 
Culex  Fatigans  and  Dengue  Fever, 

193 

Culex  and  Filariasis,  37 
Culicides,  57 


Cultivation  and  Mosquitos,  92-6 
Cyclops,  29 

Dandy  Fever,  192-3 

d'Arenberg,  Prince,  66 

De  Lesseps,  20 

Demarquay,  32 

Dengue  or  Dandy  Fever,  192-3 

and  Culex,  192-3 

Deratisation  and  Plague,  223 
Derby,  Earl  of,  8 

—  Countess  of,  8 

Dirt  Contamination,  210,  214 
Doty,  Dr.  A.  H.  (New  York),  91 
Drainage,  13,  58 

—  Regulations  and  Ordinances,  231 
(Appendix) 

Durham,  H.  E.,  127 
Dutertre,  Pere,  120 
Dutton,  J.  Everett,  9,  67,  195,  225 

East  Indies,  Antimalarial  Campaigns 

of,  89-90 
Education,  161 
Egyptian  Chlorosis,  211 
Elephantiasis, 
Entomology,  Study  of,  53 
Epiphytes,  59 
Evans,  Dr.  Arthur,  77 
Expeditions : 

Liverpool     Tropical    School,    288, 
259 

London  Tropical  School,  260 

Royal  Society,  257 

Fedschenko,  29 
Fergusson,  115 
Fever,  Acclimatisation,  18 

—  Dengue  or  Dandy,  192-3 

—  Malaria,  38-48 

—  Yellow,  107-92 
Filaria,  30 

—  and  Culex,  37 

—  and  Mosquitos,  32 

—  Bancrofti,  32 
Findlay,  Sir  Charles,  28 

and  Stegomyia,  98 

Firth  (Philadelphia),  108 
Flies  and  Beauperthuy,  101 


INDEX 


263 


Flies  and  Disease,  194-209 

Forde,  Dr.  (Bathurst),  195 

Francis,  127,  149 

Freetown,  77 

Freire  (Rio),  109 

French  Guinea,  77 

Fumigation,   131,  140-5,  159,   172-4 

—  Materials  for,  142 

Gastelbondo,  Dr.,  121 
Georgetown,  Yellow  Fever,  114 
Gibbons,  54 
Gilchrist,  Dr.,  122 
Giles,  Lieut.-Col.,  77 
Girardinus  pceciloides,  54 
Glossina  palpalis,  196 

—  morsitans,  196 
Gold  Coast,  79 
Gorgas,  Major,  130-1 
Grassi,  63 

Grecian  Antimalarial  Society,  64 
Grenada,   Antilarval  Regulations, 
237  (Appendix) 

—  Anti-rat   Ordinance,    238-9    (Ap- 
pendix) 

—  Cocoa  Plantations,  93 
Ground-Itch,  211 
Guatemala,  Yellow  Fever,  147 
Guinea  Worm,  29 
Guiteras,  127 

Haffkine,  3 
Haldane,  Prof.,  211 
Harrison,  Prof.   (Demerara),  26,  82, 
98,  109 

—  on  Extrinsic  Incubation,  108,  133 
Havana,  82,  98,  127,  131 

—  and  Yellow  Fever,  121 

—  Yellow  Fever  Campaign,  153-4 
Herodotus,  23 

Hodges,  A.  D.  P.,  202 

Hook-worm  Disease,  211 

House  Flies,  204-9 

House  Fly,  Breeding  Places  of,  205 

Dangers  of,  205 

Plan  of  Campaign,  206-7 

Regulations  against,  207-9 

Howard  (Washington),  146 
Humboldt,  119 


Ismailia,  Antimalarial  Campaign,  65 

—  Cultivations,  93 
Isthmian  Canal  Zone,  80-1 

Yellow  Fever  Campaign,  181 

Italy,  Antimalarial  Campaign,  63 
Itch  and  Beauperthuy,  99 

Jamaica,  Antimalarial  Campaign,  86 
Johnston  (Jamaica),  79 
Johnston,  Sir  Harry,  80 
Jones,  Sir  Alfred  L.,  K.C.M.G.,  8 

Khartoum,  Laboratories  of,  11 

—  and  Malaria,  72 

—  Antimalarial  Campaign,  72 
King,  28 

Klang,  Antimalarial  Campaign,  72 
Kleine,  197 
Koch,  3,  4,  7,  73 
Kuenen,  92 

Labat,  Pere,  120 

Larva?,  destruction  of,  131 

Laveran,  2,  38-9 

Lazear  (Army  Surgeon),  127 

LeBoeuf,  Dr.,  117,  120 

Leprosy,  228-30 

Leuckart,  29 

Lewis,  32 

Liceaga  (Mexico),  131 

Lister,  Rt.  Hon.  Lord,  3,  9 

Liverpool  School  of  Tropical  Medi- 
cine Expeditions,  258-9 

Logan  laylor,  76 

London  School  of  Tropical  Medicine 
Expeditions,  260 

Lutz,  127 

Maladie  de  Siam,  120 
Malaria  and  Beauperthuy,  102 

—  and  Barbados,  50 

—  and  Botanic  Gardens,  92-3 
Malaria  Campaigns,  61-91  : 

Africa,  72,  79 
Algeria,  72,  75 
Antigua,  85 
Brazil,  89-90 
British  Honduras,  82-3 
Colon,  81 


264 


INDEX 


Malaria  Campaigns  (contd.) 

East  Indies,  90-1 

Egypt,  65 

Europe,  63 

Greece,  64 

Hong  Kong,  91 

India,  62-3 

Ismailia,  65 

Isthmian  Canal  Zone,  80-1 

Italy,  63 

Jamaica,  86 

Khartoum,  72 

Klang,  90 

Mauritius,  88 

Nassau,  87 

Panama,  80 

Philippines,  88-9 

Port  Said,  71 

Port  Swettenham,  90 

Bio,  82 

Sierra  Leone,  63 

West  Africa,  76,  79 

West  Indies,  83,  87 

United  States,  91 
Malaria  and  Manson,  41 

—  and  Plantations,  92-4 

—  and  Boss,  61-2 

—  and  Suez  Canal  Co.,  65-71 
Malta  Fever,  215-9 

Campaign,  219 

Virus,  218 

Manson,  Sir  Patrick,  5,  8,  30 

—  and  Filaria,  32-4 

—  and  Malaria,  41 

—  Experiments  of,  46 
Manson,  Dr.  P.  Thorburn,  9,  46 
Marchoux,  Dr.,  127 
Martinique  and  Yellow  Fever,  120 
Mauritius,    Antimalarial    Campaign, 

88 

—  proposed  Antilarval  and  Drainage 
Begulations,  253-4 

May,  Dr.,  108 

Medan,  92 

Mexico  and  Yellow  Fever,  120 

Miasms,  17 

Micrococcus  melitensis,  218 

Microfilaria  Bancroft!,  32 

Millions,  54 


Miner's  Anaemia,  211 
Mosquito  Brigades,  68-9 
Mosquitos  and  Cultivation,  92-., 

—  and  Dengue  Fever,  192-3 

—  and  Filaria,  32 

—  and  Malaria,  22 

—  and  Miasm,  99 

—  and  Trees,  94 

—  and  Yellow  Fever, 

—  Doctrine,  47 

—  Enemies  of,  49,  55 

—  Nets,  49 

—  Penalties  against,  49 

—  Survey,  50 
Moxly,  Bev.,  109 
Myers,  Walter,  9,  127 

Nagana,  196 

Nassau,  Antilarval  Begulations, 
251-2 

—  Antimalarial  Campaigns,  87 
New  Orleans,  15,  131-2 

Water-screening         Ordinance, 

167-8 

Yellow   Fever  Campaign,  155- 

79 

Northumberland,  Duke  of,  8 
Notification,  early,  134,  158 
Nott,  Dr.,  23 

Ordinance,  Water-screening,  New 
Orleans,  167-8 

Ordinances,  Antilarval,  231  (Ap- 
pendix) 

Ornithodoros  moubata,  225 

Osier,  Prof.,  63 

Oviedo,  119 

Panama,     Antimalarial     Campaign, 

80 

Parker,  127 
Pasteur,  3 

Patterson  (St.  Vincent),  57 
Penalties,  69 
Philippines      and     Ankylostomiasis, 

213 

• —  Antimalarial  Campaign,  88-9 
Pines,  wild,  water-holding,  58 


INDEX 


265 


Pipe- borne  water,  13,  189 
Plague,  220,  223 

—  and  the  Flea,  222 

—  and  the  Rat,  222-3 

—  Campaign  in  San  Francisco,  255-6 

—  Deratisation,  223 
Plantations  and  Malaria,  92-4 
Porto    Rico     and    Ankylostomiasis, 

213 
Port    Said,  Antimalarial   Campaign, 

71 

Port  Swettenham,  90 
Pothier,  127 
Predaceous  Larvse,  57 
Prejudice,  17 
Propagandism,  59 
Prophylaxis,  Malaria,  49-60 
-  Yellow  Fever,  131,  133,  160 
Prout,  86,  254-5 

Puerto  Barrios,  Yellow  Fever,  147 
Puerto  Cortez,  Yellow  Fever,  147 
Pulex  cheopis,  223 
Pyrethrum,  142 

Quinisation,  60,  75 

Reed  (Army  Surgeon),  126 
Relapsing  Fever,  220 
Ribas,  127 
Rice  Plantations,  93 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  15 

Antimalarial  Campaign,  82,  89- 

90 

Yellow  Fever  Campaign,  182-5 

Rodriques,  127 
Romayn,  Dr.  Thomas,  121 
Rosenau,  127 
Ross,  Major,  9,  31 

—  and  Anophelines,  40 

—  Experiments  of,  43,  45-6 

—  Dr.  E.  H.,  71 

—  on  Malaria,  61-2 
Roux,  3 

Royal  Society,  10 

Tropical  Expeditions,  257 

Salimbini,  127 
Saman  Trees,  59 


Sarcoptes  scabeii,  228 

Screening,   49,    131,    137,    139,    159, 

167-8 

Sealing,  140-2 
Segregation,  49,  51,  74 
Septic  Fly,  204-9 
Siam,  Maladie  de,  120 
Sierra     Leone,    Antilarval     Clauses, 

254 

Simond,  127 
Sleeping  Sickness,  194-220 

and  Atoxyl,  200 

Campaign,  Uganda,  201-3 

National  Bureau,  200 

Prophylaxis,  199-203 

Spain  and  Yellow  Fever,  122 
Spanish    Honduras,    Yellow    Fever, 

147 

Spirillosis,  220 
St.  Domingo,  119-20 

and  Yellow  Fever,  115 

St.  Lucia  and  Yellow  Fever,  113 

Antilarval  Regulations,  233 

St.  Vincent,  Antilarval  Regulations. 

239-41 

—  and    Yellow   Fever,    95,    113, 

119 
Stegomyia,  Breeding  Places,  56,  95, 

146-52,  163 

—  Description  of,  147-8 

—  Habits  of,  147 
-  Index,  152,  191 

—  in  relation  to  Water  Supply,  14 

—  Larvse  and  Eggs  of,  149-51 

—  proved  carrier  of  Yellow  Fever,  14, 
126,  128 

—  Survey,  146-52 

—  when  Infected,  132 

Stephens,  J.  W.  W.  (Liverpool,  47), 

73 

Sugar-cane  Plantations,  93 
Sulphur,  142 
Sumatra,  92 
Suez    Canal    Co.    and    Malaria,    65, 

71 

Thomas,  H.  Wolferston,  127,  185 
Thomson  (Hong  Kong),  91 
Tick  Fever,  224-5 


266 


INDEX 


Tobacco  Plantations,  92 
Tobago  and  Yellow  Fever,  114 
Todd,  Prof.  J.  L.  (Montreal),  225 
Tccnia  echinococcus,  29 
Tradition,  17 
Travers,  90 
Trichina  spiralis,  28 
Trichinosis,  28 
Terreyra  de  Rosa,  120 
Trinidad  and  Yellow  Fever,  112 

—  Antilarval      Regulations,      231-2 
(Appendix) 

Tree-Mosquitos,  93-4 
Treves,  Sir  Frederick,  80 
Tropical  Anaemia,  210-14 

—  Entomology,  10 

—  Medicine  Movement,  2 

—  Schools,  8,  11,  257 

Expeditions,  9,  257 

Trypanosoma  gambiense,  19t> 
Trypanosomiasis,  194-203 
Tuberculosis,  228-30 
Tunnel  Anaemia,  211 

Uganda,     Sleeping     Sickness     Cam- 
paign, 201-3 
Uncinariasis,  213 
United  States,  91 

and  Yellow  Fever,  122 

Urich  (Trinidad),  57 

Vine  Plantations,  93 
Virchow,  28 
Vomito  prieto,  121 
• — negro,  121 

Walbridge,  Dr.  (British  Guiana),  123 
Washington,  10 
Water-holding  Plants,  58,  94 
Water  Supply,  13 
Watson,  Dr.,  90 
Wellcome  Laboratories,  11 
West     Africa,     Antimalarial     Cam- 
paigns, 79 
West  Indies  Water  Supply,  14 

Yellow  Fever  Campaign,  18  6-92 

Westphalia,  211 

Woldert,  Dr.  A.  (U.S.A.),  91 


Wood,  General,  131 

Yellow  Fever,  107-92 

—  and  Ballast,  117 

—  and  Beauperthuy,  102 
and  Cargoes,  117 

1852  Commission  on,  107 

and  Conquistadoros,  111 

and  Dredging,  129 

and  Early  Settlers,  111 

and  Excavating,  129 

and  Periodicity,  125 

and  Race  Predisposition,  123-4 

and  Stegomyia,  126,  128 

and  the  Clergy,  170-1 

and  Water  Supply,  14 

Contagious  or  not,  1 06 

Extrinsic    Incubation    period, 

133 

False  Doctrines,  116-18 

Historical  Survey,  1 1 1-25 

Houses,  19 

Immunity,  124 

Inoculation  Experiments,  108 

Mild  case  of,  165 

Prophylaxis,  131-52 

Ships,  117-8 

Susceptibility,  123-4 

Transmission,  126-7 

Yellow  Fever  Campaigns,  153-92  : 

Amazon,  185 

Brazil,  182-5 

British  Honduras,  178-80 

Cuba,  153-4 

Havana,  153-4 

Isthmian  Canal  Zone,  181 

New  Orleans,  155,  179 

Rio  de  Janeiro,  182-5 

Santos,  182-3 

West  Indies,  186-92 
Yellow  Fever  in  Antigua,  114 

Barbados,  113 

Brazil,  120 

Bulam,  121 

Cuba,  121 

Demerara,  114—15 

Dominica,  112 

Georgetown,  114 

Guatemala,  147 


INDEX 


267 


Yellow  Fever  in  Havana,  121,  131 

Martinique,  120 

Mexico,  120 

—  Puerto  Barrios,  147,  180-1 

Puerto  Cortez,  147,  180-1 

St.  Domingo,  115,  120 

St.  Kitts,  114 

St.  Lucia,  113 


Yellow  Fever  in  St.  Vincent;  113 

Siam,  120 

Spain,  122 

Spanish  Honduras,  147,  180-1 

United  States,  122 

Trinidad,  112 

West  Indies,  111-25 

Yersin,  2 


Printed  by  Hazell,   WaUon  &  Viney,  Ld.,  London  and  AyUibury. 


I 


.,•  . 

.r 


Boyce,  Rubert  W 
Mosquito  or  man? 


WC680 
B?89m 
1909 


MEDICAL  SCIENCES  LIBRARY 


.     •        ••--.,-• 

-  -  .- 


- 

. 

' 

• 

e 

' 

: 

' 

• 


" 
- 


' 


& 

- 


- 

• 

' 

• 

•   .          •  '       -     . 


- 


• 

-          • 

' 

-  -          '  ' 

'  .    -     - 


.. 


Uj